Ford - C Max - Owners Manual - 2017 - 2017

2017 C-MAX HYBRID | C-MAX ENERGI Owner’s Manual ford.ca October 2016 First Printing 2017 C-MAX HYBRID | C-MAX ENERGI Owner’s Manual owner.ford.com Owner’s Manual C-MAX Hybrid/C-MAX Energi Litho in U.S.A. Vehicles shown may not be representative of your actual vehicle. HM5J 19A321 FA The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted. © Ford Motor Company 2016 All rights reserved. Part Number: 20160909203749 Table of Contents Introduction Supplementary Restraints System About This Manual...........................................7 Symbols Glossary.............................................7 Data Recording..................................................9 California Proposition 65..............................11 Perchlorate.........................................................11 Ford Credit..........................................................11 Replacement Parts Recommendation.......................................12 Special Notices................................................12 Mobile Communications Equipment.....................................................13 Export Unique Options..................................13 Principle of Operation..................................38 Driver and Passenger Airbags...................39 Front Passenger Sensing System............40 Side Airbags.....................................................42 Driver Knee Airbag.........................................43 Safety Canopy™............................................43 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......45 Airbag Disposal..............................................46 Keys and Remote Controls General Information on Radio Frequencies..................................................47 Remote Control...............................................47 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control............................................................51 Environment Protecting the Environment........................15 At a Glance MyKey™ Instrument Panel Overview........................16 General Information.......................................18 Installing Child Restraints............................19 Booster Seats..................................................25 Child Restraint Positioning..........................27 Child Safety Locks.........................................28 Principle of Operation...................................52 Creating a MyKey............................................53 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................53 Checking MyKey System Status...............55 Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems.........................................................55 MyKey Troubleshooting...............................55 Seatbelts Doors and Locks Principle of Operation..................................30 Fastening the Seatbelts................................31 Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................33 Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator Chime.............................................................33 Seatbelt Reminder........................................34 Child Restraint and Seatbelt Maintenance................................................36 Seatbelt Extension........................................36 Security Personal Safety System™ Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................68 Audio Control..................................................68 Voice Control...................................................69 Child Safety Locking and Unlocking.................................57 Manual Liftgate................................................61 Power Liftgate.................................................62 Passive Anti-Theft System........................66 Anti-Theft Alarm............................................67 Steering Wheel Personal Safety System™..........................37 1 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Table of Contents Cruise Control.................................................69 Information Display Control.......................70 Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate...........................................................111 Heated Windows and Mirrors....................112 Cabin Air Filter.................................................113 Remote Start...................................................113 Wipers and Washers Windshield Wipers..........................................71 Autowipers.........................................................71 Windshield Washers......................................72 Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........73 Seats Sitting in the Correct Position...................114 Head Restraints..............................................114 Manual Seats..................................................116 Power Seats.....................................................117 Rear Seats........................................................119 Heated Seats.................................................120 Rear Seat Armrest........................................120 Lighting Lighting Control...............................................74 Autolamps........................................................74 Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................75 Headlamp Exit Delay.....................................75 Daytime Running Lamps.............................76 Front Fog Lamps............................................76 Direction Indicators........................................76 Interior Lamps.................................................76 Ambient Lighting.............................................77 Universal Garage Door Opener Universal Garage Door Opener.................121 Auxiliary Power Points Auxiliary Power Points................................126 Windows and Mirrors Power Windows..............................................78 Global Opening...............................................79 Exterior Mirrors................................................79 Interior Mirror....................................................81 Sun Visors.........................................................82 Sun Shades......................................................82 Storage Compartments Center Console..............................................128 Overhead Console........................................128 Starting and Stopping the Engine General Information....................................129 Ignition Switch...............................................129 Keyless Starting............................................129 Starting a Gasoline Engine.......................130 Engine Block Heater.....................................132 Automatic Engine Shutdown...................133 Instrument Cluster Gauges...............................................................84 Warning Lamps and Indicators.................87 Audible Warnings and Indicators..............91 Information Displays General Information......................................92 Information Messages.................................101 Unique Driving Characteristics Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........................135 Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........137 EcoSelect........................................................139 Climate Control Automatic Climate Control......................109 2 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Table of Contents Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked Questions....................................................140 Active Park Assist.........................................170 Rear View Camera........................................174 Fuel and Refueling Cruise Control Safety Precautions.......................................142 Fuel Quality.....................................................143 Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................144 Running Out of Fuel....................................144 Refueling..........................................................145 Fuel Consumption.......................................148 Emission Control System..........................149 Principle of Operation..................................177 Using Cruise Control.....................................177 Blind Spot Information System...............179 Cross Traffic Alert..........................................181 Steering............................................................184 High Voltage Battery Load Carrying General Information.....................................151 Charging the High Voltage Battery........153 High Voltage Battery Cut-Off Switch...........................................................158 Rear Under Floor Storage.........................186 Luggage Covers.............................................186 Load Limit........................................................187 Driving Aids Towing Transmission Towing a Trailer.............................................192 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......192 Automatic Transmission...........................159 Brakes Driving Hints General Information....................................162 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes...........................................................163 Parking Brake.................................................163 Hill Start Assist..............................................163 Breaking-In.....................................................194 Economical Driving......................................194 Driving Through Water................................195 Floor Mats.......................................................195 Traction Control Roadside Emergencies Principle of Operation.................................165 Using Traction Control................................165 Roadside Assistance...................................197 Hazard Warning Flashers..........................198 Fuel Shutoff...................................................198 Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................199 Collision, Damage or Fire Event..............201 Post-Crash Alert System..........................203 Transporting the Vehicle...........................203 Stability Control Principle of Operation................................166 Using Stability Control................................167 Parking Aids Customer Assistance Principle of Operation................................168 Rear Parking Aid...........................................168 Front Parking Aid..........................................169 Getting the Services You Need..............204 In California (U.S. Only)............................205 3 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Table of Contents The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program (U.S. Only).....................206 Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration Program (Canada Only).......................207 Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and Canada........................................................207 Ordering Additional Owner's Literature....................................................208 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only)............................................................209 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only)............................................................209 Changing the Engine Air Filter................244 Vehicle Care General Information....................................247 Cleaning Products.......................................247 Cleaning the Exterior..................................247 Waxing.............................................................248 Cleaning the Engine...................................249 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades..........................................................249 Cleaning the Interior...................................250 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens.........................251 Cleaning Leather Seats.............................252 Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............252 Cleaning the Wheels..................................252 Vehicle Storage.............................................253 Body Styling Kits..........................................254 Fuses Fuse Specification Chart.............................211 Changing a Fuse..........................................220 Maintenance General Information....................................222 Opening and Closing the Hood..............222 Under Hood Overview - Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)............................................223 Under Hood Overview - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV).........................225 Engine Oil Dipstick......................................226 Engine Oil Check..........................................226 Oil Change Indicator Reset.......................227 Engine Coolant Check...............................228 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check............................................................232 Brake Fluid Check........................................232 Power Steering Fluid Check.....................232 Washer Fluid Check....................................232 Fuel Filter........................................................233 Changing the 12V Battery.........................233 Checking the Wiper Blades......................234 Changing the Wiper Blades.....................235 Adjusting the Headlamps.........................236 Removing a Headlamp..............................238 Changing a Bulb...........................................238 Bulb Specification Chart...........................242 Wheels and Tires Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................255 Tire Care...........................................................261 Using Summer Tires....................................275 Using Snow Chains.....................................276 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........276 Technical Specifications..........................280 Capacities and Specifications Engine Specifications................................282 Motorcraft Parts...........................................283 Vehicle Identification Number................284 Vehicle Certification Label.......................285 Transmission Code Designation............285 Capacities and Specifications...............286 Audio System General Information...................................289 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/ CD.................................................................290 4 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Table of Contents Normal Scheduled Maintenance..........445 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance.............................................447 Scheduled Maintenance Record...........449 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Premium AM/ FM/CD.........................................................293 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/FM/ CD..................................................................294 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/ Satellite Radio..........................................298 Digital Radio.................................................300 Satellite Radio..............................................303 USB Port.........................................................305 Media Hub......................................................305 Appendices End User License Agreement.................459 SYNC™ General Information...................................306 Using Voice Recognition...........................308 Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............310 SYNC™ Applications and Services.......322 Using SYNC™ With Your Media Player............................................................327 SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................336 SYNC™ 3 General Information...................................344 Home Screen.................................................357 Using Voice Recognition...........................358 Entertainment..............................................365 Phone...............................................................375 Navigation......................................................380 Electric Vehicle Information....................389 Apps.................................................................409 Settings............................................................412 SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................425 Accessories Accessories....................................................437 Ford Protect Ford Protect..................................................439 Scheduled Maintenance General Maintenance Information........441 5 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing 6 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Introduction ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about your vehicle, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it. WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. E154903 A Right-hand side. B Left-hand side. SYMBOLS GLOSSARY These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle. Air conditioning system Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased. E162384 E231157 Air conditioning system lubricant type Anti-lock braking system Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models, so may appear different to you on your vehicle. Avoid smoking, flames or sparks Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations. Battery Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle. Battery acid Brake fluid - non petroleum based This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat. Brake system 7 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Introduction Cabin air filter Front airbag E67017 Check fuel cap Front fog lamps Child safety door lock or unlock Fuel pump reset Child seat lower anchor Fuse compartment Child seat tether anchor Hazard warning flashers Cruise control Heated rear window Do not open when hot Heated windshield Engine air filter Interior luggage compartment release Engine coolant Jack E71340 Keep out of reach of children Engine coolant temperature E161353 Lighting control Engine oil Low tire pressure warning Explosive gas Maintain correct fluid level Fan warning Fasten seatbelt Note operating instructions Flammable Panic alarm E71880 E231160 8 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Introduction Parking aid DATA RECORDING E139213 Service Data Recording Parking brake Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle. This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle, such as engine, throttle, steering or brake systems. In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada in Canada), and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle. Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada, in Canada) may, where permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic information for vehicle improvement or with other information we may have about you, (for example, your contact information), to offer you products or services that may interest you. Data may be provided to our service providers such as part suppliers that may help diagnose malfunctions, and who are similarly obligated to protect data. We retain this data only as long as necessary to perform these functions or to comply with law. We may provide information where required in response to official requests to law enforcement or other government authorities or third parties acting with lawful authority or court order, and such information may be used in legal proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose to use connected apps and services, such as SYNC Vehicle Health Report or MyFord Mobile App, you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities, and that the diagnostic information may be used to provide Power steering fluid Power windows front/rear Power window lockout Requires registered technician E231159 Safety alert See Owner's Manual See Service Manual E231158 Service engine soon Side airbag Shield the eyes E167012 Stability control E138639 Windshield wash and wipe 9 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Introduction services to you, personalizing your experience, troubleshoot, and to improve products and services and offer you products and services that may interest you, where permitted by law. For Canada only, for more information, please review the Ford of Canada privacy policy at www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data storage and use of service providers in other jurisdictions who may be subject to legal requirements in Canada, the United States and other countries applicable to them, for example, lawful requirements to disclose personal information to governmental authorities in those countries. See SYNC™ (page 306). This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded (see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic, directions and Information privacy below). However, parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. To read data recorded by an event data recorder, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have such special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent, unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada. The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: • How various systems in your vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or the brake pedal; and • How fast the vehicle was traveling; and • Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel. 10 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Introduction Note: Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features, please note the following: Once 911 Assist (if equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist may, through any paired and connected cell phone, disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or, in certain vehicles, the activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location (such as latitude and longitude), and/or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not activate the 911 Assist feature. See SYNC™ (page 306). CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS Some constituents of engine exhaust, certain vehicle components, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash your hands after handling. PERCHLORATE Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material. Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. Additionally, when you connect to Traffic, Directions and Information (if equipped, U.S. only), the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle’s current location, travel direction, and speed (“vehicle travel information”), only to help provide you with the directions, traffic reports, or business searches that you request. If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information, do not activate the service. For more information, see Traffic, Directions and Information, Terms and Conditions. See SYNC™ (page 306). For more information visit: Web Address www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate FORD CREDIT US Only Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle. If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for your business. 11 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Introduction We offer a number of convenient ways for you to contact us, and to manage your account. vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system. A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts. Call 1-800-727-7000. For more information about Ford Credit and access to the Account Manager, go to www.fordcredit.com. Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford Warranty may not cover damage caused to your vehicle as a result of failed non-Ford parts. For additional information, refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty. REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION We have built your vehicle to the highest standards using quality parts. We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair. You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging. SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty, see the Warranty Manual that is provided to you along with your Owner’s Manual. Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications. Special Instructions For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls. WARNINGS You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol. Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury. Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish, structural integrity, corrosion protection and dent resistance. During Never place front seat mounted rear-facing child or infant seats in front of an active passenger airbag. 12 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Introduction On Board Diagnostics Data Link Connector MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT WARNING WARNING Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector. Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link Connector (DLC) that is used in conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for vehicle diagnostics, repairs and reprogramming services. Installing an aftermarket device that uses the DLC during normal driving for purposes such as remote insurance company monitoring, transmission of vehicle data to other devices or entities, or altering the performance of the vehicle, may cause interference with or even damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in devices unless approved by Ford. The vehicle Warranty will not cover damage caused by an aftermarket plug-in device. Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs. However, you must not compromise your own or others’ safety when using such equipment. Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used, particularly in emergency situations. Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits. Mobile communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, portable email devices, text messaging devices and portable two-way radios. EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS For your particular global region, your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner’s Manual. A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book. By referring to the market unique supplement, if provided, you can properly identify those features, 13 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Introduction recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle. This Owner’s Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and Canadian Markets. Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for export. Refer to this Owner’s Manual for all other required information and warnings. 14 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Environment PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT You must play your part in protecting the environment. Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim. 15 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing At a Glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW E191856 A Air vents. B Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 76). High beam. See Lighting Control (page 74). C Steering wheel control. See Information Display Control (page 70). D See Instrument Cluster (page 84). See Information Displays (page 92). E Steering wheel control. See Information Display Control (page 70). F Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 71). G Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 198). H Information and entertainment display. I Audio unit. See General Information (page 289). J Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 109). K Keyless start button. See Keyless Starting (page 129). L Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 68). 16 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing At a Glance M Horn. N Steering wheel control. See Cruise Control (page 177). O Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 74). Front fog lamps. See Front Fog Lamps (page 76). 17 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety GENERAL INFORMATION WARNINGS Technician (CPST) to make sure that you properly install the child restraint in your vehicle and that you consult your pediatrician to make sure you have a child restraint appropriate for your child. To locate a child restraint fitting station and CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at 1-888-327-4236 or go to www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact Transport Canada toll free at 1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area. Failure to properly restrain children in child restraints made especially for their height, age and weight, may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child. See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children. WARNINGS Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height, age and weight. Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle. Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child. All children are shaped differently. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations, base their recommendations for child restraints on probable child height, age and weight thresholds, or on the minimum requirements of the law. We recommend that you check with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety On hot days, the temperature inside the vehicle can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk. 18 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children Child Child size, height, weight, or age Infants or toddlers Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger). Use a child safety seat (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat). Small children Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat (generally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). Use a belt-positioning booster seat. Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt-positioning booster seat (generally children who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than Larger children 80 lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer). • • • You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada. Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle. When possible, always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position. See Front Passenger Sensing System (page 40). Recommended restraint type Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips, shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and chest, and seatback upright. INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS Child Seats E142594 19 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety • Use a child safety seat (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger). • Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child restraint. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back. Place the vehicle seat upon which the child restraint will be installed in the upright position. Put the seatbelt in the automatic locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip. Perform the following steps when installing the child restraint with combination lap and shoulder belts: Note: Although the child restraint illustrated is a forward facing child restraint, the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child restraint. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child restraint. Properly restrain children 12 and under in the rear seat whenever possible. Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain seatbelt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure occupants only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained. E142528 1. When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts: • Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that seating position. • Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle. • Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat, with the tongue between the child restraint and the release button, to prevent accidental unbuckling. Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt. E142529 20 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety 2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together. E142875 5. To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode, grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until you pull all of the belt out. Note: The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats. E142530 3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together, route the tongue through the child restraint according to the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted. 6. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack. The belt clicks as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode (you should not be able to pull more belt out). If the retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6. E142531 4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it. E142533 21 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH) 8. Remove remaining slack from the belt. Force the seat down with extra weight, for example, by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt. This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint. It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child restraint to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean toward the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt. 9. Attach the tether strap (if the child restraint is equipped). WARNINGS Do not attach two child safety restraints to the same anchor. In a crash, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety restraint attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death. Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain seatbelt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure occupants only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained. The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors where the seatback and seat cushion meet (called the seat bight) and one top tether anchor behind that seating position. LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle. This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use seatbelts to attach the child restraint. However, you can still use the seatbelt to attach the child restraint. For forward-facing child restraints, attach the top tether strap to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child restraint. E142534 10. Before placing the child in the seat, forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place. To check this, grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back. There should be no more than 1 in (2.5 cm) of movement for proper installation. We recommend checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed. In Canada, check with Transport Canada for referral to a Child Car Seat Clinic. 22 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions (Center Seating Use) WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in (280 mm) center to center. Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child restraint manufacturer's instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle. E142535 Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child restraint installation at the seating positions marked with the child restraint symbol. The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 18 in (46 cm) apart. You cannot install a child restraint with rigid LATCH attachments at the center seating position. Only use LATCH compatible child restraints (with attachments on belt webbing) at this seating position provided that the child restraint manufacturer's instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated. Do not attach a child restraint to any lower anchor if an adjacent child restraint is attached to that anchor. Each time you use the safety seat, check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor, if applicable. Tug the child restraint from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle. The seat should move less than 1 in (2.5 cm) when you do this for a proper installation. E144054 The LATCH anchors are at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seatback below the symbols as shown. Follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions to properly install a child restraint with LATCH attachments. Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps. If the safety seat is not anchored properly, the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases. Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child restraint only to the anchors shown. 23 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety Combining Seatbelts and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors: Note: If you install a child restraint with rigid LATCH attachments, do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child restraint off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child restraint. Keeping the child restraint just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash. When used in combination, attach either the seatbelt or the LATCH lower anchors first, provided a proper installation is achieved. Attach the tether strap afterward, if included with the child restraint. Using Tether Straps 1. Many forward-facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor. Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats. Contact the manufacturer of your child restraint for information about ordering a tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle. Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat. For outboard seating positions, route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts. For the center seating positions, route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint. If needed, you can also remove the head restraints. Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the seatbelt, the lower anchors of the LATCH system, or both, you can attach the top tether strap. The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions (shown from top view): E161562 2. Locate the correct anchor on the back panel of the rear seat for the selected seating position. The anchors are labeled with the tether strap symbol and are partially covered by the gap panel. Pull the panel back to fully expose the anchors. E142537 24 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms). Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat: E161563 3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown. 4. Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions. If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap, and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use, we also recommend its use. E142595 • BOOSTER SEATS WARNING • • Never place, or allow a child to place, the shoulder belt under a child's arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash. • • Use a belt-positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat (generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, are greater than age four (4) and less than age twelve (12), and between 40 pounds (18 kilograms) and 80 pounds (36 kilograms) and upward to 100 pounds (45 kilograms) if Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion? Can the child sit without slouching? Does the lap belt rest low across the hips? Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest? Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip? Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt. 25 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety Types of Booster Seats E70710 • E68924 • High back booster seats If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child's head, a high back booster seat would be a better choice. Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield, remove the shield. If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint, a backless booster seat may place your child's head (as measured at the tops of the ears) above the top of the seat. In this case, move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts, or consider using a high back booster seat. Children and booster seats vary in size and shape. Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips, never up across the stomach, and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder. The following drawings compare the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder. The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child's hips. E142596 26 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety E142597 WARNINGS provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer. A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized, is inappropriate for your child's height, age, or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death. If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used, placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition. Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat. Check with the booster seat manufacturer's instructions. CHILD RESTRAINT POSITIONING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash, which may result in serious injury or death. WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back. When possible, all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position, properly restrain the largest child in the front seat. Never use pillows, books, or towels to boost a child. They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash. Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat. These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious injury. Never place, or allow a child to place, the shoulder belt under a child's arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash. Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child's size, height, weight, or age. Follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions and warnings 27 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Child Safety WARNINGS To avoid risk of injury, do not leave WARNINGS children or pets unattended in your vehicle. Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Restraint Type Combined weight of child and child seat LATCH (lower anchors and top tether anchor) LATCH (lower anchors only) Rear facing Up to 65 lb child seat (29.5 kg) Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt and LATCH only and top (lower tether anchors anchor and top tether anchor) X X Rear facing Over 65 lb child seat (29.5 kg) Forward facing child seat Up to 65 lb (29.5 kg) Forward facing child seat Over 65 lb (29.5 kg) X X Note: The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed. It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint. See Seats (page 114). CHILD SAFETY LOCKS When these locks are set, the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside. 28 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing X X X X Child Safety E112197 The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door. Left-Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock. Right-Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock. 29 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seatbelts PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather; they could burn a small child. Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them. WARNINGS Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips. To reduce the risk of injury, make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained. Front and rear seat occupants, including pregnant women, should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident. Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash. All seating positions in this vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts. All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. The safety belt system consists of: • lap and shoulder safety belts • shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode, (except driver safety belt) • height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions • retractor and anchor pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions • belt tension sensor at the front outboard passenger seating position It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt. Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single belt for more than one person. E71880 • safety belt warning light and chime E67017 • crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. The safety belt pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal, near-frontal and side crashes, and in rollovers. The safety belt pretensioners on the retractor and anchor at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts firmly against When possible, all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. 30 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seatbelts the occupant's body when activated. This helps increase the effectiveness of the safety belts. In frontal crashes, the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or, if the crash is of sufficient severity, together with the front airbags. 2. To unfasten, press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle. FASTENING THE SEATBELTS The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. E142589 When in use, place the rear seatbelts in the belt guides on the outboard seatbacks. Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy WARNING Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and properly fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of the seatbelt snugly and low across the hips. Position the shoulder portion of the seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant women must follow this practice. See the following figure. E142587 1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle. E142590 E142588 31 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seatbelts Pregnant women should always wear their seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort allows. Position the shoulder belt to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest. In addition, the retractor is designed to lock if you pull the webbing out too quickly. If this occurs, let the belt retract slightly and pull the webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner. Seatbelt Locking Modes In this mode, the shoulder belt automatically pre-locks. The belt still retracts to remove any slack in the shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver seatbelt. Automatic Locking Mode WARNINGS After a crash, have a qualified technician check all the seatbelts to make sure the seatbelts including the automatic locking retractor feature for child restraints operate properly. We recommend replacing any system that has damage or does not operate properly. Failure to do so can result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or another crash. When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode Use this mode any time a child safety seat, except a booster, is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions. Properly restrain children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible. See Child Safety (page 18). You must replace the seatbelt if the automatic locking retractor or any other seatbelt function is not operating correctly. Failure to replace the seatbelt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in a crash. How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. The driver seatbelt has the first type of locking mode, and the front outboard passenger and rear seat seatbelts have both types of locking modes described as follows: Vehicle Sensitive Mode E142591 This is the normal retractor mode, which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement. For example, if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the combination seatbelts lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers. 1. Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt. 2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until you pull the entire belt out. 32 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seatbelts Allow the belt to retract. As the belt retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This indicates the seatbelt is now in the automatic locking mode. How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive (emergency) locking mode. SEATBELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT E87511 WARNING To adjust the shoulder belt height, squeeze the button and slide the height adjuster up or down. Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place. Position the seatbelt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Failure to adjust the seatbelt correctly could reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase the risk of injury in a crash. SEATBELT WARNING LAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the E71880 driver's safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle's ignition is turned on. 33 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seatbelts Conditions of operation If... Then... The driver's safety belt is not buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position... The safety belt warning light illuminates 12 minutes and the warning chime sounds 4-8 seconds. The driver's safety belt is buckled while the indicator light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding... The safety belt warning light and warning chime turn off. The driver's safety belt is buckled before The safety belt warning light and indicator the ignition switch is turned to the on posichime remain off. tion... The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning. To avoid activating the Belt-Minder feature for objects you place in the front passenger seat, only the front seat passengers receive warnings as determined by the front passenger sensing system. SEATBELT REMINDER Belt-Minder™ This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders that intermittently sound a tone and illuminate the safety belt warning light when you are in the driver seat or you have a front seat passenger and a safety belt is unbuckled. If the Belt-Minder warnings expire (warnings for about five minutes) for one passenger (driver or front passenger), the other passenger can still cause the Belt-Minder feature to turn on. 34 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seatbelts If... Then... You and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts before you switch the ignition on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on... The Belt-Minder feature will not activate. The Belt-Minder feature activates, the You or the front seat passenger do not buckle your safety belts before your vehicle safety belt warning light illuminates and a reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2 warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every minutes elapse after you switch the ignition 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes or until you and the front seat passenger on... buckle your safety belts. The Belt-Minder feature activates, the The safety belt for the driver or front passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute safety belt warning light illuminates and a while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes (9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes or until you and the front seat passenger elapse after you switch the ignition on... buckle your safety belts. Before following the procedure, make sure that: • The parking brake is set. • The transmission is in park (P). • The ignition is off. • The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled. Deactivating and Activating the Belt-Minder Feature WARNING While the system allows you to deactivate it, this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident. We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle. 1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the vehicle. 2. Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off (about one minute). After Step 2, wait an additional five seconds before proceeding with Step 3. Once you start Step 3, you must complete the procedure within 60 seconds. 3. For the seating position being disabled, buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed, ending in the unbuckled state. After Step 3, the safety belt warning light turns on. Note: The driver and front passenger warnings switch on and off independently. When you perform this procedure for one seating position, do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process. Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure. 35 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seatbelts 4. While the safety belt warning light is on, buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt warning light flashes for confirmation. • This will switch the feature off for that seating position if it is currently on. • This will switch the feature on for that seating position if it is currently off. SEATBELT EXTENSION WARNINGS Persons who fit into the vehicle's seatbelt should not use an extension. Unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of a crash. Only use extensions provided free of charge by Ford Motor Company dealers. The dealer will provide an extension designed specifically for this vehicle, model year and seating position. The use of an extension intended for another vehicle, model year or seating position may not offer you the full protection of your vehicle’s seatbelt restraint system. CHILD RESTRAINT AND SEATBELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary. All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckle assemblies, buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat back (if equipped), child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching hardware, should be inspected after a crash. Read the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint. Never use seatbelt extensions to install child restraints. Do not use a seatbelt extension with an inflatable seatbelt. Do not use extensions to change the fit of the belt across the torso, over the lap or to make the seatbelt buckle easier to reach. If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fasten the seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an extension that is compatible with the seatbelts is available free of charge from Ford Motor Company dealers. Only Ford seatbelt extensions made by the original equipment seatbelts manufacturer should be used with Ford seatbelts. Ask your authorized dealer if your extension is compatible with your Ford vehicle restraint system. Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced. However, if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly, they do not need to be replaced. Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Properly care for safety belts. See Vehicle Care (page 247). 36 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Personal Safety System™ How Does the Personal Safety System Work? The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag-related injuries. The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations. The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of the safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions. A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module. During a crash, the restraints control module may deploy the safety belt pretensioners, one or both stages of the dual-stage airbags based on crash severity and occupant conditions. The Vehicle Personal Safety System consists of: • Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag supplemental restraints. • Front seat outboard safety belts with pretensioners, energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors. • Driver seat position sensor. • Front passenger sensing system. • Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp. • Front crash severity sensors. • Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors. • Restraint system warning light and backup tone. • The electrical wiring for the airbags, crash sensors, safety belt pretensioners, front safety belt usage sensors, driver seat position sensor, front passenger sensing system and indicator lights. 37 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Supplementary Restraints System The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently, and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module. Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys. This is normal. All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation. After airbag deployment, it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant. This may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder (to lubricate the bag) or sodium compounds (for example, baking soda) that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of the residue is toxic. Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries. While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries, contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag. Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force, there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures, facial and eye injuries or internal injuries, particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment. Thus, it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back. Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Several airbag system components get hot after inflation. Do not touch them after inflation as this may result in serious injury. Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required. If the airbag has deployed, the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately. If the airbag is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash. 38 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Supplementary Restraints System Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS WARNING WARNINGS Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module. Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries. Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches (25 centimeters) between an occupant’s chest and the driver airbag module. To properly position yourself away from the airbag: • Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably. • Recline the seat slightly (one or two degrees) from the upright position. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back. After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. A properly seated occupant sits upright, leaning against the seat back, and centered on the seat cushion, with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased. E151127 The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes. Children and Airbags WARNING The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of: • Driver and passenger airbag modules. • Front passenger sensing system. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back. · Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. E67017 See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 45). 39 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Supplementary Restraints System This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly–seated occupant and determine if the front passenger frontal airbag should be enabled (may inflate) or not. E142846 Children must always be properly restrained. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash. E183107 The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled. The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel. FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM WARNINGS Even with Advanced Restraints Systems, children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. Note: When the ignition is first turned on, the passenger airbag off light will illuminate for a short period of time to confirm it is functional. The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable (will not inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag when the front passenger seat is unoccupied, or a rear facing infant seat, a forward-facing child restraint, or a booster seat is detected. Even with this technology, parents are strongly encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat. The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and seat-mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty. Sitting improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system, resulting in serious injury or death in a crash. Always sit upright against your seatback, with your feet on the floor. Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system which could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. 40 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Supplementary Restraints System • • When the front passenger sensing system disables (will not inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag, the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled. If the child restraint has been installed and the passenger airbag status indicator does not illuminate, then turn the vehicle off, remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger seat, but the passenger airbag status indicator lamp is lit, it is possible that the person is not sitting properly in the seat. If this happens: • Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the full upright position. • Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with the person's legs comfortably extended. • Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes. This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger’s frontal airbag. • If the passenger airbag status indicator lamp remains lit even after this, the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat. The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable (may inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat. • When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag (may inflate), the passenger airbag status indicator will not illuminate. Occupant Passenger airbag status indicator Passenger airbag Empty Unlit Disabled Child Lit Disabled Adult Unlit Enabled Note: When the passenger airbag status indicator lamp is illuminated, the passenger side airbag (seat mounted) may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries. feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased. After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. A properly seated occupant sits upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion, with their 41 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Supplementary Restraints System If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect, check for the following: • Objects lodged underneath the seat. • Objects between the seat cushion and the center console. • Objects hanging off the seatback. • Objects stowed in the seatback map pocket. • Objects placed on the occupant's lap. • Cargo interference with the seat • Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat. • Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat. • • • • Remove the obstruction(s) (if found). Restart the vehicle. Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness lamp is no longer illuminated. If the airbag readiness lamp remains illuminated, this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system. Do not attempt to repair or service the system. Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer. If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact your authorized dealer. The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the passenger sensing system. The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above. SIDE AIRBAGS WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover, on the side of the seatbacks (of the front seats), or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash. Make sure the front passenger sensing system is operating E67017 properly. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 45). If the airbag readiness lamp is lit, do the following: Do not use accessory seat covers. The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident. The driver or adult passengers should check for objects that lodged underneath the front passenger seat, or cargo interfering with the seat. Do not lean your head on the door. The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback. If there are lodged objects, or cargo is interfering with the seat, take the following steps to remove the obstruction: • Pull the vehicle over. • Turn the vehicle off. • Driver or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat. Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the airbag, its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. 42 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Supplementary Restraints System Note: The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat-mounted side airbag if it detects an empty passenger seat. WARNINGS If the side airbag has deployed, the airbag will not function again. The side airbag system (including the seat) must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer. If the airbag is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash. The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags. The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats. In certain sideways crashes, the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated. The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes. DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG A driver's knee airbag is located under the instrument panel. During a crash, the restraints control module may activate the driver's knee airbag based on crash severity and occupant conditions. Under certain crash and occupant conditions, the driver’s knee airbag may deploy but the driver’s front airbag may not activate. As with front and side airbags, it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury. Make sure the knee airbag is operating properly. See Crash E67017 Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 45). E152533 The system consists of the following: • A label or embossed side panel indicating that side airbags are fitted to your vehicle. • Side airbags located inside the driver and front passenger seatbacks. • Front passenger sensing system. SAFETY CANOPY™ WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash. E67017 • Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 45). 43 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Supplementary Restraints System WARNINGS Do not lean your head on the door. The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner. Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the curtain airbag supplemental restraint system, its fuses, the A, B, or C pillar trim, or the headliner on a vehicle containing curtain airbags as you could be seriously injured or killed. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. E75004 All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your seatbelt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. The system consists of the following: • Safety Canopy curtain airbags located above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof-pillar trim. • A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment To reduce risk of injury, do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the airbag. If the curtain airbags have deployed, the curtain airbags will not function again. The curtain airbags (including the A, B and C pillar trim and headliner) must be inspected and serviced as soon as possible. If the curtain airbag is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash. · Crash sensors and monitoring system with a readiness E67017 indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 45). Properly restrain children 12 years old and under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening. The Safety Canopy deploys during significant side crashes or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side-rail sheet metal, behind the headliner, above each row of seats. In certain sideways crashes or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will be activated, regardless of which seats are occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events. The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags (including the Safety Canopy). 44 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Supplementary Restraints System • CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR • WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of your vehicle (including hood, bumper system, frame, front end body structure, tow hooks and hood pins) may affect the performance of the airbag system, increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify or add equipment to the front end of your vehicle. If any of these things happen, even intermittently, have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the system may not function properly in the event of a crash. The seatbelt pretensioners and the airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when your vehicle sustains frontal or sideways deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor. Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module which deploys (activates) the front seatbelt pretensioners, driver airbag, passenger airbag, knee airbag(s), seat mounted side airbags, and the Safety Canopy. Based on the type of accident (frontal impact, side impact or rollover) the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices. The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system. Rather, it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions (for example, crash severity, belt usage) were not appropriate to activate these safety devices. • The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near-frontal crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or rear impacts) unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration. • The seatbelt pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal, near-frontal, side and rollover crashes. • The design of the side airbags is to inflate in certain side crashes. Side airbags could activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation. The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors. A warning indicator light in the instrument cluster indicates the readiness of the safety system. If this warning indicator light is not functioning and there is another fault within the system, the message cluster could display an airbag failure warning. You could hear five tones that repeat periodically until you repair the problem, the warning indicator light could illuminate or both. Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required. A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following: E67017 The indicator light either flashes or stays illuminated. You could hear five tones that repeat periodically until you repair the problem. The indicator light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on. 45 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Supplementary Restraints System • • The knee airbag(s) could deploy based on crash severity and occupant conditions. The design of the Safety Canopy is to inflate in certain side impact crashes and when a certain likelihood of rollover is detected by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy could activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation, or a certain likelihood of rollover. AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel. 46 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Keys and Remote Controls GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES Note: If you are in range, the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: The remote control contains sensitive electrical components. Exposure to moisture or impact may cause permanent damage. Intelligent Access (If Equipped) The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions are met: • You activate the front exterior door handle switch. • You press the luggage compartment button. • You press a button on the transmitter. Note: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low, you may need to mechanically unlock your door. You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation. See Remote Control (page 47). The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m). Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range. One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range: • Weather conditions. • Nearby radio towers. • Structures around the vehicle. • Other vehicles parked next to your vehicle. REMOTE CONTROL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters (If Equipped) The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other radio transmitters, for example amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, wireless remote controls, cell phones, battery chargers and alarm systems. If the frequencies are jammed, you will not be able to use your remote control. You can lock and unlock the doors with the key. E142585 Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended. Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle. The transmitter portion functions as the remote control. 47 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Keys and Remote Controls Mechanical Key Blade The intelligent access key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that you can use to unlock the driver door. E138615 Note: Your vehicle’s keys came with a security label that provides important vehicle key cut information. Keep the label in a safe place for future reference. E142431 Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped) Slide the release on the back of the transmitter to release the key blade, then pull the blade out. E138616 Your intelligent access keys operate the power locks and the remote start system. The key must be in your vehicle to activate the push-button start system. E138618 Note: Your vehicle’s back-up keys came with a security tag that provides important vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference. Replacing the Battery Note: Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries. Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. Note: Replacing the battery does not delete the transmitter from the vehicle. The transmitter should operate normally. 48 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Keys and Remote Controls The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent. Integrated Keyhead Transmitter E142432 2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden behind the backup key head to remove the battery cover. Do not use the backup key to remove the cover or you could damage the intelligent access key. E138619 1. Twist a thin coin in the slot of the transmitter near the key ring to remove the battery cover. 2. Remove the old battery. E138622 E138620 3. Remove the old battery. 4. Insert a new battery with the + facing downward. Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing. 5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter and install the backup key. 3. Insert the new battery. Refer to the instructions inside the transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery. Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing. 4. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter. Car Finder Intelligent Access Key 1. Press the lock button on the key twice within three seconds. The horn sounds and the turn signals flash. We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle, rather than using the panic alarm. Remove the backup key from the transmitter. 49 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Keys and Remote Controls Note: If locking was not successful or if any door or the liftgate is open, or if the hood is open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or remote start, the horn does sound twice and the lamp does not flash. The remote start system does not work if any of the following occur: • The ignition is on. • The alarm system triggers. • You disable the feature. • The hood is open. • The transmission is not in P. • The vehicle battery voltage is too low. • The powertrain fault indicator was on the last time your vehicle was driven. Sounding a Panic Alarm (If Equipped) Note: The panic alarm only operates when the ignition is off. Press the button to activate the alarm. Press the button again or E138624 switch the ignition on to deactivate it. Remote Starting the Vehicle Note: You must press each button within three seconds of each other. If you do not follow this sequence, your vehicle does not remote start, the exterior lamps do not flash twice, and the horn does not sound. Remote Start (If Equipped) WARNING To avoid exhaust fumes, do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or in areas that are not well ventilated. Note: Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel. The remote start button is on the transmitter. E138625 E138626 This feature allows you to start your vehicle from outside the vehicle. The transmitter has an extended operating range. The label on your transmitter details the starting procedure. To remote start your vehicle: Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started. See Automatic Climate Control (page 109). 1. Press the lock button to lock all the doors. 2. Press the remote start button twice. The exterior lamps flash twice. Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start. Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems. The horn sounds if the system fails to start, unless quiet start is on. Quiet start runs the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce noise. You can switch it on or off in the information display. See General Information (page 92). 50 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Keys and Remote Controls Note: If you remote start your vehicle with an intelligent access transmitter, you must press the START/STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving your vehicle. REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer. Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 66). The power windows do not work during remote start and the radio does not turn on automatically. The parking lamps remain on and the vehicle runs for 5, 10, or 15 minutes, depending on the setting. Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration. If the duration is set to last 10 minutes, the duration extends by another 10 minutes. For example, if the vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes, the vehicle continues to run now for a total of 20 minutes. You can extend the remote start up to a maximum of 30 minutes. Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown. Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting Press the button once. The parking lamps turns off. E138625 You may have to be closer to the vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle. You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display. See General Information (page 92). 51 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing MyKey™ • PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits. All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes. • Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys. These can be used to: • • • • Create a MyKey. Program configurable MyKey settings. Clear all MyKey features. Configurable Settings With an admin key, you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle. You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key. When you have programmed a MyKey, you can access the following information using the information display: • • Seat belt reminder or Belt Minder. You cannot disable this feature. The audio system will mute when the front seat passengers' safety belts are not fastened. Early low fuel. The low-fuel warning activates earlier, giving the MyKey user more time to refuel. Driver assist features, if equipped on your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid. How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle. The total distance your vehicle has traveled using a MyKey. • Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the same settings. You cannot program them individually. Note: For vehicles with push-button start, when both a MyKey and an admin remote transmitter are present, the admin remote transmitter will be recognized by the vehicle while switching the ignition on to start the vehicle. A vehicle speed limit can be set. Warnings will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed. You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal or by setting cruise control. WARNING Do not set MyKey maximum speed limit to a limit that will prevent the driver from maintaining a safe speed considering posted speed limits and prevailing road conditions. The driver is always responsible to drive in accordance with local laws and prevailing conditions. Failure to do so could result in accident or injury. Non-configurable Settings The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user: 52 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing MyKey™ • • • 5. When prompted, hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey. The key will be restricted at your vehicle's next start. Various vehicle speed minders can be set. Once you select a speed, it will be shown in the display, followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded. Audio system maximum volume of 45%. A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume. Also, the speed-sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be disabled. Always on setting. When this is selected, you will not be able to turn off Advance Trac or traction control (if your vehicle is equipped with this feature). MyKey is successfully created. Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys. You can also program configurable settings for the key(s). Refer to Programming/Changing Configurable Settings. Programming/Changing Configurable Settings Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings: 1. Switch the ignition on using an admin key or fob. 2. Access the main menu on the information display controls, and select Settings, then MyKey by pressing OK or the > button. 3. Use the arrow buttons to get to a configurable feature. 4. Press OK or > to make a selection. Note: You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you have switched the engine off, however, you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings. CREATING A MYKEY Use the information display to create a MyKey: 1. Insert the key you want to program into the ignition. If your vehicle is equipped with a push-button start, hold the intelligent access key next to the steering column. Details on the correct fob placement and position is in another chapter. See Starting and Stopping the Engine (page 129). 2. Switch the ignition on. 3. Access the main menu on the information display controls, and select Settings and then MyKey by pressing OK or the > button. CLEARING ALL MYKEYS You can clear or change your MyKey settings using the information display control on the steering wheel. See Information Displays (page 92). 4. Press OK or the > button to select Create MyKey. Switch the ignition on using an admin key. 53 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing MyKey™ To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to: Message Action and Description Settings Press the OK button or right arrow. MyKey Press the OK button or right arrow. Clear MyKey Press and hold the OK button until the following message displays. All MyKeys Cleared Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status. 54 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing MyKey™ Number of MyKeys CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when all MyKeys have been deleted. You can find information about your programmed MyKeys by using the information display. See Information Displays (page 92). Number of Admin Keys MyKey Distance Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature to determine how many admin keys you have for your vehicle, and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed. Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey. The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does not accumulate as expected, then the intended user is not using the MyKey, or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey. USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS MyKey is not compatible with non Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start systems. If you choose to install a remote start system, see an authorized dealer for a Ford-approved remote start system. MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING Condition I cannot create a MyKey. Potential Causes • • The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges. The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle is the only admin key (there always has to be at least one admin key). 55 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing MyKey™ Condition Potential Causes • • I cannot program the configurable settings. • • I cannot clear the MyKeys. • • Vehicles with keyless start: The keyless start transmitter is not placed in the backup position. See Starting a Gasoline Engine (page 130). SecuriLock passive anti-theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode. The key or transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges. No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 53). The key or transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges. No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 53). I lost the only admin key. Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer. I lost a key. Program a spare key. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 66). MyKey distances do not accumulate. • • • No MyKey functions with the keyless entry transmitter. • • The MyKey user is not using the MyKey. An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys. The key system has been reset. An admin transmitter is present at vehicle start. No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 53). 56 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Doors and Locks Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors. The turn signals will flash. LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle. Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four seconds to disable or enable two-stage unlocking. Disabling two-stage unlocking allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button. The turn signals will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode. The unlocking mode applies to the remote control and intelligent access. Note: Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle. Power Door Locks The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels. Intelligent access at the driver door will unlock all doors when you disable two-stage unlocking. A Locking the Doors B Type 1 Press the button to lock all the doors. The turn signals will flash. E162487 A Unlock B Lock Type 2 Press the button to lock all the doors. The turn signals will flash. Door Lock Indicator An LED on each power door lock control will light when you lock the doors. It is not a functional control. E138623 Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed. The doors will lock again, the horn will sound and the turn signals will flash if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed. Remote Control Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage Unlock) Note: If locking was not successful or any door or the liftgate is open, or if the hood is open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or remote start, the horn will sound twice and the lamps will not flash. Type 1 Press the button to unlock the driver door. Liftgate Type 2 Press the button to unlock the driver door. WARNINGS Make sure all persons are clear of the power liftgate area before using the power liftgate control. E138629 57 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Doors and Locks WARNINGS Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle. This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. If you must drive with the liftgate open, keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury. Note: Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate. Press twice within three seconds to: E138630 • • unlatch a manual liftgate open, close or stop the movement of a power liftgate. See Power Liftgate (page 62). E112203 Left-Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock. Mechanical Key Right-Hand Side Turn the top of the key toward the front of your vehicle once to lock all doors. Turn counterclockwise to lock. Turn the top of the key toward the rear of your vehicle once to unlock the driver door only. Opening a Rear Door from Inside Pull the interior door release handle twice to unlock and open a rear door. The first pull unlocks the door and the second pull will unlatch the door. Locking the Doors Individually If the power locks fail to operate, lock the doors individually using the key in the position shown. Activating Intelligent Access (If Equipped) The intelligent access key must be within 3 feet (1 meter) of your vehicle. At the Front Doors Pull a front exterior door handle to unlock and open the door. The unlock sensor is on the back of the handle. Make sure not to touch the lock sensor area on the front of the handle. 58 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Doors and Locks Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead Transmitter This feature helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of your vehicle if your key is still in the ignition. When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle with the power door lock control, all the doors will lock then unlock if your key is still in the ignition. You can still lock your vehicle with the key in the ignition by pressing the lock button on the transmitter even if the doors are not closed. E185863 If both front doors are closed, you can lock your vehicle by any method, regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not. Press and hold the lock sensor area for about a second to lock your vehicle. To avoid unlocking the door inadvertently, make sure you only touch the lock sensor and not other areas of the door handle. Smart Unlocks For Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped) After locking the doors with the lock sensor, there is a brief delay before you can unlock your vehicle. This delay lets you pull the handle to make sure it locked. This feature helps to prevent you from unintentionally locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle’s passenger compartment or rear cargo area. Note: Keep the door handle surface clean to avoid issues with operation. When you lock your vehicle using the power door lock control (with the door open, vehicle in park and ignition off), your vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment after you close the door. If your vehicle finds a key, all of the doors will immediately unlock. At the Liftgate When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using the power door lock control, all doors will lock then unlock if the ignition is on. Autolock (If Equipped) The autolock feature will lock all the doors when: • all doors are closed • the ignition is on, E138632 Press the exterior liftgate release button on the top of the liftgate pull-cup handle. 59 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Doors and Locks • • you shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion, and your vehicle attains a speed greater than 4 mph (7 km/h). 6. Press the power door lock button then the unlock button. The horn will sound once if disabled or twice (one short and one long) if enabled. After programming the feature, switch the ignition off. The horn will sound once indicating programming is complete. Autounlock (If Equipped) The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when: • the ignition is on, all the doors are closed, and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 4 mph (7 km/h); • your vehicle comes to a stop and you switch the ignition off or to accessory; and • you open the driver door within 10 minutes of the switching the ignition off or to accessory. Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote entry system. The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if: • you start your vehicle, • you press the remote control lock button, or • after 25 seconds of illumination. Note: The doors will not autounlock if you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off and before you open the driver door. The lights will not turn off if: • you turn them on with the lamp control, or • any door is open. Enabling or Disabling Autounlock Illuminated Exit Note: Your authorized dealer can perform this procedure, or you can do the procedure yourself. The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when all doors are closed and you switch the ignition off. To enable or disable these features, do the following: The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and: • 25 seconds elapse, or • you lock your vehicle from the outside. Note: You will have 30 seconds to complete the procedure. 1. Switch the ignition on. 2. Press the power door unlock button three times. 3. Switch the ignition off. 4. Press the power door unlock button three times. 5. Switch the ignition on. The horn will sound indicating your vehicle is in programming mode. Battery Saver If you leave the courtesy lamps or dome lamps on and switch the ignition off, the battery saver shuts them off after some time. 60 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Doors and Locks Opening the Liftgate Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped) Manually If you leave the ignition on after leaving your vehicle, it will shut off 15 minutes after you close all of the doors. MANUAL LIFTGATE WARNINGS It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death. E138632 Press the button located in the top of the liftgate pull cup handle to unlatch the liftgate, and then pull on the outside handle. With the Remote Control Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle. This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. If you must drive with the liftgate open, keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury. E138630 Press the button twice within three seconds to unlock the liftgate. Manually open the liftgate. Closing the Liftgate Note: Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate. Note: Do not hang anything, for example a bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This could damage the liftgate and its components. Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while driving. This could damage the liftgate and its components. E155976 A handle is located inside the liftgate to help with closing. 61 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Doors and Locks POWER LIFTGATE (If Equipped) • WARNINGS It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death. • • The ignition is on and the transmission is not in park (P). The battery voltage is below the minimum operating voltage. The liftgate is not fully closed and your vehicle speed is at or above 3 mph (5 km/h). If the liftgate starts to close after it has fully opened, this indicates there may be excessive weight on the liftgate or a possible strut failure. A repetitive tone sounds and the liftgate closes under control. Remove any excessive weight from the liftgate. If the liftgate continues to close after opening, have the system checked by an authorized dealer. Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle. This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. If you must drive with the liftgate open, keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury. Opening and Closing the Liftgate WARNING Make sure all persons are clear of the power liftgate area before using the power liftgate control. Keep keys out of reach of children. Do not allow children to operate or play near an open or moving power liftgate. You should supervise the operation of the power liftgate at all times. Note: Make sure the area behind your vehicle is free from obstruction and that there is enough room for you to operate the liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle, for example a wall, garage door or another vehicle may come into contact with the moving liftgate. This could damage the liftgate and its components. Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate before operating or moving your vehicle, especially in an enclosure, like a garage or a parking structure. This could damage the liftgate and its components. Note: Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate. Note: Do not hang anything, for example a bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This could damage the liftgate and its components. Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while driving. This could damage the liftgate and its components. The liftgate only operates with the transmission in park (P). From the Instrument Panel Press the button on the instrument panel. If there is a problem with the open or close request, a tone will sound for one of the following reasons: E159323 62 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Doors and Locks With the Remote Control Press the button twice within three seconds. E138630 With the Outside Control Button Opening the Liftgate 1. Unlock the liftgate with the remote control or power door unlock control. If an intelligent access key is within 3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate, the liftgate unlocks when you press the liftgate release button. E138636 Press and release the liftgate control button. Stopping the Liftgate Movement Note: Do not apply sudden excessive force to the liftgate while it is in motion. This could damage the power liftgate and its components. You can stop the liftgate movement by doing any of the following: • Pressing the liftgate control button. • Pressing the liftgate button on the remote control twice. • Pressing the liftgate button on the instrument panel. • Moving your foot under and away from the center rear bumper in a single-kick * motion. E138632 2. Press the control button located in the top of the liftgate pull-cup handle. Note: Allow the power system to open the liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle detection feature and stop the power operation or reverse its direction. Manually interfering with the liftgate motion may also replicate a strut failure. * This method only works for vehicles with the hands-free liftgate feature. Setting the Liftgate Open Height Closing the Liftgate 1. Open the liftgate. 2. Stop the liftgate movement by pressing the control button on the liftgate when it reaches the desired height. Note: Once the liftgate has stopped moving, you can also manually move it to the desired height. WARNING Keep clear of the liftgate when activating the rear switch. 63 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Doors and Locks 3. Press and hold the liftgate control button on the liftgate until you hear a tone, indicating programming is complete. Note: You can only use the liftgate control button to program the height. When Opening Note: You cannot program the height if the liftgate position is too low. Hands-Free Feature (If Equipped) The system stops when it detects an obstacle and a tone sounds. Once you remove the obstacle, you can continue to operate the liftgate. Make sure you have an intelligent access transmitter within 3 ft (1 m) of the liftgate. The new open liftgate height is recalled when the power liftgate is opened. To change the programmed height, repeat the above procedure. Once you open the power liftgate, you can manually move it to a different height. Note: The system recalls the new programmed height until you reprogram it, even if you disconnect the battery. When operating the power liftgate after you have programmed a lower height than fully open, you can fully open the liftgate by manually pushing it upward to the maximum open position. Obstacle Detection When Closing The system stops when it detects an obstacle. A tone sounds and the system reverses to open. Once you remove the obstacle, you can power close the liftgate. Note: Entering your vehicle while the liftgate is closing can cause your vehicle to bounce and activate obstacle detection. To prevent this, let the power liftgate close completely before you enter your vehicle. Before driving off, check the instrument cluster for a liftgate or door ajar message or warning indicator. Failure to do this could result in unintentionally leaving the liftgate open while driving. E174120 1. Move your foot under and away from the rear bumper detection area in a single-kick motion. Do not move your foot sideways or the sensors may not detect the motion. 2. The liftgate will power open or close. 64 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Doors and Locks Note: Allow the power system to open the liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle detection feature and stop the power operation or reverse its direction. Manually interfering with the liftgate motion may also replicate a strut failure. Note: Splashing water may cause the hands-free liftgate to open. Keep the intelligent access key away from the rear bumper detection area when washing your vehicle. 65 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Security Replacement Keys PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two intelligent access keys. SecuriLock® The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts your vehicle, as well as a remote control. The system helps prevent your vehicle from starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle. Using the wrong key may prevent your vehicle from starting. A message may appear in the information display. The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start system, as well as a remote control. If you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key, a malfunction has happened. A message may appear in the information display. If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys (integrated keyhead transmitters only) are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key, you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys. Note: The system is not compatible with non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems. Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection. Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle. Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine. Switch the ignition off, move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart your vehicle if a problem occurs. Store an extra programmed key away from your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences. See your authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys. Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter Note: You can program a maximum of eight coded keys to your vehicle. All eight can be integrated keyhead transmitters. Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key in your vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle. You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitter or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. This procedure will program both the vehicle immobilizer keycode and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle Automatic Arming Your vehicle arms immediately after you switch the ignition off. Automatic Disarming Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms your vehicle. Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys. 66 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Security You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible. See your authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed coded keys are not available. Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key See your authorized dealer to have additional keys programmed to your vehicle. Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. ANTI-THEFT ALARM (If Equipped) Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds, but no more than 10 seconds. Switch the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition. After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off, insert the second previously coded key into the ignition. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds, but no more than 10 seconds. Switch the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition. After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key, insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds. Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition. The system warns you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle. It triggers if any door, the luggage compartment or the hood opens without using the key or remote control. The direction indicators flash and the horn sounds if unauthorized entry is attempted while the alarm is armed. Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle. Arming the Alarm The alarm is ready to arm when there is not a key in the ignition. Electronically lock the vehicle to arm the alarm. Disarming the Alarm Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions: • • • If the key has been successfully programmed it will start your vehicle and operate the remote entry system (if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter). Unlock the doors or luggage compartment with the remote control or keyless entry keypad. Switch the ignition on or start the vehicle. Use a key in the driver’s door to unlock the vehicle, then switch the ignition on within 12 seconds. Note: Pressing the panic button on the remote control will stop the horn and signal indicators, but will not disarm the system. If programming was not successful, wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8. If you are still unsuccessful, take your vehicle to your authorized dealer. 67 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving. Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 114). 2 3 E95179 3. Lock the steering column. AUDIO CONTROL (If Equipped) 1 Select the required source on the audio unit. 2 You can operate the following functions with the control: E95178 1. Unlock the steering column. 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position. 68 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Steering Wheel VOICE CONTROL (If Equipped) A D C B E129463 A Volume up. B Seek up or next. C Volume down. D Seek down or previous. E129464 Pull the control to select or deselect voice control. CRUISE CONTROL Seek, Next or Previous Press the seek button to: • Tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset. • Play the next or the previous track. Press and hold the seek button to: • Tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band. • Seek through a track. E142437 See Using Cruise Control (page 177). 69 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Steering Wheel INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL E130248 See Information Displays (page 92). Multimedia Controls E145434 Use the arrows on the right side of the steering wheel to navigate through the information display menus. Press OK to make a selection. 70 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wipers and Washers Intermittent Wipe WINDSHIELD WIPERS Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on. Note: Make sure you switch the windshield wipers and vehicle power off before using an automatic car wash. Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper Blades (page 234). If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 235). E197526 Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass, damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield. A Short-wipe interval. B Intermittent wipe. C Long-wipe interval. Push the wiper lever up to switch the wipers on, and then use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval. Note: When wiping on dry glass, the wipers may switch to the next lower operating mode (low-speed or intermittent). The previous operation mode may resume after the windshield becomes wet again. Speed Dependent Wipers (If Equipped) When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between wipes decreases. AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped) Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on. Note: Make sure you switch the windshield wipers and ignition off before using an automatic car wash. Autowipers uses a rain sensor located in the area around the interior mirror. The rain sensor monitors the amount of moisture on the windshield and automatically turns the wipers on. It will adjust the wiper speed by the amount of moisture that the sensor detects on the windshield. E197525 A Single wipe. B Intermittent wipe. C Normal wipe. D High-speed wipe. Note: Move to position O marked on the wiper lever to switch off. 71 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wipers and Washers Note: If you switch autolamps on in conjunction with autowipers, your low beam headlamps turn on automatically when the rain sensor activates the windshield wipers continuously. See General Information (page 92). Keep the outside of the windshield clean. The rain sensor is very sensitive and the wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield. Wet or winter driving conditions with ice, snow or salty road mist can cause inconsistent and unexpected wiping or smearing. In these conditions, you can do the following to help keep your windshield clear: • Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers to reduce the amount of smearing. • Switch to normal or high-speed wipe by moving the wiper lever up. • Switch the autowipers off and switch intermittent mode on through the information display. See General Information (page 92). • Switch the autowipers off by moving the wiper lever down. E215460 A Highest sensitivity. B On. C Lowest sensitivity. Switch the autowipers on by moving the wiper lever up to the first position. Switch the autowipers off by moving the wiper lever down. Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the autowipers. When you select low sensitivity, the wipers will operate when the sensor detects a large amount of water on the windshield. When you select high sensitivity, the wipers will operate when the sensor detects a small amount of water on the windshield. Note: Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 235). The autowipers feature is active and ready when the wiper lever is in the first position and selected in the information display. You can change the autowipers feature to intermittent wipers through the information display. See General Information (page 92). WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This may cause the washer pump to overheat. Note: Check your wiper function in the information display. See General Information (page 92). The autowipers feature functions only when you select the menu choice in the information display and you move the wiper lever up to the first position. The autowipers feature then remains on in the information display menu until you change it to intermittent wipe. 72 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wipers and Washers When you shift into reverse (R) and the front wipers are on, the rear wiper may automatically turn on to intermittent wipe. Rear Window Washer E197528 To operate the washers and spray the windshield, pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever, the wipers will operate for a short time. E197529 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERS Push the lever away from you to operate the rear window washer. When you release the lever, wiping continues for a short period of time. Rear Window Wiper Note: Make sure you switch the rear window wiper and ignition off before using an automatic car wash. E197647 A Intermittent wipe. B Low speed wipe. C Off. Press the top of the button to switch intermittent wipe on. Press the top of the button again to switch low speed wipe on. Press the bottom of the button to switch the rear window wiper off. 73 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Lighting Headlamp Flasher LIGHTING CONTROL E162680 E142449 A Off. B Parking lamps, instrument panel lamps, license plate lamps and tail lamps. C Slightly pull the lever toward you and release it to flash the headlamps. AUTOLAMPS (If Equipped) Headlamps. WARNING The autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions, such as daytime fog. Always ensure that your headlamps are switched to auto or on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a collision. High Beams E162679 Push the lever away from you to switch the high beam on. Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off. E142451 When the lighting control is in the autolamps position, the headlamps automatically turn on in low light situations or when the wipers activate. 74 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Lighting If equipped, the following also activate when the lighting control is in the autolamps position and you switch them on in the information display: • Configurable daytime running lamps. • Automatic high beam control. • Adaptive headlamp control. INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER Note: If the battery is disconnected, discharged, or a new battery is installed, the dimmer will set the illuminated components to the maximum setting automatically. The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off. Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on. See Information Displays (page 92). Note: With the headlamps in the autolamps position, you cannot switch the high beam headlamps on until the autolamps system turns the low beam headlamps on. Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps The windshield wiper activated headlamps turn on within 10 seconds when you switch the windshield wipers on and the lighting control is in the autolamps position. They turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off. E161902 Press repeatedly or press and hold until the desired level is reached. HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY The headlamps will not turn on by wiper activation: • During a mist wipe. • When the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition. • If the wipers are in intermittent mode. After you switch the ignition off, you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you. You will hear a short tone. The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed. You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator toward you again or switching the ignition on. Note: If you switch autolamps and autowipers on, the headlamps will automatically turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate. 75 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Lighting DIRECTION INDICATORS DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (If Equipped) WARNING The autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions, such as daytime fog. Always ensure that your headlamps are switched to auto or on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a crash. To switch the system on: E162681 1. Switch the ignition on. 2. Switch the lighting control to the off or autolamp position. Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators. Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times to indicate a lane change. FRONT FOG LAMPS INTERIOR LAMPS The lamps will switch on when one of the following conditions have been met: • • • You open any door. You press a remote control button. You press switch B on the front interior lamp. Front Interior Lamp (If Equipped) E142453 Press the control to switch the fog lamps on or off. C D B A You can switch the fog lamps on when the lighting control is in any position except Off and the high beams are not on. E161163 76 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Lighting (A) Door function switch. Press this switch to disable the interior E160819 lamps. The door function indicator lamp will illuminate yellow with lamps disabled. Press the switch again to turn interior lamps back on. The indicator lamp will illuminate blue. Passenger Side Lamp (B) All lamps on and off switch. E160816 (C) Passenger individual lamp on and off switch. A E160817 E142455 (D) Driver individual lamp on and off switch. (A) Individual lamp on and off switch. E160818 E160818 Front Interior Lamp - With Panorama Roof (If Equipped) Rear Interior Lamp (If Equipped) Driver Side Lamp A A B B C E190496 (A) Passenger side lamp on and off switch. E142454 (A) Door function switch. Press this switch to disable the interior E160819 lamps. The door function indicator lamp will illuminate yellow with lamps disabled. Press the switch again to turn interior lamps back on. The indicator lamp will illuminate blue. E160817 (B) Driver side lamp on and off switch. E160818 AMBIENT LIGHTING (If Equipped) (B) All lamps on and off switch. You can adjust the ambient lighting and intensity using the SYNC system. See your SYNC information. E160816 (C) Individual lamp on and off switch. E160818 77 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Windows and Mirrors Window Lock POWER WINDOWS WARNINGS Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. They may seriously injure themselves. When closing the power windows, you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings. E70850 Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls. It illuminates when you lock the rear window controls. Bounce-Back (If Equipped) The window will stop automatically while closing. It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way. Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature WARNING E70848 When you override the bounce-back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle. Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open. Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise. Press the switch to open the window. Lift the switch to close the window. Proceed as follows to override this protection feature when there is a resistance, for example in winter: One-Touch Down Press the switch fully and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window. 1. One-Touch Up Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or lift it again to stop the window. 78 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Close the window twice until it reaches the point of resistance and let it reverse. Windows and Mirrors 2. Close the window a third time to the point of resistance. The bounce-back feature is now disabled and you can close the window manually. The window will go past the point of resistance and you can close it fully. GLOBAL OPENING You can use the remote control to operate the windows with the ignition off. Note: To operate this feature, accessory delay must not be active. See an authorized dealer as soon as possible if the window does not close after the third attempt. Opening the Windows You can use the global opening feature to open the windows only for a short time after you unlock your vehicle by using the remote control. Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature WARNING The bounce-back feature remains turned off until you reset the memory. To use the global opening feature: 1. Press and release the remote control unlock button. 2. Press the remote control unlock button again and hold it for approximately three seconds. Release the control when the windows begin to open. 3. Press the lock or unlock button on your remote control to stop the window opening function. If you have disconnected the battery, you must reset the bounce-back memory separately for each window. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed. Release the switch. Lift the switch again for one more second. Press and hold the switch until the window is fully open. Release the switch. Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed. Open the window and then try to close it automatically. Reset and repeat the procedure if the window does not close automatically. Note: Contact an authorized Ford dealer to deactivate this feature. EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors WARNING Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. Accessory Delay (If Equipped) You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door. 79 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Windows and Mirrors Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped) See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 112). Puddle Lamps (If Equipped) The lamps on the bottom part of the mirror housing light when you use your transmitter to unlock the doors or when you open a door. C A B E70846 Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors (If Equipped) A Left-hand mirror B Off C Right-hand mirror WARNING Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear. Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the exterior mirrors. They are designed to increase your visibility along the side of your vehicle. Check the main mirror first before a lane change, then check the blind spot mirror. If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance, signal that you intend to change lanes. Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes. E70847 Press the arrows to adjust the mirror. Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass. Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position. Signal Indicator Mirrors The outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing blinks when you activate the turn signal. 80 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Windows and Mirrors INTERIOR MIRROR WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving. Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products. C You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference. Some mirrors also have a second pivot point. This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side. B Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night. Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped) Note: Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror. Mirror performance may be affected. A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor. A E138665 The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance. The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches (A). The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C). The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle. It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up. Blind Spot Information System (If Equipped) See Blind Spot Information System (page 179). 81 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Windows and Mirrors Opening and Closing the Sun Shade SUN VISORS Illuminated Vanity Mirror (If Equipped) E138668 Fully press and release the front of the control to open the sun shade. Fully press and release the rear of the control to close the sun shade. E162197 Lift the cover to switch the lamp on. Bounce-Back SUN SHADES (If Equipped) The sun shade will stop automatically while closing. It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way. WARNINGS Do not let children play with the sun shade or leave them unattended in the vehicle. They may seriously hurt themselves. Sun Shade Relearning WARNING The bounce-back function is not active during this procedure. Make sure that there are no obstacles in the way of the moving sun shade. When closing the sun shade, you should verify that it is free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the sunshade. Note: You must start the relearning process within 30 seconds of switching the ignition on. The control is located in the overhead console. In case the sun shade no longer opens or closes properly, follow this relearning procedure: The sun shade has a one-touch open and close feature. To stop motion during one-touch operation, press the control a second time. 1. Press the front of the control to the first action point twice and release it within two seconds. 2. Press the rear of the control to the first action point twice and release it within two seconds. 82 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Windows and Mirrors 3. Press and hold the front of the control to the first action point, until the sun shade fully opens. 4. Press and hold the rear of the control to the first action point, until the sun shade fully closes. If you do not complete Step 2 within 15 seconds of Step 1, the relearning function end. Switch the ignition off, wait for another 30 seconds and then switch the ignition back on again. Start the procedure again from the beginning. Confirm that relearning was successful by opening and closing the sun shade. 83 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Instrument Cluster GAUGES A B C E162393 A Left Information Display. B Speedometer. C Right Information Display. A full fill represents the total amount of energy you can get from an external charge (plugging your vehicle in). When the fill reaches empty, your vehicle automatically enters Hybrid Mode and the large battery gauge will no longer be shown. Left Information Display Odometer Located in the bottom of the information display. Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has traveled. An optional small battery gauge is provided for Hybrid vehicles and for Hybrid Mode only in Energi vehicles. You can switch this feature on in the Settings menu under Battery Display. See General Information (page 92). The fill level, or State of Charge, indicates the amount of energy stored in the high voltage battery as a percent of total energy capacity. The level increases or decreases as the battery charges and discharges during normal operation. Battery Gauge: For Energi vehicles, a large battery gauge is provided when the vehicle operates in Plug-In Power Mode only. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137). The fill level indicates the amount of energy stored in the high voltage battery that is available for Plug-in Power Mode. 84 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Instrument Cluster Regen Display: After refueling some variability in needle position is normal: A circular arrow symbol displays when energy is being recaptured through the regenerative braking system. You can switch the Regen Display off in the Settings menu. See General Information (page 92). • • Fuel Gauge: Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient. • Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located. It may take a short time for the needle to reach F after leaving the gas station. This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station. The fuel amount dispensed into the tank is a little less or more than the gauge indicated. This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station. If the gas station nozzle shuts off before the tank is full, try a different gas pump nozzle. Low Fuel Reminder A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel gauge needle is at 1/16th. The needle should move toward F when you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points to E after adding fuel, this indicates your vehicle needs service soon. Variations: Driving type (fuel economy conditions) Fuel gauge position Distance-to-empty Highway driving 1/16th 35–80 mi (56–129 km) Severe duty driving (trailer towing, extended idle) 1/16th 35 mi (56 km) Brake Coach Display: Vehicle Settings and Personalization The Brake Coach appears after the vehicle has come to a stop. It coaches you to brake in a manner which maximizes the amount of energy returned through the regenerative braking system. The percent displayed is an indication of the regenerative braking efficiency with 100% representing the maximum amount of energy recovery. Display/Trip See General Information (page 92). Information See General Information (page 92). Settings See General Information (page 92). This feature can be switched on or off in the information displays settings menu. See General Information (page 92). 85 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Instrument Cluster Trip Summary: Fuel Economy The Trip Summary displays upon shutting off your vehicle. The information is cumulative over the last trip. A new trip begins each time you start your vehicle (when the Ready to Drive message comes on). See General Information (page 92). • • • Vehicle Range Vehicle range indicates the estimated distance your vehicle will travel with the energy currently onboard. The range is displayed at the bottom of the screen with gasoline range shown in white and electric range (Energi only) shown in blue. Distance - Displays the total distance traveled, distance traveled on battery power only (EV distance) and Regen distance. Regen distance is the estimated range gained from energy recaptured through regenerative braking. Energy Use - Displays the average fuel economy. In addition for Energi, displays the total electrical energy used while in Plug-in Power Mode in kilowatt hours (kWh). Brake Score - The percent displayed is an indication of the regenerative braking efficiency for the trip. • • Gasoline Range: Is the estimated distance to empty based on the fuel remaining in the tank. Electric Range: Is the estimated distance you can travel in Plug-In Power Mode with the engine off. This range is based on a calculation determined by the amount of energy stored in the high voltage battery as a result of charging while plugged in and the energy being used while driving. The amount of energy being used while driving is affected by: Note: Corresponding trip efficiency leaves appear on the right information display upon shutting off your Hybrid vehicle. On Energi vehicles the trip efficiency leaves are shown on the right information display when the vehicle operates in Hybrid Mode for the entire trip. For trips with Plug-in Power Mode operation an estimate of your EV Range/Full Charge is provided along with a listing of factors and their contributions to this estimate. See Next Full Charge under Right Information Display in this chapter. • • • • • • Mild or aggressive acceleration or braking. Your vehicle speed. Your use of accessories such as climate control. The ambient temperature and other weather conditions. City or highway driving. Road grades. Note: It is normal for vehicle range estimates to vary due to changes in average energy usage. This is why you will typically see different range estimates each time you fill up your fuel tank or fully charge your battery. Right Information Display Entertainment See your SYNC information. Navigation or Compass See your SYNC information. Phone See your SYNC information. 86 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Instrument Cluster Trip Efficiency Leaves • Trip Efficiency Leaves display upon shutting off your Hybrid vehicle. For Energi vehicles the trip efficiency leaves are displayed only when the vehicle operates in Hybrid for the entire trip. The number of leaves represent the average for the last trip. A new trip begins each time you start your vehicle (when the Ready to Drive message comes on). Corresponding Trip Summary data displays on the left information display. • Next Full Charge • The Next Full Charge display is shown upon shutting off your Energi vehicle whenever your vehicle operates in Plug-in Power Mode for a portion of your trip. Miles or kilometers per full charge This is an estimate of the EV Range you would see if you plugged in and fully charged your vehicle right now. The estimate is based on your energy usage while driving. Energy usage is affected by your driving style and route, climate control use, outside temperature and other factors. Driving style/route – This includes energy used to propel your vehicle based on your driving style and route. Your driving style includes how fast you drive and whether your acceleration and braking is mild or aggressive. Your route includes factors such as the amount of city or highway driving and road grades. Climate control use – This includes energy used by your vehicle’s high voltage climate control components such as the electric A/C compressor and the electric heater. Outside temp./other – This includes energy losses due to outside temperature and other conditions which reduce vehicle system efficiency. Energy used for low voltage accessories such as cabin fans, heated seats, headlights, etc. is also included. WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators will alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious. Some lamps will light when you start your vehicle to make sure they work. If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle, refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information. Energy usage effects (+/-) A green bar indicates a positive effect on your EV range per full charge estimate. An amber bar indicates a negative effect. The bigger the bar the bigger the effect on your estimate. Note: Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle. 87 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Instrument Cluster Anti-Lock Braking System WARNING Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous. A significant decrease in braking performance may occur. It may take you longer to stop your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury. If it lights when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. You will continue to have normal braking (without anti-lock braking system) unless the brake system warning lamp also lights. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. Battery If it lights while driving, this indicates a malfunction. Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately. Cruise Control (If Equipped) Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped) Direction Indicator It illuminates when you switch this feature off or in conjunction E151262 with a message. See Blind Spot Information System (page 179). See Information Messages (page 101). Lights when you switch on the left or right direction indicator or hazard warning flasher. If the indicators stay on or flash faster, check for a burned out bulb. See Changing a Bulb (page 238). Lights when you switch on this feature. E71340 Brake System E144522 Door Ajar Lights when you engage the parking brake with the ignition on. Displays when the ignition is on and any door is not completely closed. If it lights when you are driving, check that you do not have the parking brake engaged. If you do not have the parking brake engaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction. Have the system checked immediately by an authorized dealer. EcoSelect E194390 Lights when you switch on this feature. See EcoSelect (page 139). Engine and Motor Coolant Temperature Lights when the engine or motor coolant temperature is high. Stop the vehicle as soon as possible, switch off the engine and let cool. 88 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Instrument Cluster Engine Oil Grade Assist (If Equipped) If it lights with the engine running or while you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch off the engine. Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check (page 226). Lights when you switch on grade assist. E162456 High Beam Lights when you switch the high beam headlamps on. It will flash when you use the headlamp Note: Do not resume your journey if it lights despite the level being correct. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately. flasher. Liftgate Ajar EV Now E144814 Lights when the liftgate is not completely closed. Lights when you select this feature on. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137). E162453 Low Battery (If Equipped) EV Later E151263 Lights when the battery level is low. You may also see a message suggesting you reduce your usage of the climate system. Lights when you select this feature on. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137). E144691 Fasten Seatbelt Low Fuel Level It will light and a tone will sound to remind you to fasten your E71880 seatbelt. See Seatbelt Reminder (page 34). Lights when the fuel level is low or the fuel tank is nearly empty. Refuel as soon as possible. Low Tire Pressure Warning Front Airbag Lights when your tire pressure is low. If the lamp remains on with the engine running or when driving, check your tire pressure as soon as possible. If it fails to light when you start your vehicle, continues to flash E67017 or remains on, this indicates a malfunction. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. It also lights momentarily when you switch on the ignition to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not light when you switch on the ignition, or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked by an authorized dealer. Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped) Lights when you switch the front fog lamps on. 89 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Instrument Cluster Parking Lamps If the light is blinking, engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter. Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration) and have your vehicle serviced immediately. Lights when you switch the parking lamps on. Powertrain Fault WARNING Lights when the system detects a powertrain or high-voltage charge system fault. If the indicator stays on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible. Under engine misfire conditions, excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter, the fuel system, interior floor coverings or other vehicle components, possibly causing a fire. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: If your vehicle detects certain faults, it will not allow you to operate the accelerator pedal. If this happens, press the brake pedal and release it. This will activate limp home vehicle operation. In limp home vehicle operation, your vehicle will accelerate in a controlled manner up to a maximum speed of 35 mph (56 km/h) on a flat surface. If you apply the brake pedal or move the transmission to neutral (N) you can override your vehicle’s acceleration. The service engine soon indicator lights when you first switch on the ignition prior to engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection and Maintenance testing. Normally, the service engine soon light will stay on until you switch on the engine, then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present. However, if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times, it means that the vehicle is not ready for Inspection and Maintenance testing. See Emission Control System (page 149). Ready to Drive Lights after your switch your vehicle on and it is ready to drive. A corresponding message may display stating ready to drive. E144692 Stability Control Lights when the system is active. If it remains on or does not light E138639 when you switch the ignition on, this indicates a malfunction. During a malfunction, the system will turn off. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately. See Using Stability Control (page 167). Service Engine Soon If the service engine soon indicator light stays on after you switch on the engine, this indicates that the On-Board Diagnostics system (OBD) has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emissions control system. Refer to On-Board diagnostics (OBD) in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information about having your vehicle serviced. See Emission Control System (page 149). 90 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Instrument Cluster Stability Control Off Headlamps On Warning Chime Lights when you switch the system off. It will go out when E130458 you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off. See Using Stability Control (page 167). Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver's door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on. Stop Safely Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle. If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake, have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately. Parking Brake On Warning Chime Indicates an electrical component fault or failure that E144693 will cause the vehicle to shutdown or enter into a limited operating mode. A message may also display. Automatic Transmission Warning Chime Vehicle Plugged in (If Equipped) Sounds when you have not moved the transmission selector lever to position P. A message will be shown in the display. Lights after you plug in your vehicle. A corresponding message may display after attempting to start the vehicle. E144694 AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key in Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when you open the driver's door and you have left the key in the ignition. Engine On Warning Chime A warning chime will sound when any door is opened if the vehicle exceeds a relatively low speed. Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped) Sounds the horn twice when you exit the vehicle and the keyless vehicle is in RUN, indicating the vehicle is still on. 91 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays • GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING • Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. • • • Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu. Press the right arrow button to enter a sub-menu. Press the left arrow button to exit a menu. Press and hold the left arrow button at any time to return to the main menu display (escape button). Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages. Main menu From the main menu bar on the left side of the information display, you can choose from the following categories: Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display controls on the steering wheel. Corresponding information is displayed in the information display. Display/Trip E144639 Information E144642 Left Information Display Controls Settings E100023 Scroll up or down to highlight one of the categories, and then press the right arrow key or OK to enter into that category. Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu. Display/Trip E162394 E144639 Use the up or down arrow buttons to choose between the following display options. Note: The cluster will remember the menu level 2 state when you change the key state from the RUN to the OFF position. 92 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Display/Trip Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Engage (Split Power + Avg Fuel Economy + Battery Gauge + Fuel Gauge) Help — — Empower (Power (with engine on/off threshold) + Avg Fuel Economy + Battery Gauge + Fuel Gauge) Help — — MyView (MyView + Battery Gauge + Fuel Gauge) Change MyView Vehicle Range Vehicle Range Average Fuel Average Fuel Split Power Instantaneous Fuel Power + Threshold Coolant Temp. Miles (or km)/Full Charge (Energi only) Shown in Plug-in Power Mode Tach rpm x1000 Accessory Power Accessory Power Trip 1 Trip 1 Trip 2 Trip 2 Fuel History Fuel History Coach Coach Blank Blank — Help — — Help — — 93 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Display/Trip (avg miles(or km)/full charge + instant miles(or km)/full charge gauge + battery gauge + fuel gauge) Fuel Economy (Energi only) Shown in Hybrid Mode (avg fuel economy + instant fuel economy gauge + battery gauge + fuel gauge) Help Trip 1: Trip Data + Battery Gauge + Fuel Gauge Help — — Trip 2: Trip Data + Battery Gauge + Fuel Gauge • Engage Engage provides separate gauges for engine power and high voltage battery power in kilowatts (kW). The engine power gauge fill is white and the high voltage battery power gauge fill is blue. You can also see an instantaneous fuel economy gauge. When your vehicle is operating on battery power only, you will see EV displayed and the gauges will appear in blue. • • • Empower Empower provides a power demand gauge in kilowatts (kW) which includes an engine on or off threshold. When your vehicle is operating with battery power only (below the threshold), you will see EV displayed and the gauge fill is blue. When your vehicle is operating with both the engine and the high voltage battery providing power the gauge fill is white. When power demand surpasses the amber indicator, this level of demand and associated fuel economy displays in amber. When the engine is on, reducing power demand to less than the threshold will allow the engine to turn off. You can also see an instantaneous fuel economy gauge. Note: You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls. 94 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays MyView • Coolant Temp – Indicates engine coolant temperature. At normal operating temperature, the level indicator will be white and will be in the normal range (between H and C). If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range, the level indicator will change to red to indicate that the engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible, turn your vehicle off and let the engine cool. • Tach rpm x 1000 — When the gasoline engine is running, the tachometer gauge displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). When your vehicle is operating on battery power only with the engine off, EV displays and the tachometer is greyed out. You can choose what to display in this view. Selecting Change MyView in the options menu allows you to scroll through two columns of content choices. • • • Press the up or down arrow to view content. Press OK to save your selected content. You must select content in both columns before you can save your new MyView. Unique content available in MyView: • Vehicle Range (Energi vehicles only) – Indicates the estimated distance your vehicle will travel with the energy currently onboard. Separately displays range available in Hybrid Mode fueled by gasoline, electric range available in Plug-in Power Mode, and total range. Gasoline range and electric range are also shown on the bottom of the right information display. Changes in driving pattern and climate control use will cause the values to vary. • Accessory Power— Indicates electrical power demands from your vehicle’s accessory systems. Accessories use power but do not contribute to propelling your vehicle. The gauge separately displays power demand in kilowatts (kW) for climate and other accessories. Climate includes the power being used by high voltage climate control components such as the electric A/C compressor and the electric heater (Energi vehicles only). Other includes all power being used by the low voltage accessories (cabin fans, headlights, heated seats, etc.). Note: The trip data, and average fuel economy cannot be reset in MyView. Miles (or km)/Full Charge (Energi only) In Hybrid Mode the display changes to Fuel Economy. Miles or Kilometers per Full Charge is an estimate of your EV Range with a fully charged battery. This display is only available in Plug-in Power Mode. Average Miles or Kilometers per Full Charge is provided along with an Instantaneous gauge. This information is based on your energy usage while driving. Energy usage is affected by your driving style and route, climate control use, outside temperature and other factors. For more information refer to Next Full Charge. See Gauges (page 84). When you select EV Now operation this screen will automatically be shown. You can press OK to enable the engine when viewing this screen during EV Now operation. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137). 95 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Fuel Economy (Energi only) Trip 1 & 2 This display is only available in Hybrid Mode. In Plug-in Power Mode the display changes to Miles (or km)/Full Charge. Provides trip odometer, trip average fuel economy and trip timer. Distance traveled on battery power only with the engine off is shown in blue next to total trip distance. An Instant Fuel Economy gauge is provided along with Avg Fuel Economy. While viewing this screen you can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls. For more information see Common Displays in this chapter. For Energi vehicles total plug-in electricity used in kilowatt hours (kWh) is shown in blue next to trip average fuel economy. Info In this mode, you can view different vehicle system information and perform a system check. E144642 Information Tutorial Displays a number of different system tutorials. Use the up/down arrows to scroll through the tutorials. Then press OK to view. MyKey MyKeys (Number of MyKeys programmed) MyKey Miles (km) (Distance traveled using a programmed MyKey) Admin Keys (Number of admin keys) System Check All active warnings will display first if applicable. The system check menu may appear different based upon equipment options and current vehicle status. Use the up/down arrow buttons to scroll through the list. Settings In this mode, you can configure different driver setting choices. E100023 Note: Some items are optional and may not appear. Note: Some MyKey items will only appear if a MyKey is set. 96 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Settings Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Driver Assist Traction Ctrl On or Off — Blindspot On or Off — Cross Traffic On or Off — 1 On or Off — EV+ Mode On or Off — Rear Park Aid On or Off — Tire Monitor Hold OK to Reset — Auto Engine Off On or Off — Lighting Auto Light Rain On or Off Daytime Lights On or Off Home Light Select time interval ECO Cruise Vehicle Remote Start Climate Control Tire Mobility Kit MyKey Menu level 6 Heater - A/C Auto or Last Settings Front Defrost Auto or Off Rear Defrost Auto or Off Driver Seat Auto or Off Passenger Seat Auto or Off Duration 5, 10 or 15 minutes Quiet Start On or Off System Enable or Disable Select number of years — Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey 97 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing — Information Displays Settings Display 1 Energi Traction Control Always On or User Selectable — Max Speed Choose desired speed or off — Speed Warning Choose desired speed or off — Volume Limiter On or Off — Clear MyKeys Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys — Language Select the desired language — Units Distance Select the desired units of measure Temperature Fahrenheit (°F) or Celsius (°C) Brake Coach On or Off — Battery Display On or Off — Regen Display On or Off — Driving History Hold OK to Reset — only. 98 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Right Information Display Controls Main menu From the main menu bar on the right side of the information display, you can choose from the following categories: Entertainment See your SYNC information. Navigation or Compass See your SYNC information. Phone E179398 • • • • See your SYNC information. Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu. Press the right arrow button to enter a sub-menu. Press the left arrow button to exit a menu. Press the OK button to choose and confirm your selection. Fuel Economy Use the up or down arrow buttons to choose between the following display options. Note: The information display will remember the menu level 2 state when you change the individual key state from the RUN to the OFF position. Fuel Economy Menu level 2 Efficiency Leaves Fuel History (Instantaneous Fuel Economy + Fuel Economy History + Avg Fuel Economy) Coach Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Help — — Duration 5, 10 or 30 minutes — Help — — Help — — 99 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Efficiency Leaves Note: Fuel economy is not always a measure of appropriate driving behavior. For example, when driving uphill and maintaining an appropriate speed, your instant fuel economy may not be good (losing leaves) but the Coach may show a blue bar for Acceleration and Cruising. Efficiency leaves indicate short term driving efficiency measured over the last few minutes. The more leaves and vines that appear on the display, the better your fuel economy. Leaves and vines will occasionally appear and disappear to indicate a change in your driving efficiency. Common Displays Fuel History Both Average fuel economy and an instantaneous fuel economy gauge are included in Engage, Empower, MyView (if selected) and Fuel Economy (shown in Hybrid Mode) on the left information display. They are also included in Fuel History on the right information display. From left to right this view includes an instantaneous fuel economy gauge, historical fuel economy data and average fuel economy. The historical data represents an average over time intervals of either 1, 2 or 6 minutes, with the leftmost interval being the most recent. Shown at the bottom of the view is the total time duration for the 5 intervals. You can select total duration in the options menu. Intervals shown in grey color are from the previous drive. The blue horizontal line represents the average fuel economy value shown to the right. Average Fuel Economy Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and average fuel economy. Average Fuel Economy is continuously averaged since the last reset. You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the corresponding steering wheel controls. For Energi vehicles both Hybrid and Plug-in Power mode operation will be included in the calculation. Coach Note: Average fuel economy cannot be reset in MyView. This view provides a comparison of your recent acceleration, braking and cruising behavior, then recommends the most efficient use of energy under present conditions. The horizontal bars fill from left to right with best behavior and appear blue when at least half full. When the bars are less than half full, the color is amber, suggesting that you need a change in your driving behavior to achieve better energy efficiency. Instantaneous Fuel Economy If your instantaneous fuel economy is greater than the maximum value displayed, a + sign will be shown next to the maximum scale number. When your vehicle is operating on battery power only, EV will display and the gauge fill will show in blue. Note: Fuel Economy will be impacted by your use of brakes, accelerator and accessories, as well as environmental conditions such as hills and weather. 100 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays INFORMATION MESSAGES Note: Depending on the vehicle options equipped with your vehicle, not all of the messages display or are available. Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have. E130248 Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display. Other messages are be removed automatically after a short time. Certain messages need to be confirmed before you can access the menus. AdvanceTrac® Message Service AdvanceTrac Action Displayed when the system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Alarm Message Action Vehicle Alarm To Stop Alarm, Start Vehicle. Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page 67). 101 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Battery and Charging System (High Voltage) Message Action Vehicle Plugged In ? Yes Your vehicle needs confirmation it is unplugged before allowing a start. You must make sure your vehicle is unplugged No and you respond to the message prompt before starting your vehicle. Unplug Prior to Starting Your vehicle detects it is still plugged in and you attempt to Vehicle start it. Ready to Drive Ready to Drive XXX% Charged Your vehicle is ready to drive. Your vehicle is ready to drive. You have XXX% plug-in energy available. EV Now Battery Powered You selected EV Now mode with the EV button. EV Later XX% Plug-in Energy Reserved You selected EV Later mode with the EV button. Auto EV Normal Opera- You selected Auto EV mode with the EV button. tion EV Now Not Available EV Now is unavailable. Engine Enabled Due to Defrost Setting Your vehicle enables the engine due to the climate control defrost setting. This is normal operation. Engine Enabled for System Performance Press OK to Enable Engine Your vehicle enables the engine for system performance. This is normal operation. You can press OK to enable the engine temporarily for increased performance when in EV Now mode. 102 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System Message Action Blindspot System Fault A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible. Blindspot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information System (page 179). Vehicle Coming From X The system detects a vehicle. See Blind Spot Information System (page 179). Cross Traffic Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information System (page 179). Cross Traffic System Fault A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible. Doors Message Action X Door Ajar Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed and the vehicle is moving. Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed. Liftgate Ajar Displays when the liftgate is not completely closed. Fuel Message Fuel Level Low Check Fuel Fill Inlet Action An early reminder of a low fuel condition. Displays if the fuel fill inlet is not properly closed. Fuel Freshness Engine EV functionality is disabled and the engine is running to may run to maintain fuel maintain fuel freshness. See Fuel Quality (page 143). freshness Fuel Door Opening Wait for up to 15 seconds while the fuel system depressurizes. 103 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Message Action Fuel Door Open The fuel system has finished depressurizing and you can begin to refuel. Close Fuel Door A reminder to close the fuel door. Refuel Error See Manual There is an error in attempting to refill your vehicle. Hill Start Assist Message Hill Start Assist Not Available Action Displays when hill start assist is not available. Contact your authorized dealer. See Hill Start Assist (page 163). Keys and Intelligent Access Message Action Starting System Fault This message is displayed when there is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. See your authorized dealer for service. Key Inside vehicle Key Not Inside vehicle No Key Detected Displays to remind you that the key is in the luggage compartment. Displays if the key is not detected by the system. Displayed if the key is not detected by the system. Restart Now or Key is Needed Displayed when the start/stop button is pressed to shut off the engine and a Intelligent Access Key is not detected inside the vehicle. Accessory Power is Active Displayed when the vehicle is in the Accessory ignition state. To START Press Brake Displayed as a reminder to press the brake while starting the vehicle. Press Brake + Start Button Displayed as a reminder to apply the brake and push the start button to start the vehicle. Place Key in Backup Location Displayed as needed by the system for proper function. 104 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Message Action Key Programmed x Keys Displayed during spare key programming, when an intelligent Total access key is programmed to the system. Max Number of Keys Learned Displayed during spare key programming when the maximum number of keys have been programmed. Could Not Program Integrated Key Displayed when an attempt is made to program a spare key using two existing MyKeys. Vehicle is ON Informs you that upon exiting your vehicle that the vehicle is still on. Maintenance Message Action Low Engine Oil Pressure Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible, turn off the engine. Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Change Engine Oil Soon Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10% or less. See Engine Oil Check (page 226). Oil Change Required Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0%. See Engine Oil Check (page 226). Brake Fluid Level Low Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately. See Brake Fluid Check (page 232). Check Brake System Displays when the brake system needs servicing. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. Contact your authorized dealer. Engine Coolant Over Temperature Displays when the engine coolant temperature is excessively high. Motor Coolant Over Temperature Displays when the motor coolant temperature is excessively high. Service Tire Mobility Kit Displayed when the kit needs service. See your authorized dealer. See Manual Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due to a powertrain malfunction. Engine ON Due to Low Use Normal Operation Displays when EV functionality is disabled and the engine is running to maintain oil quality. 105 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays MyKey Message Action MyKey not Created Displayed during key programming when MyKey cannot be programmed. MyKey Active Drive Safely Displays when MyKey is active. Near Vehicle Top Speed Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph (130 km/h). Vehicle at Top Speed of Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is MyKey Setting reached. Check Speed Drive Safely Displays when MyKey is active. Buckle Up to Unmute Audio Displays when a MyKey is in use and Belt-Minder is activated. Traction Control On MyKey Setting Displays when a MyKey is in use and Traction control is activated. MyKey Park Aid Cannot Displays when a MyKey is in use and park aid is activated. be Deactivated Park Aid Message Check Park Aid Action Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact your authorized dealer. See Principle of Operation (page 168). Rear Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status. Check Rear Park Aid Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires attention. See Principle of Operation (page 168). Check Front Park Aid Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires attention. See Principle of Operation (page 168). Park Aid Fault Displays when the system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact your authorized dealer. See Principle of Operation (page 168). 106 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Park Brake Message Action Park Brake Engaged Displays when the parking brake is set, the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released, contact your authorized dealer. Power Steering Message Steering Fault Service Now Steering Loss Stop Safely Action The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service. See your authorized dealer. The power steering system is not working. Stop the vehicle a safe place. Contact your authorized dealer. Remote Start Message Remote Start Active Action Displayed when the remote start system is active. Tire Pressure Monitoring System Message Action Tire Pressure Low Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 276). Tire Pressure Monitor Fault Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact your authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 276). Tire Pressure Sensor Fault Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning, or your spare tire is in use. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 276). If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. 107 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Information Displays Transmission Message Action Transmission Not in Park Displays as a reminder to shift into park. 108 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Climate Control AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL E222398 A AUTO: Press to switch on automatic operation. Adjust to select the desired temperature. Fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and outside or recirculated air are automatically adjusted to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the desired temperature. You can also switch off dual zone mode by pressing and holding for more than two seconds. B Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle. C Climate control display: Shows the temperature settings and fan speed. D Air distribution control: Press to switch airflow from the windshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. You can distribute air through any combination of these vents. E Heated rear window: Press to switch the heated rear window on and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 112). F A/C: Press to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air. Use A/C with recirculated air to improve performance and efficiency. Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is switched off. G Passenger temperature control: Adjust the temperature setting on the passenger side. H Recirculated air: Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. 109 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Climate Control Note: Recirculated air may turn on and off automatically (or prevent you from switching on) in all modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk of fogging or to improve cooling efficiency. I Heated seats: Press to switch the heated seats on and off. See Heated Seats (page 120). J MAX A/C: Press for maximum cooling. The driver and passenger settings set to LO, recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. K MAX Defrost: Press to switch on defrost. The driver and passenger settings set to HI, outside air flows through the windshield vents, and fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. You can also use this setting to defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select maximum defrost. Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when maximum defrost is on. L Power: Press to switch the system on and off. When the system is off, it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle. M Driver temperature control: Adjust the temperature setting on the driver side. This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when you switch off dual zone mode. Single Zone Temperature Control Temperature Control In this mode, the climate control system links the temperature settings for both the driver’s side and passenger’s side. If you adjust the setting using the rotary control on the driver’s side, the system adjusts the temperature to the same setting on the passenger’s side. To switch back to single zone control from dual zone, press and hold AUTO for a few seconds. The passenger’s side temperature switches to the driver’s side temperature setting. E183686 You can set a temperature between 60°F (15.5°C) and 85°F (29.5°C). If you select LO, the system is set to permanent cooling. If you select HI, the system is set to permanent heating. Note: If you select LO or HI, the system does not maintain a stable temperature. 110 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Climate Control Dual Zone Temperature Control HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE Select a temperature for the passenger’s side using the rotary control on the passenger’s side. Single zone temperature control automatically switches off. The temperature on the driver’s side remains unchanged. You can now adjust the driver’s side and passenger’s side temperatures independently. The display shows the temperature settings for each side. General Hints WARNING Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up. If the windows fog up, follow the settings for demisting the windshield. Smart Zone Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting. If there is not an occupant in the front passenger seat, the climate control system may default to single zone in order to improve fuel economy (if you were previously in dual zone operation). When this occurs, dual zone turns off and the passenger set point changes to match the driver's set point. Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on. Note: Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats. Press the dual zone button or adjust the passenger set point normally if dual zone operation is desired without a passenger present. The system remains in dual zone operation until you switch the vehicle off. Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield. Note: To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents. The Smart Zone feature can be disabled (and re-enabled) by pressing and holding the dual zone button. Both set point displays begin flashing to signify that the feature is disabled. The system returns to previous state after the dual zone button is released. Note: Clean the inside glass surfaces regularly using recommended glass cleaner. Small dirt particles on the glass may increase the incidence of fog. To re-enable the Smart Zone feature: Press and hold the dual zone button for more than four seconds. Only the driver's set point display will begin flashing to signify that the feature is re-enabled. The climate control system returns to the previous state after the dual zone button is released. In mild weather, you can improve your fuel economy when using the climate control system by using outside air instead of air conditioning: • Turn the temperature control knob so the interior temperature is set to LO. • Set the air distribution to instrument panel or floor (or both). • Press A/C to turn the air conditioning off. 111 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Climate Control • • Cooling the Interior Quickly Press the recirculated air button so fresh air enters the vehicle. Press the fan button until the fan is at its lowest setting. Press the MAX A/C button. Recommended Settings for Cooling Automatic Climate Control 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary. Note: Adjusting the settings when your vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is not necessary. The system automatically adjusts to heat or cool the interior to your selected temperature as quickly as possible. For the system to function efficiently, the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open. Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather Note: If you select AUTO during cold outside temperatures, the system directs airflow to the windshield and side window vents. In addition, the fan may run at a slower speed until the engine warms up. 1. Press the defrost and panel buttons. 2. Select A/C. 3. Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary. 4. Adjust the fan speed to a high speed setting. 5. Direct the outer instrument panel air vents toward the side windows. 6. To increase the airflow to the outer instrument panel vents, close the air vents in the middle of the instrument panel and in the rear of the center console. Note: If you select AUTO during hot outside temperatures, or when the inside of the vehicle is hot, the system automatically uses recirculated air to maximize interior cooling. When the interior reaches the selected temperature, the system automatically switches to using outside air. Heating the Interior Quickly 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. Defrosting and Defogging the Windows Quickly HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS Press the MAX defrost button. Heated Rear Window Recommended Settings for Heating Note: Make sure the vehicle is running before operating the heated windows. Press the button to clear the heated rear window of thin ice and fog. The heated rear window will automatically turn off after a short period of time. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary. E72507 112 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Climate Control Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines. For additional cabin air filter information, or to replace the filter, see an authorized dealer. Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped) You can switch this feature on or off and adjust the settings using the information display. E72507 REMOTE START (If Equipped) When you switch the heated rear window on, the heated exterior mirrors will automatically turn The system adjusts the interior temperature depending on your chosen settings during remote start. on. Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass when it is frozen in place. You cannot adjust the climate control setting during remote start operation. When you switch the ignition on, the climate control system will return to the previous settings. You can now make adjustments. Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products. You can switch on certain vehicle-dependent features when needed, such as: • Heated seats. • Cooled seats. • Heated steering wheel. • Heated mirrors. • Heated rear window. CABIN AIR FILTER The cabin air filter is under the instrument panel in the passenger footwell area. The system filters airborne particles such as dust, spores and pollen in the air supplied to and recirculated in the interior of your vehicle. Make sure you have a cabin air filter installed at all times. Running the system without a filter in place could degrade or damage the system. Automatic Settings In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F (22°C). The cooled seats are set to high (if available, and selected to AUTO in the information display). Your vehicle cabin air filter gives you and your passengers the following benefits: • It improves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration. • It improves the interior compartment cleanliness. • It protects the climate control components from particle deposits. In moderate weather, the system either heats or cools (based on previous settings). The rear defroster, heated mirrors and heated or cooled seats do not automatically turn on. In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F (22°C). The heated seats are set to high (if available, and selected to AUTO in the information display). The heated rear window and heated mirrors automatically turn on. Change the air filter element at the proper intervals. 113 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seats We recommend that you follow these guidelines: • Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible. • Do not recline the seatback more than 30 degrees. • Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable. • Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. We recommend a minimum of 10 in (25 cm) between your breastbone and the airbag cover. • Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent. • Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully. • Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips. SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNINGS Sitting improperly, out of position or with the seatback reclined too far can take weight off the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system, resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash. Always sit upright against your seat back, with your feet on the floor. Do not recline the seatback as this can cause the occupant to slide under the safety belt, resulting in serious injury in the event of a crash. Do not place objects higher than the seatback to reduce the risk of serious injury in the event of a crash or during heavy braking. Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle. HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNINGS Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving. E68595 When you use them properly, the seat, head restraint, safety belt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash. The head restraint is a safety device. Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied. An improperly adjusted head restraint may not adequately protect an occupant during an impact from the rear. 114 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seats The head restraints consist of: WARNINGS Install the head restraint properly to help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash. Note: Adjust the seatback to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable. If you are extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to its highest position. A An energy absorbing head restraint. B Two steel stems. C Guide sleeve adjust and unlock button. D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button. Adjusting the Head Restraint Raising the Head Restraint Front seat head restraint Pull the head restraint up. Lowering the Head Restraint 1. Press and hold button C. 2. Push the head restraint down. Removing the Head Restraint 1. Pull the head restraint up until it reaches its highest position. 2. Press and hold buttons C and D. 3. Pull the head restraint up. E138642 Installing the Head Restraint Rear center seat head restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks. E138645 115 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seats Rear Seat Outboard Head Restraints E162605 The head restraints consist of: A An energy absorbing head restraint. B Two steel stems. C Guide sleeve unlock and remove button. D Fold button. E144727 1. Adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding position. 2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward your head to the desired position. After the head restraint reaches the forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward again to release it to the rearward, un-tilted position. Removing the Head Restraint 1. Press and hold buttons C. 2. Pull the head restraint up. MANUAL SEATS Installing the Head Restraint Do not adjust the driver seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is moving. This may result in sudden seat movement, causing the loss of control of your vehicle. WARNING Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks. Folding the Head Restraint Moving the Seat Backward and Forward 1. Press and hold button D. 2. Pull it back up to reset. WARNING Tilting Head Restraints Make sure that the seats and the seat backrests are secure and fully locked in their catches. The front head restraints tilt for extra comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the following: 116 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seats E163872 POWER SEATS (If Equipped) WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver's seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving. Adjusting your seatback while your vehicle is in motion may cause loss of control of your vehicle. E162375 Recline Adjustment WARNING Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position. Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seat backrest before returning it to the original position. Pull on the seat backrest to make sure that it has fully latched after returning the seat backrest to its original position. An unlatched seat may become dangerous if you stop suddenly or have a crash. 117 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seats E138647 118 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seats Power Lumbar (If Equipped) REAR SEATS E138648 E155554 Folding the Seatback 1. With the seat empty, press the button on the outboard side of each rear outboard headrest to fold them. Make sure the rear center headrest is in the full down position. 2. Pull the lever up on the outboard side of the seat to fold the seat. Unfolding the Seatback Rotate the seatback upward until the seatback latches to return the seat to the upright position. 119 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Seats REAR SEAT ARMREST (If Equipped) HEATED SEATS (If Equipped) WARNING People who are unable to feel pain to their skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion or other physical conditions, must exercise care when using the heated seat. The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This may cause the heated seat to overheat. Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles or other pointed objects. This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury. E138656 Fold the armrest down to use the armrest and cupholder. Do not do the following: • Place heavy objects on the seat. • Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow the seat to dry thoroughly. • Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running. Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge. E146941 Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off. Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights. 120 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Universal Garage Door Opener HomeLink Wireless Control System WARNINGS Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming. Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage. E142657 Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U.S. Federal Safety Standards (this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1, 1982). A garage door opener which cannot detect an object, signaling the door to stop and reverse, does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death. The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand-held garage door opener with a three-button transmitter that is integrated into the driver’s sun visor. The system includes two primary features, a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices within the home. As well as being programmed for garage doors, the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators, security systems, entry door locks and home or office lighting. Additional system information can be found online at www.homelink.com, www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or by calling the toll-free help line on 1-800-355-3515. Note: Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming. Note: We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle, you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons. See Erasing the Function Button Codes. In-Vehicle Programming This process is to program your hand-held transmitter and your in-vehicle HomeLink button. Note: You can program a maximum of three devices. To change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed, you must first erase the current settings. See Erasing the Function Button Codes. Note: The programming steps below assume you will be programming HomeLink that was not previously programmed. Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held transmitter. This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. 121 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Universal Garage Door Opener To program additional buttons, repeat Steps 1 – 4. For questions or comments, please contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com, www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or 1-800-355-3515. Programming Your Garage Door Opener Motor E142658 1. With your vehicle parked outside of the garage, turn your ignition to the on position, but do not start your vehicle. 2. Hold your hand-held garage door transmitter 2–6 in (5–14 cm) away from the HomeLink button you want to program. 3. Using both hands, simultaneously, press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand-held transmitter button. DO NOT release either one until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapid flashing indicates successful training. Note: You may need to use a different method if you live in Canada or have difficulties programming your gate operator or garage door opener. See Gate Operator / Canadian Programming. Note: You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens on your garage door opener. E142659 1. Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor and then you have 30 seconds to complete the next two steps. 2. Return to your vehicle. 4. Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for two seconds, then release. You may need to do this twice to activate the door. If your garage door does not operate, watch the HomeLink indicator light. E142658 3. Press and hold the function button you want to program for 2 seconds, then release. Repeat this step. Depending on your brand of garage door opener, you may need to repeat this sequence a third time. If the indicator light stays on, the programming is complete. No further action is needed. If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light, the HomeLink button is not programmed yet. See Programming Your Garage Door Opener Motor. 122 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Universal Garage Door Opener Gate Operator / Canadian Programming 1. Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons flash rapidly. 2. When the indicator lights flash, release the buttons. The codes for all buttons are erased. Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after several seconds of transmission – which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to “time-out” in the same manner. Reprogramming a Single Button To program a device to a previously trained button, follow these steps: Note: If programming a garage door opener or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the device during the “cycling” process to prevent possible overheating. 1. Press and hold the desired button. Do NOT release the button. 2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the button, follow Step 1 in the Programming section. 1. Press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release, every two seconds, your hand-held transmitter until the HomeLink indicator light changes from a slow to a rapidly blinking light. 2. Release both the HomeLink and hand-held transmitter buttons. 3. Continue programing HomeLink. See In-Vehicle Programming. For questions or comments, contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com, www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or 1-800-355-3515. Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2 Garage Door Opener Erasing the Function Button Codes Note: The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter must already be programmed to operate with the garage door opener. Note: You cannot erase individual buttons. Note: To program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode. E142660 123 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Universal Garage Door Opener 1. Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds. The indicator light will change from red to red and green. 2. Press the same button twice to confirm the change. If done correctly the indicator light will turn green. A Programming HomeLink to the Genie Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor B Note: You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor. E142661 A. Red indicator light B. Green indicator light 1. Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds. The indicator light will change from green to red and green. 2. Press the same button twice to confirm the change to programming mode. If done properly the indicator light will appear red. 3. Hold the transmitter within 1–3 inches (2–8 centimeters) of the button on the visor you want to program. 4. Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand-held transmitter and the button you want to program. The indicator light on the visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful. Note: The Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds. If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds the Genie transmitter will need to be pressed again. If the Genie transmitter indicator light displays green and red, release the button until the indicator light turns off before pressing the button again. E142662 1. Press and hold the program button on the garage door opener motor until both blue indicator lights turn on. 2. Release the program button. Only the smaller round indicator light should be on. 3. Press and release the program button. The larger purple indicator light will flash. Note: The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds. 4. Press and release the Genie Intellicode 2 hand-held transmitter’s previously programmed button. Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple. Once HomeLink has been programmed successfully, the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode. To do this: 124 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Universal Garage Door Opener 5. Press and hold the previously programmed button on the visor for 2 seconds. Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves. Programming is now complete. Clearing a HomeLink Device To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash. The indicator light will begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds, at which time both buttons should be released. Programming has now been erased, and the indicator light should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any of the three HomeLink buttons are pressed. FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. 125 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Auxiliary Power Points 12 Volt DC Power Point Locations WARNINGS Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury. Power points may be in the following locations: • On the front of the center console. • Inside the center console. • Inside the luggage compartment. 110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped) Do not use a power point for operating a cigar lighter. Incorrect use of the power points can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury. WARNING Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use. Do not use any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point, since it will defeat the safety protection design. Doing so may cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury. Note: When you switch the ignition on, you can use the socket to power 12 volt appliances with a maximum current rating of 15 amps. If the power supply does not work after you switch the ignition off, switch the ignition on. Note: Do not hang any accessory from the accessory plug. Note: The power point will turn off when the ignition is switched off or the battery voltage drops below 11 volts. Use the power point for powering electric devices that require up to 150 watts. It is on the rear of the center console. Note: Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow. Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use. Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point. This will damage the power point and blow the fuse. Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point. To prevent the battery from running out of charge: • Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the vehicle is not running. • Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods. E193395 Note: Depending on your vehicle, the power point cover may open to the right or upward. 126 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Auxiliary Power Points When the indicator light on the power point is: • On: The power point is working, the ignition is on and a device is plugged in. • Off: The power point is off, the ignition is off or no device is plugged in. • Flashing: The power point is in fault mode. The power outlet temporarily turns off power when in fault mode if the device exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your device and switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition back on, but do not plug your device back in. Let the system cool off and switch the ignition off to reset the fault mode. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on. Do not use the power point for certain electric devices, including: • Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions. • Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners, electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor-driven refrigerators. • Measuring devices, which process precise data, such as medical equipment or measuring equipment. • Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch-sensor lamps. 127 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Storage Compartments Press near the rear edge of the door to open it. CENTER CONSOLE Stow items in the cup holder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking, acceleration or crashes, including hot drinks which may spill. Available console features include: A B C E142433 A Cup holder. B Storage compartment with auxiliary power point, USB port and media hub. C Auxiliary power point. OVERHEAD CONSOLE E131605 128 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine IGNITION SWITCH GENERAL INFORMATION WARNINGS Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage. Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire. E72128 0 (off) - The ignition is off. Note: When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in the ignition. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge. Do not start the vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the vehicle. I (accessory) - Allows the electrical accessories, such as the radio, to operate while the engine is not running. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes. Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge. II (on) - All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate. If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 mi (8 km) after you reconnect it. This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period. III (start) - starts the vehicle into Ready to Drive mode (indicated by the green "Ready to Drive" icon on the instrument cluster). KEYLESS STARTING (If Equipped) The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference-causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise. Note: The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cellular phones. When you start your vehicle, avoid pressing the accelerator pedal until the ready to drive indicator illuminates. Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting your vehicle. Note: A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the vehicle. 129 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine Ignition Modes STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When the engine starts for the first time on your drive, the idle speed increases, this helps to warm up the engine. If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer. Before starting your vehicle, check the following: • Make sure all occupants have fastened their seatbelts. • Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off. • Make sure the parking brake is on. • Make sure the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N). • Switch the ignition key to position II. If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition, see the following instructions. E142555 The keyless starting system has three modes: • Off: Turns the ignition off. • Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode, or when the vehicle is on but not moving. • On: All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate. • Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once. • Start: Starts the vehicle into Ready to Drive mode (indicated by the green "Ready to Drive" icon on the instrument cluster). The engine may not start when the vehicle starts. • Press the brake pedal, and then press the button until the vehicle turns on. Vehicles with an Ignition Key Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. 1. Fully press the brake pedal. If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission, fully press the clutch pedal. 2. Turn the key to position III to start the engine. Note: The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts. Note: If the engine does not start within 10 seconds, wait for a short period and try again. Vehicles with Keyless Start Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. 1. Fully press the brake pedal. 2. Press the button. 130 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine 2. With the key in this position, you can use the start button to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle. Note: The green ready indicator illuminates letting you know that the vehicle is ready for driving. Since your vehicle is equipped with a silent key start, the engine may not start at the time of the vehicle start. See Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 135). Fast Restart The fast restart feature allows you to restart the vehicle within 20 seconds of switching it off, even if a valid key is not present. The system does not function if: • The key frequencies are jammed. • The key battery has no charge. Within 20 seconds of switching the vehicle off, press the brake pedal and press the button. After 20 seconds have expired, you can no longer restart the vehicle without the key present inside your vehicle. If you are unable to start the vehicle, do the following: 3-button remote Once the vehicle has started, it remains running until you press the button, even if the system does not detect a valid key. If you open and close a door while the vehicle is running, the system searches for a valid key. You cannot restart the vehicle if the system does not detect a valid key within 20 seconds. Switching Off the Vehicle When It Is Stationary Vehicles with an Ignition Key 1. For vehicles with automatic transmission, shift into park (P). For vehicles with manual transmission, shift into neutral (N). 2. Turn the key to position 0. 3. Apply the parking brake. E145988 5-button remote Vehicles with Keyless Start 1. Move the transmission selector lever to position P. 2. Press the button once. 3. Apply the parking brake. Note: This switches off the ignition, all electrical circuits, warning lamps and indicators. E142874 1. Hold the key next to the steering column as shown. 131 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine Switching Off the Vehicle When It Is Moving Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes. WARNING Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result in a loss of brake and steering assistance. The steering will not lock, but higher effort will be required. When the ignition is switched off, some electrical circuits, including air bags, warning lamps and indicators may also be off. If the ignition was turned off accidentally, you can shift into neutral (N) and re-start the engine. Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and leave it idling for long periods, we recommend that you do one of the following: Vehicles with an Ignition Key • 1. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop. 2. When your vehicle has stopped, shift into park (P) or neutral (N) and switch the ignition off. 3. Apply the parking brake. • Open the windows at least 1 in (2.5 cm). Set your climate control to outside air. ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If Equipped) Vehicles with Keyless Start WARNINGS Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury. 1. Move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop. 2. When your vehicle has stopped, move the transmission selector lever to position P. 3. Press and hold the button for one second, or press it three times within two seconds. 4. Apply the parking brake. Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of electrical shock. Do not fully close the hood, or allow it to drop under its own weight when using the engine block heater. This could damage the power cable and may cause an electrical short resulting in fire, injury and property damage. Note: The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0°F (-18°C). 132 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant. This allows the climate control system to respond quickly. The equipment includes a heater element (installed in the engine block) and a wire harness. You can connect the system to a grounded 120-volt AC electrical source. • • We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation: • Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or Canadian Standards Association (CSA). This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors, in cold temperatures, and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances. Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors. This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard. • Use as short an extension cord as possible. • Do not use multiple extension cords. • Make sure that when in operation, the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water. This could cause an electric shock or fire. • Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area, clear of combustibles. • Make sure the heater, heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected. • Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes. Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before starting and driving your vehicle. Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use. Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter. Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary. The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of energy per hour of use. The system does not have a thermostat. It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation. Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity. AUTOMATIC ENGINE SHUTDOWN For vehicles with a keyless ignition, this automatically shuts down your vehicle if it has been idling for an extended period. The ignition also turns off to save battery power. Before your vehicle shuts down, a message appears in the information display showing a timer counting down. If you do not intervene within 30 seconds, your vehicle shuts down. Start your vehicle as normal. Automatic Engine Shutdown Override Note: You cannot permanently switch off the automatic shutdown. When you switch it off temporarily, it turns on at the next ignition cycle. 133 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine You can stop the shutdown, or reset the timer, at any point before the 30-second countdown has expired by doing any of the following: • Interacting with your vehicle, for example pressing the brake or accelerator pedal. • Disabling the shutdown using the information display. See Information Displays (page 92). • Pressing the OK or RESET button during the 30-second countdown. 134 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Unique Driving Characteristics Conditions that may cause the engine to start up or remain running include: • Considerable vehicle acceleration. • Vehicle speed above 85 mph (137 km/h). However, the maximum speed for electric-only operation may be lower while driving in hot temperatures or on hilly terrain. • Ascending a hill. • Charge level of high voltage battery is low. • Very high or low outside temperature (to provide system cooling or heating). For Energi vehicles, climate control demands by passengers may not directly cause the engine to run. This only occurs when the high voltage battery charge is low, or if the outside temperature is cold enough to require the engine to provide additional heat for the cabin. • Engine not warm enough to provide passenger requested cabin temperature. HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION This hybrid vehicle combines electric and gasoline propulsion to provide breakthrough performance and improved efficiency. Familiarizing yourself with these unique characteristics will provide an optimal driving experience from your new vehicle. Note: You may notice higher engine speeds upon start-up. This temporary condition is normal and necessary to heat up the cabin and minimize emissions. Starting: When you start your vehicle, a green ready indicator light will E144692 appear in the lower right portion of the instrument cluster and a ready to drive message will appear in the middle of the left cluster screen, letting you know that your vehicle is ready for driving. The engine may not start because this vehicle is equipped with silent key start. This fuel saving feature allows your vehicle to be ready–to–drive without requiring the gas engine to be running. This indicator will remain on while your vehicle is on, whether the engine is running or not to indicate your vehicle is capable of movement (using its electric motor, engine, or both). Typically, the engine will not start unless the vehicle is cold, a climate control change is requested, or the accelerator is pressed. Stopping: The gas engine may shut off to conserve fuel as you come to a stop. Restarting your vehicle is not required. Simply step on the accelerator when you are ready to drive. Transmission Operation: Due to the technologically advanced, electronically-controlled continuously variable transaxle, you will not feel shift changes like those of a non-hybrid vehicle. Driving: The gas engine automatically starts and stops to provide power when needed and to save fuel when not needed. While coasting at low speeds, coming to a stop, or standing, the gas engine normally shuts down and your vehicle operates in electric-only mode. Note: Since engine speed is controlled by the transmission, it may seem elevated at times. This is normal hybrid operation and helps deliver fuel efficiency and performance. 135 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Unique Driving Characteristics Neutral: In prolonged mountainous driving, you may see the engine speed changing without your input. This is intentional and maintains the battery charge level. You may also notice during extended downhill driving that your engine continues to run instead of shutting off. It is not recommended to idle the vehicle in neutral (N) for an extended period of time because this will discharge your high voltage battery and decrease fuel economy. The engine will not start or stop, and cannot provide power to the hybrid system in neutral (N). During this engine braking, the engine stays on, but it is not using any fuel. You may also hear a slight whine or whistle when operating your vehicle. This is the normal operation of the electric generator in the hybrid system. Low: Low (L) is designed to mimic the enhanced engine braking available in non-hybrid vehicles. Low gear will produce high engine speeds to provide necessary engine braking. This is normal and will not damage your vehicle. In low gear, the gas engine will remain on more often than in drive (D). During certain events (such as vehicle servicing) your low voltage 12-volt battery may become disconnected or disabled. Once the battery is reconnected and after driving the vehicle, the engine may continue to operate for three to five seconds after the key is turned to off. This is a normal condition. Reverse: In reverse (R), vehicle speed is limited to 22 mph (35 km/h). Braking: Battery: Your hybrid is equipped with standard hydraulic braking and regenerative braking. Regenerative braking is performed by your transmission and it captures brake energy and stores it in your high voltage battery. Your hybrid is equipped with a high voltage battery. A cool battery maintains battery life and provides the best possible performance. The high voltage battery is cooled by cabin air drawn from vent holes in the trim panels behind the rear seats. Avoid placing objects at the vent holes that block airflow to the high voltage battery. Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy Note: Having your engine running is not always an indication of inefficiency. In some cases, it is actually more efficient than driving in electric mode. Engine: The engine speed in your hybrid is not directly tied to your vehicle speed. Your vehicle's engine and transmission are designed to deliver the power you need at the most efficient engine speed. During heavy accelerations, your hybrid may reach high engine speeds (up to 6000 RPM). Your fuel economy should improve throughout your hybrid's break-in period. As with any vehicle, your driving habits and accessory usage can significantly impact your fuel economy. For best results, keep in mind these tips: 136 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Unique Driving Characteristics • • The system maximizes the use of electric-only operation in plug-in power mode. System conditions may require engine operation; however, the system uses plug-in power whenever possible. Keep the tires properly inflated and only use the recommended size. Aggressive driving increases the amount of energy required to move your vehicle. In general, you can achieve better fuel economy with mild to moderate acceleration and deceleration. Moderate braking is particularly important since it allows you to maximize the energy captured by the regenerative braking system. When your plug-in power is depleted, the powertrain system will automatically switch to hybrid mode. Hybrid mode uses both the gasoline engine and electric motor to power your vehicle and maximize fuel economy. Additional Tips: • Do not carry extra loads. • Be mindful of adding external accessories that may increase aerodynamic drag. • Observe posted speed limits. • Perform all scheduled maintenance. • There is no need to wait for your engine to warm up. The vehicle is ready to drive immediately after starting. EV Modes Your vehicle contains selectable EV modes through the EV button E144814 located on the center of the instrument panel, below the climate controls. These modes are available when your vehicle can run under high voltage battery power. With your vehicle in driving mode, you can change EV modes with each press of the EV button. The current mode will be displayed in the left-hand instrument cluster screen. PLUG-IN HYBRID VEHICLE OPERATION Auto EV Plug-in Power Mode and Hybrid Mode This mode provides an automatic use of high voltage E155152 battery power during the drive, staying in electric mode when possible and running the engine when needed. This mode will be the only one available if the plug-in power has been depleted. You must plug in your Energi vehicle regularly for optimal use of the high voltage battery's extended range capability. Charging your vehicle adds electrical energy. This energy is used to propel the vehicle in plug-in power mode. Estimated electric range is shown in blue next to gasoline range at the bottom of the right information display. You can also configure MyView to include detailed vehicle range information. See Gauges (page 84). EV Now This mode provides an electric only driving experience. The E144814 left-hand information display changes to a screen displaying your average miles or kilometers per charge along with EV specific tools and functions. 137 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Unique Driving Characteristics Your vehicle may accelerate more slowly and the top speed may be lower in EV Now mode than in Auto EV mode. EV Later This mode saves most of the high voltage battery plug in E151263 power for future use (for example, your initial drive is at high speeds on open roads, but later your drive will be at low speeds in an urban area where plug-in power usage is most efficient). Your vehicle will run the engine as needed and keep most of the high voltage battery plug in power for later use in Auto Mode or EV Now mode. You can enable your engine at any time by using one of the following methods: 1. Press the OK button on the left 5–way steering wheel control while viewing the miles or kilometers per charge screen. Your vehicle will enable the engine as needed, and will automatically return to EV Now after eight seconds or when the engine is no longer needed. 2. Press the accelerator pedal fully. A pop up message will appear. Press OK on the left-hand steering wheel button to activate as needed. The message will disappear if you release the accelerator pedal. 3. Press the EV button. This will change the mode to EV Later and permit engine operation. When you enable EV Later, a white EV Later icon appears on the left-hand information display. The EV Later mode will automatically reset to EV Auto mode when you power your vehicle off. You may press the EV button twice during the next drive to return to EV Later mode, if desired. ECO Cruise Your vehicle may automatically enter Engine Enabled mode if system conditions require it. A engine enabled message will display if this occurs. This is normal function, and your vehicle will return to EV Now when possible. Note: ECO Cruise is available as a separate feature on Energi vehicles only. On non plug-in vehicles it is included in EcoSelect. This feature saves vehicle energy by relaxing acceleration compared to standard cruise control. For example, your vehicle may temporarily lose speed when going uphill. When set to on, ECO appears in the information display when cruise control is on. Your vehicle may enter Enable Engine mode if the climate control is in a defrost mode and the outside temperature is cold. A engine enabled message will display if this occurs. If defrost is not needed, select a different climate control mode to permit EV Now. You can switch it on or off in through the information display. See General Information (page 92). When you enable EV Now, a blue EV icon displays in the left-hand information display. If your vehicle is in the Engine Enabled mode, the EV icon will be yellow. EV Now will automatically exit when the Plug in power has been depleted. 138 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Unique Driving Characteristics Note: An oil change is not required but gives you the option of not running a low engine use cycle. Resetting the oil life monitoring system will suspend the low engine use mode. Settings Driver Assist ECO Cruise Low Engine Use Fuel Freshness The low engine use mode is equipped on Energi models only. The Low Engine Use mode maintains proper engine lubrication at sufficient temperature, and will activate automatically when you drive your vehicle with limited engine operation. When your vehicle is in low engine use mode, your vehicle will automatically run the engine as necessary. See Fuel Quality (page 143). ECOSELECT EcoSelect is a drive mode for non plug-in vehicles designed to offer the best possible fuel economy with tradeoffs in vehicle performance and comfort. Note: If your vehicle is in low engine use mode when you start your vehicle, a message will appear in the information display. See General Information (page 92). To switch EcoSelect on, press the ECO button. E198654 A graphic displays on your information display when EcoSelect is on. If you select the EV Now mode while the vehicle is in the low engine use mode, EV Now mode will be suspended for as long as you are in low engine use mode. The low engine use mode will resume the next time you start your vehicle and will automatically stop when no longer needed. Your vehicle will remember the last selected mode whenever you start your vehicle. EcoSelect allows your vehicle to operate more efficiently. You will notice: • Less aggressive cooling. • Softer acceleration. • Increased deceleration when coasting. • Changes in engine behavior. • ECO cruise control activation. Note: Cold temperatures will affect the engine warm up time and the low engine use mode may operate more frequently. 139 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Unique Driving Characteristics HYBRID VEHICLE FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Question Answer What are the series of clicks from the cargo The high voltage battery is electrically isolarea when I first turn the key in the ignition? ated from the rest of the vehicle when the key is off. When you switch the key on, high voltage contactors inside the battery are closed to make the electricity available to the motor and generator and enable the vehicle to drive. The clicks are the sound of these contactors as they close and open during start up and shut down. Why does the engine sometimes start at key-on? The vehicle's computer will determine if an engine start is required at key-on. Silent key start will start the engine if it is necessary for cabin heating, windshield defrost, or if the outside temperature is low. (For C-MAX Energi vehicles, the engine may not be required to operate these functions.) Why does it take a long time before the engine shuts down? There are several reasons the engine stays on for an extended amount of time when you first start it. One common reason is to make sure that the emissions components are warm enough to minimize tailpipe emissions. As the climate gets cooler, this engine-on time is extended. Why does my engine never shut down above 85 mph (137 km/h) The engine is required to turn on above this speed to protect the transmission hardware. Why does my engine stay on when it is extremely cold outside? In order to make sure that the climate control system can begin heating the cabin or defrosting the windshield as soon as a driver requests it, the engine coolant temperature has to be kept sufficiently hot. Keeping the engine on is required to maintain the correct coolant temperature. 140 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Unique Driving Characteristics Question Answer Why does my engine rev up so high some- Your vehicle's engine and transmission are designed to deliver the power you need at times when I accelerate? the most efficient engine speed. This may be higher than expected during heavy accelerations, and may fluctuate when driving at a steady speed. These are characteristics of the Atkinson engine cycle and the transmission technology that help maximize your hybrid's fuel economy. What is the fan noise I hear from the rear of my hybrid? The fan noise comes from a fan located next to the high voltage battery pack. This fan turns on when the battery requires cooling air. The fan speed, and associated noise level, will change according to the amount of cooling required to maintain good performance. Maintaining the battery temperature at optimal conditions also prolongs the useful life of the battery and helps to achieve better fuel economy. What is the engine oil change service interval? Change the engine oil every 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) or once per year under normal operating conditions. Can I put E15 or E85 in my vehicle, and how will it affect my fuel economy? Your hybrid vehicle can use E15 (15% ethanol, 85% gasoline) fuel, but you may notice slightly reduced fuel economy because ethanol contains less energy per gallon than gasoline. Your hybrid vehicle is not designed to use E85 (85% ethanol). How long will my high voltage battery last? The high voltage battery system is designed to last the life of the vehicle and requires Does it need maintenance? no maintenance. Can you charge the battery with a plug into an A/C outlet? There are no provisions for charging the high voltage battery from a power supply external to the vehicle. (For C-MAX Energi vehicles, the vehicle can be plugged into a 110-volt outlet with charge cord provided.) Can I tow the hybrid behind my motor home with all four wheels down? Yes. Your hybrid vehicle can be flat towed without modification. See Towing (page 192). 141 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuel and Refueling • SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNINGS Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire. The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury. • Fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled. • Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity. This can cause a fire if you are filling an ungrounded fuel container. Fuel may contain benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent. • When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes. • Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel: • Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle. • Always turn off the vehicle before refueling. 142 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed, call a physician immediately, even if no symptoms are immediately apparent. The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours. Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury. Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury. Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin. If fuel is splashed on the skin, clothing or both, promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation. Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing gasoline vapors could cause an adverse reaction, serious personal injury or sickness. If fuel is splashed on the skin, wash the affected areas immediately with plenty of soap and water. Consult a physician immediately if you experience any adverse reactions. Fuel and Refueling • FUEL QUALITY Choosing the Right Fuel • Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Leaded fuel (using leaded fuel is prohibited by law). The use of fuels with metallic compounds such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known as MMT), which is a manganese-based fuel additive, will impair engine performance and affect the emission control system. E161513 Do not be concerned if the engine sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the engine knocks heavily while using fuel with the recommended octane rating, contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage. Your vehicle is designed to operate on regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87. Some fuel stations, particularly those in high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating below 87. We do not recommend these fuels. Fuel Freshness Mode (If Equipped) This helps keep the fuel system functional and the fuel fresh. For best overall vehicle and engine performance, premium fuel with an octane rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The performance gained by using premium fuel is most noticeable in hot weather. If you mainly use your vehicle in electric power mode without refueling, the gasoline in the fuel tank may become stale due to aging. Stale gasoline can damage the engine and fuel system. Do not use any fuel other than those recommended because they could lead to engine damage that will not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Your vehicle automatically switches to fuel freshness mode if you do not refuel your vehicle with fresh fuel within an 18-month period. Fuel freshness mode protects your vehicle from potential engine and fuel system damage caused by using stale fuel. Note: Use of any fuel other than those recommended can impair the emission control system and cause a loss of vehicle performance. Note: If you do not add new fuel during an 18-month period, fuel freshness mode will use fuel until approximately 1.2 gal (4.5 L) of fuel remains in the fuel tank. Do not use: • Diesel fuel. • Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin. • Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol or E85 fuel. • Fuels containing methanol. • Fuels containing metallic-based additives, including manganese-based compounds. 143 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuel and Refueling Filling a Portable Fuel Container During fuel freshness mode: • The information display will indicate fuel freshness mode is active. • The vehicle will only run in hybrid mode. EV Now mode will not be available. • Most of the plug-in power will be stored until fuel freshness mode is completed. Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up, which can produce a spark, when filling an ungrounded fuel container: • Only use an approved fuel container to transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the container on the ground when filling it. • Do not fill a fuel container when it is inside your vehicle (including the cargo area). • Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container when filling it. • Do not use a device that holds the fuel pump nozzle lever in the fill position. Note: EV Now mode resumes when less than 1.2 gal (4.5 L) of fuel remains in the fuel tank. Note: When the fuel level is less than one-quarter full, refueling your vehicle will end fuel freshness mode. Note: We recommend you use a fuel stabilizer if you use less than a full tank of fuel during an 18-month period. Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel Container FUEL FILLER FUNNEL LOCATION WARNINGS Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel container or an aftermarket funnel into the fuel system filler neck. This may damage the fuel system filler neck or its seal and cause fuel to run onto the ground. The fuel filler funnel is under the luggage compartment floor covering. RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects. This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others. Running out of fuel can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. If your vehicle runs out of fuel: • Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel to restart the engine. If your vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep slope, more fuel may be required. • You may need to switch the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine. When restarting, cranking time takes a few seconds longer than normal. Do not dispose of fuel in the household refuse or the public sewage system. Use an authorized waste disposal facility. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page 144). Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it. 144 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuel and Refueling When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, do the following: WARNINGS When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes. 1. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until it engages. 2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the fuel tank filler pipe opening. Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle. Keep children away from the fuel pump. Never let children pump fuel. Wait at least 10 seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank. Stop refueling after the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the second time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing. E157452 3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel container. 4. Remove the fuel filler funnel from the fuel tank filler pipe opening. 5. Fully close the fuel tank filler door. 6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it back in your vehicle or correctly dispose of it. Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from an authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel. Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling. The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury. Easy Fuel™ Capless System Your vehicle has an auto-sealing feature that locks the fuel tank refueling valve and the fuel filler door. Before you can refuel your vehicle, you must press the fuel filler door release button on the instrument panel. Pressing the button unlocks the fuel tank refueling valve and opens the fuel filler door. REFUELING WARNINGS Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries. Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island. Note: It can take up to fifteen seconds for the fuel filler door to open. 145 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuel and Refueling When refueling the vehicle fuel tank, do the following: 1. 1. 3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it resting on the cover of the fuel tank filler pipe opening. When your vehicle has stopped, shift into park (P) and switch the ignition off. When you stop your vehicle, shift into park (P) or neutral (N) and switch the ignition off. A E139203 B 4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position B when refueling. Holding the fuel nozzle in position A can affect the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel nozzle before the fuel tank is full. E146221 2. Press the button on the driver door to open the fuel filler door. The fuel filler door can take up to 15 seconds to open before you can insert a fuel filler nozzle. A A B E206912 5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within the area shown. E119081 6. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and then slowly remove it. E139202 146 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuel and Refueling 7. Fully close the fuel tank filler door. Note: Do not overfill the fuel tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle. The overfilled fuel may run down the drain hole which is below the fuel filler inlet. 1. When your vehicle has stopped, shift into park (P) and switch the ignition on. System Warnings If the fuel filler door fails to open, an information message appears in the information display. Message Refuel Error See Manual Description and Action E162486 A warning message appears in the information display when the fuel system fails to depressurize or the fuel filler door fails to open. You may have to use the fuel filler door manual override lever. 2. Remove the panel located in luggage compartment on the right side. If the information message appears, do the following: 1. Check the fuel filler door for anything that may be obstructing its movement, for example ice or snow. 2. Remove any obstruction from the fuel filler door. 3. Press the button on the driver door to open the fuel filler door. 4. If the fuel filler door fails to open and the information message remains in the information display, use the fuel filler door manual override lever. E154767 3. Locate the manual fuel filler door release lever. Fuel Filler Door Manual Override Lever The manual fuel filler door release lever is in the luggage compartment on the right side behind a panel. When using the manual fuel filler door release lever to access the fuel filler inlet, do the following: E162484 147 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuel and Refueling 1. Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading. 2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record the amount of fuel added. 3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading. 4. Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading. 4. Pull the manual fuel filler door release lever. 5. Switch the ignition off and refuel your vehicle within 20 minutes. If more than 20 minutes is required, fully close the fuel filler door and repeat the procedure. FUEL CONSUMPTION To calculate L/100 km (liters per 100 kilometers) fuel consumption, multiply the liters used by 100, then divide by kilometers traveled. To calculate MPG (miles per gallon) fuel consumption, divide miles traveled by gallons used. The advertised capacity is the maximum amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel tank after running out of fuel. Included in the advertised capacity is an empty reserve. The empty reserve is an unspecified amount of fuel that remains in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty. Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving (city or highway). This provides an accurate estimate of your vehicle's fuel economy under current driving conditions. Keeping records during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel economy. Note: The amount of fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range. Filling the Fuel Tank For consistent results when refueling: • Turn the ignition off before fueling; an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running. • Use the same fill rate (low-medium-high) each time the tank is filled. • Allow no more than one automatic shut-off when refueling. Conditions Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent. • • • • • Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1,000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is your engine’s break-in period). A more accurate measurement is obtained after 2,000 mi (3,200 km) to 3,000 mi (4,800 km). Also, fuel expense, frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy. • • 148 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Heavily loading your vehicle reduces fuel economy. Carrying unnecessary weight in your vehicle may reduce fuel economy. Adding certain accessories to your vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars or light bars, running boards and ski racks may reduce fuel economy. Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy. Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures. Fuel economy may decrease when driving short distances. You will get better fuel economy when driving on flat terrain than when driving on hilly terrain. Fuel and Refueling Illumination of the service engine soon indicator, charging system warning light or the temperature warning light, fluid leaks, strange odors, smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARNINGS Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, which can start a fire. An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately. Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes. Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures, repairs, services, sells, leases, trades vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working. Information about your vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine. This decal also lists engine displacement. Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter that will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards. To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly: • Use only the specified fuel listed. • Avoid running out of fuel. • Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving, especially at high speeds. • Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule. Please consult your warranty information for complete details. On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II) Your vehicle has a computer known as the on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that monitors the engine’s emission control system. The system protects the environment by making sure that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards. The OBD-II system also assists a service technician in properly servicing your vehicle. The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system. When the service engine soon indicator illuminates, the OBD-II system has detected a malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate. Examples are: If you use anything other than Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control, such non-Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability. 1. 149 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the engine may misfire or run poorly. Fuel and Refueling 2. Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel—the engine may misfire or run poorly. 3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed properly. See Refueling (page 145). 4. Driving through deep water—the electrical system may be wet. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly (bulb is burned out), or if the OBD-II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked. In this case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out. After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present, the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time you start the engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city and highway driving. No additional vehicle service is required. If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has just been serviced, or the battery has recently run down or been replaced, the OBD-II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M testing, turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine. If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times, it means that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid, it means that your vehicle is ready for I/M testing. If the service engine soon indicator remains on, have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity. Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may not have symptoms that are apparent, continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs. The OBD-II system checks the emission control system during normal driving. A complete check may take several days. If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing, you can perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving: 1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway or highway followed by 20 minutes of stop-and-go driving with at least four 30-second idle periods. 2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least eight hours with the ignition off. Then, start the vehicle and complete the above driving cycle. The vehicle must warm up to its normal operating temperature. Once started, do not turn off the vehicle until the above driving cycle is complete. Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) Testing Some state and provincial and local governments may have Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle. Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration. If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work, your vehicle may need service. See On-Board Diagnostics. If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M testing, you need to repeat the above driving cycle. 150 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing High Voltage Battery Your vehicle consists of various high-voltage components and wiring. All of the high-voltage power flows through specific wiring assemblies labeled as such or covered with a solid orange convolute, orange striped tape or both. Do not come in contact with these components. GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Have the battery pack serviced only by an authorized electric vehicle technician. Improper handling can result in personal injury or death. The high-voltage battery system is a high-voltage, lithium-ion battery system. The pack is located in the rear cargo area. The high-voltage battery system uses an air cooled system to regulate the high-voltage battery temperature and help maximize high-voltage battery life. Note: The high-voltage battery does not require regular service maintenance. E163462 Note: The high-voltage battery is equipped with air vents in the package tray that help to regulate its temperature. It is important to keep these openings free of obstructions. Do not block the flow of cabin air to this area. Note: There is a disconnect circuit in your vehicle. Disconnecting the circuit will automatically disable the high-voltage battery. To disable the battery and stop all high-voltage electric activity in the vehicle you can access high-voltage disconnect circuit. To do this, you must unplug the circuit from the circuit port connected to the battery. HIGH-VOLTAGE SERVICE DISCONNECT The high-voltage service disconnect turns off power from the high-voltage battery. 151 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing High Voltage Battery Note: The service disconnect has an outer lever to aid in the proper seating of the service disconnect lever. Remove this to disconnect the high-voltage service disconnect. The high-voltage service disconnect is located behind the rear fold down seats. Service disconnect location for non-Energi vehicles. E171514 3. Pull the outer cover off to expose the service disconnect lever. E163537 Service disconnect location for Energi vehicles. E147234 4. Slide the handle on the service disconnect outboard to the right. For Energi vehicles, slide the handle outboard and to the left. E163538 Disabling the High-Voltage Battery 1. Fold down the rear seats and remove the cover panel. 2. Locate the access door and remove the plastic cover. E146133 152 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing High Voltage Battery Charging Equipment 5. Pull the handle toward you and remove the service disconnect from the vehicle to disable the high-voltage battery. Reactivating the High-Voltage Battery Note: If you have manually disconnected your high-voltage shut off circuit, you will need to reconnect the circuit before you can reactivate it. The system will detect if the electrical system is safe and turn on automatically. CHARGING THE HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY WARNINGS Do not use the 120 volt convenience cord with an extension cord, two-prong adapter, surge protector, timer or other adapter. E78097 Your vehicle is equipped with a standard 120 volt convenience cord located in the floor compartment behind the driver seat. In Canada, do not use the 120 volt convenience cord in commercial garages. Note: The 120 volt convenience cord allows you to charge the high voltage battery using a standard 120 volt household outlet. It takes approximately seven hours to completely charge an empty battery using the standard 120 volt convenience cord. This equipment has arcing or sparking parts. Do not expose to flammable vapors. Position this equipment at least 18 in (450 mm) above the floor. We recommend upgrading to the optional 240 volt charging station for faster more efficient charging. It takes approximately 2.5 hours to completely charge an empty battery using a 240 volt charging station. The AC wall plug must fit firmly into the AC outlet. If the connection feels loose, worn or the AC outlet is damaged, please have a qualified electrician replace the AC outlet. Using a convenience cord with a worn outlet may cause burns, property damage and increase the risk of electric shock. Your electrical source must meet certain requirements for the high voltage batteries to charge: • The AC outlet must be a three-prong 110-120 volt AC outlet that is properly grounded, 15–20 amps (or greater), and in good condition. • You must use a dedicated line, which means you cannot have other appliances connected to the same circuit. 153 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing High Voltage Battery Note: If you do not have a dedicated circuit, contact a licensed professional electrician for proper installation. 120 Volt Convenience Cord Make sure that the 120 volt convenience cord is completely unwound before charging. Always plug the cord into the AC outlet before connecting the charging coupler into the charge port on your vehicle. A B C D E197446 A. Power. B. Check outlet. C. Fault. D. Vehicle. Note: When the convenience cord is plugged into an outlet, use the following table to determine your vehicle charge status. If the POWER indicator light is off after plugging in the convenience cord, use a different outlet. 154 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing High Voltage Battery Convenience Cord LED Indicators Status Check Outlet Fault Vehicle Off Off Off The convenience cord is not connected to your vehicle. Off Off On The convenience cord is connected, but your vehicle is not charging. Off Off Blink Your vehicle is charging. Off Blink Off Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Fault Detected. The convenience cord is retrying to charge. Off On Off Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Fault Detected. The convenience cord has exhausted its retry attempts. Your vehicle is not charging, or there is an internal fault in the charging equipment. Blink Off Off The convenience cord detected a high temperature at the AC plug and is waiting for the AC plug to return to a normal operating temperature. Blink Off On The convenience cord detected a high temperature at the AC plug. The AC plug has returned to a normal operating temperature. Your vehicle is ready to charge at a reduced current. Blink Off Blink On Off * The convenience cord detected a high temperature at the AC plug. The AC plug has returned to a normal operating temperature. Your vehicle is charging at a reduced current. Blink * * The convenience cord detected a high temperature at the AC plug. Your vehicle is not charging. The convenience cord has exhausted its retry attempts. * * Have the outlet checked by a qualified electrician and make sure the AC plug fits firmly into the outlet. Contact an authorized EV certified dealer if problem persists. 155 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing High Voltage Battery Charge Port The cord acknowledgment feature activates when you initiate a charge cycle. The four light quadrants each individually flash in a clockwise motion, starting with the top right-hand side light and ending with the top left-hand side, two times confirming that the system detects the charging coupler. The charge port is located between the front left-hand side door and the front left-hand side wheel well. Press the indentation on the charge port door to open and close it. Charging Note: Your vehicle must be in park (P) to charge. To charge your high voltage battery: 1. Put your vehicle in park (P) and switch off your vehicle. 2. Press the indentation on the charge port door to open it. 3. Plug the charging coupler into the charge port on your vehicle. Make sure the button clicks confirming you have completely engaged the coupler. E144779 Note: Do not force the charge port door open or closed. Forcing the door open or closed damages the charge port. You can modify the light ring illumination settings. The light ring located around the charge port indicates the charge status of the high voltage battery in your vehicle. Divided into four quadrants, the charge port light ring displays the state of charge in 25 percent increments. You can press the unlock button on your key fob to view the charge status of your vehicle. Based on which quadrants light, you can determine the current state of charge. If the charge is below 25 percent, the light ring does not light. Do not forget to press the lock button on your key fob to re-lock your vehicle. E144780 4. Verify that the cord acknowledgment feature activates. The cord acknowledgment feature activates when you initiate a charge cycle. 5. If using a 240 volt charging station, follow the instructions on the charge station to begin the charging process. The light ring also displays the current state of charge when opening the doors. 156 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing High Voltage Battery Waiting to Charge The light ring located around the charge port indicates the charge status of the high voltage battery in your vehicle: • When the top right-hand side quadrant is pulsing, the charge is between 0-25 percent. • When the top right-hand side quadrant is on and the bottom right-hand quadrant is pulsing, the charge is between 25-50 percent. • When both right-hand side quadrants are on and the bottom left-hand side quadrant is pulsing, the charge is between 50-75 percent. • When three quadrants are on and the top left-hand side quadrant is pulsing, the charge is between 75-100 percent. • When all the lights on the light ring are on, the charge is complete. When you select Value Charge, charging may not begin upon plugging in. The vehicle may delay charging to take advantage of off-peak electricity rates. The vehicle will optimize the charge schedule to be complete by the next GO Time. When waiting to charge (not actively charging), the light ring will indicate the present state of charge of the high voltage battery as follows: • When the top right quadrant light is off, the charge is between 0–25 percent. • When the top right quadrant light is on and the bottom right quadrant is off, the charge is between 25–50 percent. • When both right side quadrant lights are on and the bottom left quadrant is off, the charge is between 50–75 percent. • When three quadrant lights are on and the top left quadrant is off, the charge is between 75–100 percent. • When all lights on the entire ring are on, the charge is 100 percent. Note: The light ring will turn off one minute after reaching a full charge. Locking the Charging Coupler Note: To lock the charging coupler, you need a padlock or a combination lock with a shackle diameter of 0.2 in (5 mm) or less. Also, the straight portion of the shackle must be 1.0 in (25.4 mm) or longer. Note: When the vehicle is waiting to charge, the light ring will turn off one minute after displaying the present state of charge. When the vehicle automatically begins charging, the light ring will turn on and display how far along the charge is per the section above. Note: If the system detects a vehicle charging system fault at any point in a charge cycle, the entire light ring will flash continuously for one minute and then turn off. If this happens, unplug the charging coupler and then plug it back into the charge port receptacle. If the problem persists, contact an authorized dealer. E172036 You can modify the light ring lighting conditions by using the touchscreen system. 1. Insert the lock through the hole in the charging coupler button. 2. Lock the padlock or combination lock. 157 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing High Voltage Battery Disconnecting the Charging Coupler 3. If your vehicle is not powered after this sequence, repeat steps 1 and 2 up to two more times. Note: Do not pull the wall plug from the wall while the vehicle is charging. Doing so may damage the outlet and the cord. For vehicles equipped with a push button start system: Press the START/STOP button to turn ignition off. 2. Press the brake pedal and press the START/STOP button. 3. If your vehicle is not powered after this sequence, repeat steps 1 and 2 up to two more times. Note: During this process, your vehicle will detect if the electrical system is safe and reactivate. Once your vehicle determines the electrical system safe, you can start your vehicle as you would normally by either turning the ignition key or by pressing the brake in combination with the START/STOP button. 1. 1. Remove the lock from the charging coupler button. 2. Press the button on the charging coupler. 3. While holding the button, remove the charging coupler from the charge port receptacle on your vehicle. Note: In the event your vehicle does not reactivate after the third key cycle, contact an authorized dealer. E144781 4. Close the charge port door by pressing the indentation on the charge port door. Continue pressing the indentation while the door rotates counterclockwise and closes. HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY CUTOFF SWITCH The high-voltage shut off operation shuts off power from the high-voltage battery after a collision, or if your vehicle receives a substantial physical jolt. To reactivate your vehicle after either event, perform the following steps: 1. Turn the ignition off. 2. Turn the ignition on. 158 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Transmission Park (P) AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning. Come to a complete stop before putting your vehicle into and out of park (P). WARNINGS Always apply the parking brake fully and make sure you shift into park (P). Switch the ignition off and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle. Reverse (R) With the gearshift lever in reverse (R), your vehicle will move backward. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of reverse (R). Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously. Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than a few seconds will limit engine performance, which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury. Neutral (N) With the gearshift lever in neutral (N), your vehicle can be started and is free to roll. Hold the brake pedal down while in this position. Note: Do not leave your vehicle with the transmission in neutral (N). Leaving your vehicle with the transmission in neutral (N) will drain the battery and you may not be able to start your vehicle. Drive (D) Drive (D) is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy. Understanding the Shift Positions of your Automatic Transmission Low (L) • • • Provides maximum engine braking. The transmission may be shifted into low (L) at any vehicle speed. Is not intended for use under extended or normal driving conditions and results in lower fuel economy. Grade assist: Press the transmission control switch on the side of the gearshift lever to activate grade assist. E241455 1. Fully press down the brake pedal. 2. Move the gearshift lever to the desired gear. 3. Come to a complete stop. 4. Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in park (P). 159 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Transmission WARNINGS When doing this procedure, you need to take the transmission out of park (P) which means your vehicle can roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, always fully apply the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. Use wheels chocks if appropriate. If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E146092 • • • Provides additional grade braking with a combination of engine motoring and high-voltage battery charging to help maintain vehicle speed when descending a grade. As your vehicle determines the amount of engine motoring and high-voltage battery charging, you may notice the engine speed increasing and decreasing to help maintain your vehicle speed when descending a grade. The grade assist lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated. E144523 Note: See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used. Note: For some markets this feature will be disabled. Use the brake shift interlock lever to move the gearshift lever from the park position in the event of an electrical malfunction or if your vehicle has a dead battery. Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition off before performing this procedure. The grade assist lamp will appear in the instrument cluster when grade assist is turned on. Press the transmission control switch again to return to normal drive (D). Brake-Shift Interlock WARNINGS Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working. E223576 1. 160 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Remove the shifter boot using a suitable tool Transmission E223577 2. Using a screwdriver or similar tool, depress the brake shift interlock override until the blocker moves. 3. Move the transmission selector from park (P) to neutral (N). 4. Install the shifter boot. 5. Apply the brake pedal, start the vehicle and release the parking brake. If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur. Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur, or the engine may overheat. If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow, it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear. 161 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Brakes Anti-lock Brake System GENERAL INFORMATION This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking. Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have it checked by an authorized dealer. This lamp momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition on. If the light does not illuminate during start up, remains on or flashes, the system may be disabled. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is disabled, normal braking is still effective. Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels (page 252). If the brake warning lamp illuminates when you release the E144522 parking brake, have the system checked by an authorized dealer. See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 87). E144522 Regenerative Braking System Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes. This feature is used to simulate the engine braking of an internal combustion engine and assist the standard brake system while recovering some of the energy of motion and storing it in the battery to improve the range of your vehicle. The standard brake system is designed to fully stop the car if regenerative braking is not available. During regenerative braking, the motor is spun as a generator to create electrical current. This recharges the battery and slows the vehicle. In effect, once the accelerator pedal is released, the motor changes from an energy user to an energy producer. Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. If you experience this condition, apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Move the transmission to park (P), switch the engine off and apply the parking brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference. If none are found and the condition persists, have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer. When the accelerator pedal is released or the brake pedal is applied, the brake controller automatically detects the amount of deceleration requested and optimizes how much of the deceleration will be produced by regenerative braking. The remaining portion is generated by Brake Assist Brake assist detects when you brake heavily by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal. It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal. Brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations. 162 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Brakes 1. Press the foot brake pedal firmly. 2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its fullest extent. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill, shift the gearshift lever to park (P) and turn the steering wheel away from the curb. standard friction braking. When the battery is almost fully charged, the amount of regenerative braking is limited to avoid overcharging, and the requested deceleration is produced by standard friction braking alone. Regenerative braking does not take the place of the standard friction brakes; it only assists them. Regenerative braking has also been designed to interact with the anti-lock brake system. Regenerative braking is disabled when the anti-lock brake system is activated or the battery is fully charged. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill, shift the gearshift lever to park (P) and turn the steering wheel toward the curb. To release the parking brake: 1. Press the brake pedal firmly. 2. Pull the lever up slightly. 3. Press the release button and push the lever down. HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKES Note: When the system is operating, the brake pedal may pulse and may travel further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal. HILL START ASSIST WARNINGS The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into park (P) (automatic transmission) or first gear (1) (manual transmission). The anti-lock braking system will not eliminate the risks when: • You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you. • Your vehicle is hydroplaning. • You take corners too fast. • The road surface is poor. You must remain in your vehicle once you have activated the system. During all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. PARKING BRAKE WARNING If the engine is revved excessively, or if a malfunction is detected, the system will be deactivated. Always set the parking brake fully and make sure you shift the gearshift lever to park (P). Switch the ignition off and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle. The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake. Note: Do not press the release button while pulling the lever up. To apply the parking brake: 163 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Brakes Switching the System On and Off When the system is active, your vehicle will remain stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal. This allows you time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal. The brakes release automatically when the engine has sufficient torque to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the grade. This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope, for example from a car park ramp, traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space. You can switch this feature on or off if your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission and an information display. See General Information (page 92). The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. If your vehicle is not equipped with a manual transmission and an information display, you cannot turn the system on or off. When you switch the ignition on, the system automatically turns on. The system will activate automatically on any slope that will cause significant vehicle rollback. For vehicles with a manual transmission, you can switch this feature off using the information display. See Information Displays (page 92). The system will remain on or off depending on how it was last set. Note: There is no warning lamp to indicate the system is either on or off. Note: If your vehicle is equipped with Auto Hold, Hill Start Assist will not be available while Auto Hold is active. Using Hill Start Assist 1. Bring your vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep the brake pedal pressed and select an uphill gear (for example, first (1) when facing uphill or reverse (R) when facing downhill). 2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope, the system will activate automatically. 3. When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for about two or three seconds. This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off. 4. Drive off in the normal manner. The brakes will release automatically. 164 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Traction Control Using the Information Display Controls PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction. You can switch this feature off or on in the information display. See General Information (page 92). If your vehicle begins to slide, the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and, when needed, reduces engine power at the same time. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction. Use the traction control switch on the instrument panel to switch the system off or on. USING TRACTION CONTROL System Indicator Lights and Messages Using a Switch (If Equipped) The stability and traction control light: WARNING The stability and traction control light illuminates steadily if the system detects a failure. Make sure you did not manually disable the traction control system using the information display controls or the switch. If the stability control and traction control light is still illuminating steadily, have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately. Operating your vehicle with the traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. E138639 • • • Temporarily illuminates on engine start-up. Flashes when a driving condition activates either of the systems. Illuminates if a problem occurs in either of the systems. The stability and traction control off light temporarily illuminates E130458 on engine start-up and stays on when you switch the traction control system off. The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, switching traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin. Note: When you switch traction control off, stability control remains fully active. Switching the System Off When you switch the system off or on, a message appears in the information display showing system status. You can switch the system off by either using the information display controls or the switch. 165 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Stability Control If a fault occurs in either the stability control or the traction control system, you may experience the following conditions: PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Vehicle modifications involving braking system, aftermarket roof racks, suspension, steering system, tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the electronic stability control system. In addition, installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the electronic stability control system. Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console, the tunnel, and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the electronic stability control sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of the electronic stability control system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. • • The stability and traction control light illuminates steadily. The stability control and traction control systems do not enhance your vehicle's ability to maintain traction of the wheels. If a driving condition activates either the stability control or the traction control system you may experience the following conditions: • • • • • • Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics. It’s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions. Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage. Activation of the electronic stability control system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road; this could reduce the operator’s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. If your electronic stability control system activates, SLOW DOWN. The stability and traction control light flashes. Your vehicle slows down. Reduced engine power. A vibration in the brake pedal. The brake pedal is stiffer than usual. If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake, the brake pedal may move as the system applies higher brake force. The stability control system has several features built into it to help you maintain control of your vehicle: Electronic Stability Control The system enhances your vehicle’s ability to prevent skids or lateral slides by applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and, if necessary, reducing engine power. Roll Stability Control The system enhances your vehicle’s ability to prevent rollovers by detecting your vehicle’s roll motion and the rate at which it changes by applying the brakes to one or more wheels individually. The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. 166 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Stability Control Traction Control The system enhances your vehicle’s ability to maintain traction of the wheels by detecting and controlling wheel spin. See Using Traction Control (page 165). B B B A A B A E72903 A Vehicle without stability control skidding off its intended route. B Vehicle with stability control maintaining control on a slippery surface. USING STABILITY CONTROL The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. You cannot switch the stability control system off, but when you shift into reverse (R), the system deactivates. You can switch the traction control system off or on. See Using Traction Control (page 165). 167 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Parking Aids Note: The sensing system cannot be turned off when a MyKey is present. See Principle of Operation (page 52). PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS To help avoid personal injury, please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section. Sensing is only an aid for some (generally large and fixed) objects when moving on a flat surface at parking speeds. Certain objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves, surrounding vehicle's parking aid systems, traffic control systems, fluorescent lamps, inclement weather, air brakes, and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation. Note: If you attach certain add-on devices such as a trailer or bike rack, the rear sensing system may detect that add-on device and therefore provide warnings. It is suggested that you disable the rear sensing system when you attach an add-on device to your vehicle to prevent these warnings. The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of your vehicle. The system turns on automatically whenever you switch the ignition on. You can turn the system on or off by pressing the parking aid E139213 button. If your vehicle does not have a parking aid button, the system can be switched off through the information display menu or from the pop-up message that appears once you shift the transmission into reverse (R). See General Information (page 92). To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system. This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging your vehicle. The system may not detect smaller objects, particularly those close to the ground. If a fault is present in the system, a warning message appears in the information display. See Information Messages (page 101). Certain add-on devices such as large trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system, may create false beeps. REAR PARKING AID The rear parking aid sensors automatically turn on when you shift into reverse (R). As your vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the rate of the audible warning increases. When the obstacle is less than 12 in (30 cm) away, the warning sounds continuously. If the system detects an object farther than 12 in (30 cm) from the corners of the bumper, the tone sounds for only three seconds. If the system detects an approaching object the warning sounds again. Note: Keep the sensors, located on the bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors are covered, the system’s accuracy can be affected. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms. 168 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Parking Aids E187330 Coverage area of up to 28 in (70 cm) from the front bumper. There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners. E130178 Coverage area of up to 6 ft (1.8 m) from the rear bumper. There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper. The system sounds an audible warning when obstacles are near either bumper in the following manner: • Objects detected by the front sensors are indicated by a high-pitched tone from the front of the vehicle. • Objects detected by the rear sensors are indicated by a lower pitched tone from the rear of the vehicle. • The sensing system reports the obstacle which is closest to the front or rear of the vehicle. For example, if an obstacle is 12 in (30 cm) from the front of the vehicle and, at the same time, an obstacle is only 6 in (15 cm) from the rear of the vehicle, the lower pitched tone sounds. • An alternating warning sounds from the front and rear if there are objects at both bumpers that are closer than 12 in (30 cm). The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in reverse (R) : • Your vehicle is moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less. • Your vehicle is not moving, but a moving object is approaching the rear of your vehicle at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less. • Your vehicle is moving at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving object is approaching the rear of your vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h). FRONT PARKING AID The front parking aid sensors automatically turn on when you shift into reverse (R) or a forward gear. The system provides warnings when your vehicle is moving or when your vehicle is stationary and the detected obstacle is less than 12 in (30 cm) away from the bumper. The front sensors are active when the transmission is in any position other than park (P) and the vehicle speed is below 7 mph (12 km/h). 169 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Parking Aids • ACTIVE PARK ASSIST (If Equipped) WARNINGS You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. • The edge of the neighboring parking vehicle is high off the ground (for example, a bus, tow truck or flatbed truck). The weather conditions are poor (for example, heavy rain, snow, fog and so forth). Note: Keep the sensors, located on the bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Covered sensors can affect the system's accuracy. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause interference. Note: The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves or cause ultrasonic interference (for example, motorcycle exhaust, truck air brakes or horns). Active park assist does not apply the brakes under any circumstances. Using Active Park Assist Note: The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle, supervising the system and intervening if required. Note: The Blind Spot Information System does not detect traffic alongside or behind your vehicle during an active park assist maneuver. The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers the vehicle into the space (hands-free) while you control the accelerator, gearshift and brakes. The system visually and audibly instructs you to park the vehicle. E142733 The system may not correctly operate in any of the following conditions: • You use a spare tire or a tire significantly worn more than the other tires. • One or more tires are improperly inflated. • You try to park on a tight curve. • Something passes between the front bumper and the parking space (for example, a pedestrian or cyclist). Press the button located on the center console near the transmission selector or to the right of the center stack. The touch screen displays a message and a corresponding graphic to indicate it's searching for a parking space. Use the turn signal to indicate which side of the vehicle you want the system to search on. 170 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Parking Aids Note: You can also activate the Active Park Assist system after you have already driven partially or completely past a parking space. To do so, press the Active Park button and the system will inform you if you have recently passed a suitable parking space. E130107 Note: If driven above approximately 22 mph (35 km/h), the touch screen shows a message to alert you to reduce vehicle speed. When the system finds a suitable space, it displays a message and a tone sounds. Stop your vehicle and follow the instructions on the screen. If your vehicle is moving very slowly, you may need to pull forward a short distance before the system is ready to park. Automatic Steering into Parking Space Note: You must observe that the selected space remains clear of obstructions at all times during the maneuver. Note: If vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), the system switches off and you need to take full control of the vehicle. Note: You should drive your vehicle within 5 ft (1.5 m) and as parallel as possible to the other vehicles while passing a parking space. When you shift the transmission into reverse (R), with your hands off the wheel (and nothing obstructing its movement), your vehicle steers itself into the space. The system displays instructions to move your vehicle back and forth in the space. Note: The system always offers the last detected parking space (for example, if the vehicle detects multiple spaces while you are driving, it offers the last one). 171 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Parking Aids E130108 When you think the vehicle is properly parked, or you hear a solid tone from the parking aid (accompanied by a display message and a chime), bring the vehicle to a complete stop. E130109 • When automatic steering is complete, the system displays a message and a tone sounds, indicating that the process is finished. You are responsible for checking the parking job and making any necessary corrections before leaving your vehicle. • Driving above approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) during automatic steering. Turning off the traction control system. Certain vehicle conditions can also deactivate the system, such as: • Traction control has activated on a slippery or loose surface. • There is an anti-lock brake system activation or failure. • Something touches the steering wheel. Deactivating the Park Assist Feature Manually deactivate the system by: • Pressing the active park assist button during an active maneuver. • Grabbing the steering wheel during automatic steering. • Driving above approximately 22 mph (35 km/h) for 30 seconds during an active park search. If a problem occurs with the system, a warning message is displayed, followed by a chime. Occasional system messages may occur in normal operation. For recurring or frequent system faults, contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced. 172 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Parking Aids Troubleshooting the System The system does not look for a space The traction control system may be off. The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must be moving forward to be able to detect a parking space. The system does not offer a particular space The sensors may be covered (for example snow, ice or dirt buildup). Covered sensors can affect the system's functionality. There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space. The parking space is farther than 5 ft (1.5 m) away or closer than 16 in (40 cm). Your vehicle is going faster than 22 mph (35 km/h). You may have recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After a battery disconnect, your vehicle must be driven on a straight road at a speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h) for up to 30 seconds. The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space The vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission (for example, rolling forward when reverse [R] is selected). An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning the vehicle properly. Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly. The vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space. The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space. The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly (for example, tires not inflated correctly, improper tire size, or tires of different sizes). A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities. 173 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Parking Aids The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space A parked vehicle has a high attachment (for example, a salt sprayer, snowplow, moving truck bed, and so forth). The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed. The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly (for example, driving from a heated garage into the cold, or after leaving a car wash). During operation, lines appear in the display which represent your vehicle’s path and proximity to objects behind your vehicle. REAR VIEW CAMERA (If Equipped) WARNINGS The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage. Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system. Reverse your vehicle as slow as possible, higher speeds may limit your reaction time to stop your vehicle. E162528 The camera is located on the rear cargo door. Using the Rear View Camera System Use caution when the rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo door is ajar, the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect. All guidelines disappear when the rear cargo door is ajar. Some vehicles may not come equipped with guidelines. The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in reverse (R). Use caution when turning camera features on or off when the transmission is not in park (P). Make sure your vehicle is not moving. The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind your vehicle. 174 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Parking Aids Camera Guidelines The system uses three types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle: • Active guidelines: Show the intended path of your vehicle when reversing. • Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path your vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line. This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object behind you. • Centerline: Helps align the center of your vehicle with an object (for example, a trailer). Note: Dynamic guidelines are only available when the transmission is in reverse (R). A B C D E Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R) and the rear cargo door is ajar, no rear view camera features are displayed. Note: If the image comes on while the transmission is not in reverse (R), have the system inspected by your authorized dealer. Note: When towing, the camera only sees what is being towed behind your vehicle. This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen. In some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear once the trailer tow connector is engaged. F Note: The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions: • • • E142436 Nighttime or dark areas if one or both reverse lamps are not operating. The camera's view is obstructed by mud, water or debris. Clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner. The rear of your vehicle is hit or damaged, causing the camera to become misaligned. A Active guidelines B Centerline C Fixed guideline: Green zone D Fixed guideline: Yellow zone E Fixed guideline: Red zone F Rear bumper Active guidelines are only shown with fixed guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path. If the steering wheel position is changed while reversing, your vehicle might deviate from the original intended path. Access the rear view camera system settings through the information display. See General Information (page 92). After changing a system setting, the display screen shows a preview of the selected features. 175 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Parking Aids This allows you to get a closer view of an object behind your vehicle. The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference. The zoom is only active while the transmission is in reverse (R). When the transmission is shifted out of reverse (R), the feature automatically turns off and must be reset when it is used again. The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position. The active guidelines are not shown when the steering wheel position is straight. Always use caution while reversing. Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are farther away. Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of your vehicle. Selectable settings for this feature are + and -. The default setting for the manual zoom is OFF. Rear Camera Delay (If Equipped) When you shift the transmission out of reverse (R) and into any gear while the rear camera delay is active, the camera image displays until: Enhanced Park Aids Note: The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects. • The system uses red, yellow and green highlights that appear on top of the video image when the sensing systems detect an object. The alert highlights all objects detected. • Your vehicle speed sufficiently increases. You shift your vehicle into park (P). Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF. The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF. Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF. Manual Zoom WARNING When manual zoom is on, the full area behind your vehicle may not show. Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature. Note: Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in reverse (R). Note: When manual zoom is enabled, only the centerline is shown. 176 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Cruise Control Switching Cruise Control On PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Press and release ON. Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. You can use cruise control when your vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph (30 km/h). The indicator appears in the information display. E71340 Note: Using cruise control with ECO Cruise switched on may change the operation of the system. This feature saves vehicle energy by relaxing acceleration compared to standard cruise control. For example, your vehicle may temporarily lose speed when going uphill. USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNINGS Do not use cruise control on winding roads, in heavy traffic or when the road surface is slippery. This could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death. Energi vehicles: ECO Cruise can be turned on or off through the information display. See Information Displays (page 92). Hybrid vehicles: ECO Cruise is included in EcoSelect which is turned on or off using the ECO button on the center console. When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed. The system will not apply the brakes. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death. For additional information, refer to ECO Cruise and EcoSelect. See Unique Driving Characteristics (page 135). Note: When you are going downhill while using cruise control, the battery charging system and engine work together to help maintain your set speed. Engine noise may increase or decrease under these conditions. Note: Cruise control will disengage if the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph (16 km/h) below the set speed while driving uphill. Setting the Cruise Speed 1. Drive to desired speed. 2. Press and release SET+ or SET-. 3. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. E142437 The cruise controls are on the steering wheel. 177 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Cruise Control Changing the Set Speed • • • Press and release SET+ or SET-. When you select km/h as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in approximately 2 km/h increments. When you select mph as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in approximately 1 mph increments. Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed. Press and release SET+. Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release the control when you reach the desired speed. Canceling the Set Speed Pull and release CAN toward you or tap the brake pedal. The set speed does not erase. Resuming the Set Speed Pull and release RES toward you. Switching Cruise Control Off Press and release OFF when the system is in stand by mode or switch the ignition off. Note: You erase the set speed when you switch the system off. 178 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Driving Aids Note: When a vehicle passes quickly through the blind spot zone, typically fewer than two seconds, the system does not trigger. BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM (If Equipped) WARNING Using the System To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for careful driving. The Blind Spot Information System turns on when you start the engine and you drive your vehicle forward above 5 mph (8 km/h). For automatic transmissions, the Blind Spot Information System remains on while the transmission is in drive (D). If shifted into reverse (R) or park (P) the Blind Spot Information System turns off. Once shifted back into drive (D), the Blind Spot Information System turns back on when you drive your vehicle above 5 mph (8 km/h). A For manual transmissions, the Blind Spot Information System is on for all gears except the reverse (R). Note: The Blind Spot Information System does not function in reverse (R) or park (P). A System Lights and Messages E124788 The Blind Spot Information System is designed to aid you in detecting vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone (A). The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle, extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 13 ft (4 m) beyond the bumper. The system is designed to alert you if certain vehicles enter the blind spot zone while driving. Note: The Blind Spot Information System does not prevent contact with other vehicles or objects; nor detect parked vehicles, people, animals or infrastructure (fences, guardrails, trees). It’s only designed to alert you to vehicles in the blind spot zones. E142442 179 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Driving Aids Note: Do not apply bumper stickers and/or repair compound to these areas, this can cause degraded system performance. The Blind Spot Information System illuminates an amber alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of your vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from. When the Blind Spot Information System is alerting on a vehicle and the corresponding turn signal is ON, the Blind Spot Information System alert indicator flashes as an increased warning level. If the system detects a degraded performance condition, a message warning of a blocked sensor will appear in the information display. Also the BLIS alert indicators will remain ON and BLIS will no longer provide any vehicle warnings. You can clear the information display warning but the alert indicators will remain illuminated. The alert indicator dims when the system detects nighttime darkness. Note: The alert indicator flashes in case of an alert and the turn signal is set to that side at the same time. A "blocked" condition can be cleared in two ways: • After the blockage in front of the sensors is removed or the rainfall/snowfall rate decreases or stops, drive for a few minutes in traffic to allow the sensors to detect passing vehicles. • By cycling the ignition from ON to OFF and then back ON. System Sensor Blockage WARNING To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for careful driving. Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar with a factory equipped trailer tow module and it is towing a trailer, the sensors will automatically turn the Blind Spot Information System off. If your vehicle has a tow bar but no factory equipped trailer tow module, it is recommended to turn the Blind Spot Information System off manually. Operating the Blind Spot Information System with a trailer attached will cause poor system performance. System Errors E205199 The system uses radar sensors that are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of your vehicle. Any dirt, mud and snow in front of the sensors and/or driving in heavy rain can cause system degradation. Also, other types of obstructions in front of the sensor can cause system degradation. This is referred to as a ‘blocked’ condition. If the system senses a problem with the left or right sensor, the telltale will illuminate and a message will appear in the information display. See Information Messages (page 101). 180 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Driving Aids Switching the System Off and On CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (If You can temporarily switch the Blind Spot Information System off in the information display. See General Information (page 92). When the Blind Spot Information System switches off, you will not receive alerts and the information display shows a system off message. The telltale in the cluster also illuminates. When you switch the Blind Spot Information System on or off, the alert indicators flash twice. Equipped) WARNING To help avoid personal injury, NEVER use the Cross Traffic Alert system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before backing out of a parking space. Cross Traffic Alert is not a replacement for careful driving. Note: The Blind Spot Information System remembers the last selected on or off setting. Cross Traffic Alert is designed to warn you of vehicles approaching from the sides when the transmission is in reverse (R). You can also have the Blind Spot Information System switched off permanently at an authorized dealer. Once switched off permanently, the system can only be switched back on at an authorized dealer. Using the System Cross Traffic Alert turns on when you start the engine and you shift into reverse (R). Once shifted out of reverse (R), Cross Traffic Alert turns off. Note: Cross Traffic Alert only functions while your transmission is in reverse (R). Cross Traffic Alert is designed to detect vehicles that approach with a speed up to 37 mph (60 km/h). Coverage decreases when the sensors are partially, mostly or fully obstructed. Reversing slowly helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness. 181 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Driving Aids E142440 In this first example, the left sensor is only partially obstructed; zone coverage to the right is nearly maximized. E142441 182 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Driving Aids Information System (page 179). If the Blind Spot Information System is blocked, Cross Traffic Alert is also blocked. A corresponding message appears in the information display as soon as you shift the transmission into reverse (R). Zone coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles. Here, the left sensor is mostly obstructed; zone coverage on that side is severely limited. System Lights, Messages and Audible Alerts System Limitations Cross Traffic Alert has its limitations; situations such as severe weather conditions or debris build-up on the sensor area may limit vehicle detection. The following are other situations that may limit the Cross Traffic Alert performance: • Adjacently parked vehicles or objects obstructing the sensors. • Approaching vehicles passing at speeds greater than 37 mph (60 km/h). • Driving in reverse faster than 7 mph (12 km/h). • Backing out of an angled parking spot. E142442 The Cross Traffic Alert illuminates an amber alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of your vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from. Cross Traffic Alert also sounds an audible alert and a message appears in the information display indicating a vehicle is coming from the right or left. Cross Traffic Alert works with the reverse sensing system that sounds its own series of tones. See Rear Parking Aid (page 168). False Alerts Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar with a factory equipped trailer tow module and it is towing a trailer, the sensors will automatically turn the Cross Traffic Alert off. If your vehicle has a tow bar but no factory equipped trailer tow module, it is recommended to turn the Cross Traffic Alert off manually. Operating Cross Traffic Alert with a trailer attached will cause poor Cross Traffic Alert performance. There may be certain instances when there is a false alert by the Cross Traffic Alert system that illuminates the alert indicator with no vehicle in the coverage zone. Some amount of false alerts are normal; they are temporary and self-correct. E205199 The system uses radar sensors that are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of your vehicle. Do not allow mud, snow or bumper stickers to obstruct these areas, this can cause degraded system performance. See Blind Spot 183 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Driving Aids System Errors WARNINGS If the system detects an error, you may not feel a difference in the steering, however a serious condition may exist. Obtain immediate service from an authorized dealer, failure to do so may result in loss of steering control. If Cross Traffic Alert senses a problem with the left or right sensor a message will appear in the information display. See Information Messages (page 101). Switching the System Off and On You can temporarily switch Cross Traffic Alert off in the information display. See General Information (page 92). When you switch Cross Traffic Alert off, you will not receive alerts and the information display will display a system off message. Your vehicle has an electric power steering system. There is no fluid reservoir. No maintenance is required. If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving, electric power steering assistance is lost. The steering system still operates and you can steer your vehicle manually. Manually steering your vehicle requires more effort. Note: The Cross Traffic Alert switches on whenever the ignition is switched on and ready to provide appropriate alerts when the transmission is in reverse (R). Cross Traffic Alert will not remember the last selected on or off setting. Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort required for you to steer your vehicle. This increased effort prevents overheating and permanent damage to the steering system. You do not lose the ability to steer your vehicle manually. Typical steering and driving maneuvers allow the system to cool and return to normal operation. You can also have Cross Traffic Alert switched off permanently at an authorized dealer. Once switched off permanently, the system can only be switched back on at an authorized dealer. STEERING Steering Tips Electric Power Steering If the steering wanders or pulls, check for: • Correct tire pressures. • Uneven tire wear. • Loose or worn suspension components. • Loose or worn steering components. • Improper vehicle alignment. WARNINGS The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system. If a fault is detected, a message displays in the information display. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the ignition off. After at least 10 seconds, switch the ignition on and watch the information display for a steering system warning message. If a steering system warning message returns, have the system checked by an authorized dealer. Note: A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull. 184 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Driving Aids Adaptive Learning The electronic power steering system adaptive learning helps correct road irregularities and improves overall handling and steering feel. It communicates with the brake system to help operate advanced stability control and accident avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed, you must drive your vehicle a short distance before the system relearns the strategy and reactivates all systems. 185 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Load Carrying REAR UNDER FLOOR STORAGE E164183 Insert the ends of the cargo shade into the mounting features located behind the rear seat on the rear trim panels to install the cargo shade. E162198 The under floor storage compartments are located behind the front seats. Lift the handle to unlatch the lid. To operate the cargo shade: 1. Pull the rear edge of the cargo shade rearward. 2. Secure both ends of the support rod into the retention slots located on the rear quarter trim panels. LUGGAGE COVERS WARNINGS Make sure that the posts are properly latched in mounting features. The cover may cause injury in a sudden stop or accident if it is not securely installed. Removing the Shade Do not place any objects on the cargo area shade. They may obstruct your vision or strike occupants of your vehicle in a sudden stop or crash. Use the cargo shade to cover items in the cargo area of your vehicle. E162195 Press the release lever on each side forward, and then lift the shade out of the mounting feature. You will see a red mark when the lever is unlatched. 186 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Load Carrying LOAD LIMIT Tire and Loading Label Information Example: Vehicle Loading - with and without a Trailer This section guides you in the proper loading of your vehicle, trailer, or both. Keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer. Properly loading your vehicle provides maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before you load your vehicle, become familiar with the following terms for determining your vehicle’s weight rating, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information label or Safety Compliance Certification label. E198719 Payload PAYLOAD E143816 187 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Load Carrying Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that your vehicle is carrying. The maximum payload for your vehicle appears on the Tire and Loading label. The label is either on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver door. Vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a tire and loading label. Look for “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg OR XXX lb” for maximum payload. The payload listed on the Tire and Loading Information label is the maximum payload for your vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If you install any additional equipment on your vehicle, you must determine the new payload. Subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload listed on the Tire and Loading label. When towing, trailer tongue weight or king pin weight is also part of payload. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) GAWR is the maximum allowable weight that a single axle (front or rear) can carry. These numbers are on the Safety Compliance Certification label. The label is located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position. The total load on each axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) GVWR is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This includes all options, equipment, passengers and cargo. It appears on the Safety Compliance Certification label. The label is located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position. The gross vehicle weight must never exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity (how much space is available) or by payload capacity (how much weight the vehicle should carry). Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle, do not add more cargo, even if there is space available. Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover. 188 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Load Carrying vehicle’s braking system is rated for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, not at Gross Combined Weight Rating.) Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross Combined Weight of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle. The gross combined weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating. Note: For trailer towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer. Safety Compliance Certification Label Example: E198828 WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the vehicle, loss of control and personal injury. WARNINGS Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification label. Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower your vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations. Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to your vehicle, personal injury or both. Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight Maximum loaded trailer weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow. Consult an authorized dealer (or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer) for more detailed information. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) GCWR is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer, including all cargo and passengers, that the vehicle can handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing 189 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Load Carrying Steps for determining the correct load limit: Helpful examples for calculating the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity 1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb." on your vehicle’s placard. 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lb. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lb. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You decide to go golfing. Is there enough load capacity to carry you, four of your friends and all the golf bags? You and four friends average 220 pounds (99 kilograms) each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each. The calculation would be: 1400 (5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100 - 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms. Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years. Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down, you have room for twelve 100-pound (45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home? If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms), the calculation would be: 1400 (2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440 190 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Load Carrying - 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99 kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) = 635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms. You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds (104 kilograms). If you remove three 100-pound (45-kilogram) cement bags, then the load calculation would be:1400 - (2 x 220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 900 = 60 pounds. Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99 kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) = 635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms. The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the front or the rear gross axle weight rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification label. Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type Vehicles WARNING Loaded vehicles may handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Take extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, when driving a heavily loaded vehicle. 191 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Towing Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational (RV) towing. An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome. We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission. TOWING A TRAILER WARNING Your vehicle is not approved for trailer towing. Never tow a trailer with your vehicle. You can tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly. If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider. TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emergency Towing If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground: • Tow only in the forward direction. • Release the parking brake. • Shift the transmission into N. WARNING If your vehicle has a steering wheel lock make sure the ignition is in the accessory or on position when being towed. Vehicles with Push Button Start 1. Start the vehicle by pressing the brake pedal, and then pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button until the vehicle starts. 2. Press the brake pedal and shift the transmission into position N. 3. Turn the vehicle off by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button once. (Trip Summary appears in the left instrument cluster screen when the vehicle is off.) Note: You can remove the key fob from the vehicle while towing. If your vehicle becomes inoperable (without access to wheel dollies, car-hauling trailer, or flatbed transport vehicle), it can be flat-towed (all wheels on the ground, regardless of the powertrain and transmission configuration) under the following conditions: • Tow only in the forward direction. • The transmission in position N. If you cannot move the transmission into N, you may need to override it. See Automatic Transmission (page 159). • Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h). • Maximum distance is 50 miles (80 kilometers). Vehicles with Ignition Key 1. Start the vehicle by pressing the brake pedal, and then turning the ignition key until the vehicle starts. 2. Press the brake pedal and shift the transmission into position N. Recreational Towing Note: Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle. See Climate Control (page 109). 192 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Towing 3. Turn the vehicle off by turning the ignition key past the accessory position. The key position is between the accessory and off positions. See Ignition Switch (page 129). (Trip Summary appears in the left instrument cluster screen when the vehicle is off.) Note: If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition key, you cannot remove the key from the ignition cylinder when the transmission is in position N and the vehicle is off. All Vehicles • • Do not exceed 70 mph (113 km/h). Place the transmission in position P, start the vehicle, and allow the engine to run for one minute at the beginning of each day (you may need to press the accelerator pedal in order to start the engine). After allowing the vehicle to run, place the transmission back into position N and the ignition in the off position. Note: A SHIFT TO PARK or TRANSMISSION NOT IN PARK message may appear in the information display when the transmission is in position N and the ignition is in the off position. 193 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Driving Hints • BREAKING-IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 mi (480 km). During this time, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics. The engine also needs to break in. Avoid hard accelerations and driving too fast for the first 1,000 mi (1,600 km). If possible, avoid carrying heavy loads up steep grades during the break-in period. • • ECONOMICAL DRIVING • Your fuel economy depends on: • How you drive your vehicle. • How you maintain your vehicle. • The conditions you drive your vehicle in. • • You may improve your fuel economy by keeping these in mind: • Drive your vehicle at reasonable speeds. Traveling at 65 mph (105 km/h) uses about 15% less fuel than traveling at 75 mph (121 km/h). • Drive at steady speeds without stopping. • Anticipate stops. Slowing down your vehicle may eliminate the need to stop. • Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size. • Switch off the heater if you do not need it. When you have the heater on, keep it at the lowest blower and temperature setting necessary to be comfortable. • When it is cold outside, park in a sunny location or a climate-controlled environment. This may save fuel by reducing the energy needed to heat the cabin. • • • • • • • 194 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Switch off the air conditioning if you do not need it. When you have the air conditioning on, keep it at the lowest blower and highest temperature setting necessary to be comfortable. When it is hot or sunny outside, parking in a shaded or climate-controlled environment will save fuel by reducing the energy needed to cool the cabin. For Plug-In Hybrid vehicles, use preconditioning to improve your fuel economy. See High Voltage Battery (page 151). Switch off the heated seats if you are not using them. Switch off the defroster when you no longer need it for visibility. For Plug-In Hybrid vehicles, plug in and recharge the high voltage battery whenever possible. Use ECO Cruise Control, especially in hilly terrain. See Cruise Control (page 177). Shift into low gear (L) when enhanced engine braking is needed. Otherwise, use drive gear (D) shift position. Combine errands and minimize stop-and-go driving. A warmed up engine works more efficiently. When running errands, go to the farthest destination first and then work your way back home. Close the windows for high-speed driving. Use the recommended engine oil. See Capacities and Specifications (page 282). Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 441). Use the coach and brake coach display to get feedback on your economical drive style. See Information Displays (page 92). Driving Hints Note: Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter. Avoid these actions because they reduce your fuel economy: • Avoid sudden or hard accelerations and decelerations. Accelerate and slow down in a smooth, moderate fashion. • Avoid revving the engine before switching off your vehicle. • Avoid long idle periods. • Do not warm up your vehicle on cold mornings. • Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving. • Avoid carrying unnecessary weight. Approximately 1 mi (1.6 km) per gallon or 0.2 mi (0.4 km) per liter is lost for every 400 lb (180 kg) of weight carried. • Avoid adding accessories that increase aerodynamic drag to your vehicle such as bug deflectors, car top carriers and ski or bike racks. • Avoid driving with the wheels out of alignment. Before driving through standing water, check the depth. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the front rocker area of your vehicle. E176360 When driving through standing water, drive very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. Your brake performance and traction may be limited. After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so: Things to keep in mind when you refuel your vehicle: • Fuel generates fewer vapors when it is cool and dark outside. Refuel your vehicle in the early morning or late evening. • Use the recommended octane-rated fuel. Using fuel below the recommended rating will lower your fuel economy. • • • • Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the brakes and to check that they work. Check that the horn works. Check that the exterior lights work. Turn the steering wheel to check that the steering power assist works. FLOOR MATS DRIVING THROUGH WATER WARNINGS Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle. Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only use floor mats that are firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways. WARNING Do not drive through flowing or deep water as you may lose control of your vehicle. Note: Driving through standing water can cause vehicle damage. 195 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Driving Hints WARNINGS Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury. Always make sure that the floor mats are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to make sure mats do not shift out of position. E142666 To install floor mats, position the floor mat so that the eyelet is over the retention post and press down to lock in. Never place floor mats or any other covering in the vehicle foot well that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle. To remove the floor mat, reverse the installation procedure. Never place floor mats or any other covering on top of already installed floor mats. Floor mats should always rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and not another floor mat or other covering. Additional floor mats or any other covering will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation. Check attachment of floor mats on a regular basis. Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or replacement. Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot well while the vehicle is moving. Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control. Failure to properly follow floor mat installation or attachment instructions can potentially cause interference with pedal operation causing a loss of vehicle control. 196 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Roadside Emergencies authorized dealer. If a member requests a tow to an authorized dealer that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from the disablement location, the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km). ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. The service is available: • • Roadside Assistance includes up to $200 for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not, then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services. 24 hours a day, seven days a week. For the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner's Manual portfolio. Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance covers: • A flat tire change with a good spare, if provided with the vehicle (except vehicles supplied with a tire inflation kit). • Battery jump start. • Lock-out assistance (key replacement cost is the customer's responsibility). • Fuel delivery — independent service contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall deliver up to 2 gal (7.6 L) of gasoline or 5 gal (18.9 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery service to two no-charge occurrences within a 12-month period. • Winch out — available within 100 ft (30.5 m) of a paved or county maintained road, no recoveries. • Towing — independent service contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall tow Ford eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer within 35 mi (56 km) of the disablement location or to the nearest Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference. This card is in the owner's information portfolio in the glove compartment. United States Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance, call 1-800-241-3673. If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself, Ford Motor Company reimburses a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement information, United States Ford vehicle customers call 1-800-241-3673. Customers need to submit their original receipts. Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is eligible within Canada or the continental United States. 197 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Roadside Emergencies This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage is concurrent with the powertrain coverage period of your vehicle. FUEL SHUTOFF WARNING Failure to inspect and, if necessary, repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury. Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision. Canadian customers who require roadside assistance, call 1-800-665-2006. Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference. In the event of a moderate to severe collision, this vehicle has a fuel pump shut-off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine. Not every impact will cause a shut-off. In Canada, this card is found in the Warranty Guide in the glove compartment of your vehicle. Should your vehicle shut off after a collision, you may restart your vehicle. Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside Assistance Program Coverage For vehicles equipped with a key system: The service is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. For complete program coverage details you may contact your dealer, you can call us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit our website at www.ford.ca. 1. Switch off the ignition. 2. Switch on the ignition. 3. Check the information display for the Ready to Drive light as the gasoline engine may not start, but the electric motor may be running. If you do not see the Ready to Drive light, repeat Steps 1 and 2 up to two more times. HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS For vehicles equipped with a push button start system: Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U.S. coverage. 1. Press the push button start to switch off the ignition. 2. Press the brake pedal and press the push button start to switch on the ignition. 3. Check the information display for the Ready to Drive light as the gasoline engine may not start, but the electric motor may be running. If you do not see the Ready to Drive light, repeat Steps 1 and 2 up to two more times. Note: If used when the vehicle is not running, the battery will lose charge. There may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle. The hazard warning button is located on the instrument panel. Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists. • • Press the button to turn on the hazard warning function, and the front and rear direction indicators will flash. Press the button again to turn them off. 198 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Roadside Emergencies Note: When you try to restart your vehicle after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure that the electrical system is safe to restart. Once your vehicle determines that the electrical system is safe, then the vehicle will allow you to restart. 3. Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges. Turn all other accessories off. Connecting the Jumper Cables Your vehicle has a 12-volt battery that has two prongs accessible from under the hood. Your vehicle can be jumped the same way conventional vehicles can by using these prongs. The illustration below shows the two connector prongs used for jump-starting your vehicle. Note: In the event that your vehicle does not restart after your third attempt, contact an authorized dealer. JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNINGS The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames, sparks or lit cigarettes. An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage. Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin, eyes and clothing, if contacted. Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle. Automatic transmissions do not have push-start capability. Attempting to push-start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage. E192363 A. Positive prong (+) B. Negative prong (-) Note: In the illustration, the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting (boosting) battery. Preparing Your Vehicle Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your vehicle. Note: Remove the red cap from the positive prong (A) on your vehicle before connecting the cables. Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle's electrical system. 1. Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch. Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts. 2. Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables. Ensure that vent caps are tight and level. 199 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Roadside Emergencies WARNING Never connect the negative end of the cable to the negative (-) terminal of the discharged battery. A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery. Always use the negative prong as a grounding point. Make sure that the cables are clear of fan blades, belts, the moving parts of both engines, or any fuel delivery system parts. Jump Starting 1. Start the booster vehicle and press the accelerator pedal moderately. 2. Start the disabled vehicle. Check the instrument cluster for the Ready to Drive light as the gasoline engine may not start, but the electric motor may be running. 3. Once you start the disabled vehicle, run both vehicles for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables. E148861 1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) prong (A) of the discharged battery. 2. Connect the other end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the assisting battery. 3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal of the assisting battery. 4. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) prong (B) of your vehicle. Note: Do not attach the negative (-) cable to fuel lines, engine rocker covers, the intake manifold or electrical components. These items should not be considered grounding points. Removing the Jumper Cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected. Note: In the illustration, the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting (boosting) battery. 200 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Roadside Emergencies COLLISION, DAMAGE OR FIRE EVENT Guidance for Ford Motor Company Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicles Equipped With High Voltage Batteries (Vehicle Owner/Operator/General Public) Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicle Considerations In the event of damage or fire involving an electric vehicle (EV) or hybrid-electric vehicle (HEV): • • • E148862 1. Remove the jumper cable from the negative prong. 2. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle's battery. 3. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle's battery. 4. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) prong of the disabled vehicle's battery. • Always assume the high-voltage battery and associated components are energized and fully charged. Exposed electrical components, wires and high-voltage batteries present potential high-voltage shock hazards. Venting/off-gassing high-voltage battery vapors are potentially toxic and flammable. Physical damage to the vehicle or high-voltage battery may result in immediate or delayed release of toxic, flammable gases and fire. Vehicle Information and General Safety Practices • • After disconnecting the jumper cables, let the disabled vehicle sit in Ready to Drive mode for several minutes to charge the 12V battery. The disabled vehicle can charge the 12V battery even if the gasoline engine may be off. The 12V battery will receive power from the high-voltage battery instead. • 201 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Know the make and model of your vehicle. Review the owner’s manual and become familiar with your vehicle’s safety information and recommended safety practices. Do not attempt to repair damaged electric and hybrid-electric vehicles yourself. Contact an authorized Ford Dealer or vehicle manufacturer representative for service. Roadside Emergencies Crashes • A crash or impact significant enough to require an emergency response for conventional vehicles would also require the same response for an electric or hybrid-electric vehicle. • • If possible • • • Move your car to a safe, nearby location and remain on the scene. Roll down the windows before shutting your vehicle off. Place your vehicle in Park, set the parking brake, turn off the vehicle, activate the hazard lights, and move your key(s) at least 16 feet (5 meters) away from the vehicle. Post-Incident • • Always • • • • • Call 911 if assistance is needed and advise that an electric or hybrid-electric vehicle is involved. Do not touch exposed electrical components or the engine compartment, as a shock hazard may exist. Avoid contact with leaking fluids and gases, and remain out of the way of oncoming traffic until emergency responders arrive. When emergency responders arrive, tell them that the vehicle involved is an electric vehicle or hybrid vehicle. • Fires • As with any vehicle, call 911 immediately if you see sparks, smoke or flames coming from the vehicle. • • As with any vehicle fire, do not inhale smoke, vapors or gas from the vehicle, as they may be hazardous. Remain a safe distance from the vehicle and try to stay clear of the smoke. Stay out of the roadway and stay out of the way of any oncoming traffic while awaiting the arrival of emergency responders. Exit the vehicle immediately. Advise 911 that an electric or hybrid-electric vehicle is involved. 202 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Do not store a severely damaged vehicle with a lithium-ion battery inside a structure or within 50 feet (15 meters) of any structure or vehicle. Make sure that passenger and cargo compartments remain ventilated (i.e. open window, door or trunk). For vehicles in the United States, notify Ford Motor Company 1-800-392-3673 (then follow the prompts on the voice response menu), an authorized Ford dealer or service center as soon as possible as there may be other steps to secure and discharge the high-voltage battery. For vehicles in Canada, notify Ford Motor Company 1-800-565-3673 (then follow the prompts on the voice response menu), an authorized Ford dealer or service center as soon as possible as there may be other steps to secure and discharge the high-voltage battery. Call 911 if you observe leaking fluids, sparks, smoke or flames, or hear gurgling or bubbling from the high-voltage battery. Roadside Emergencies If you need to have your vehicle towed, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider. POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the direction indicators and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety Canopy) or the safety belt pretensioners. We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or by any other means. The horn and indicators will turn off when: • You press the hazard control button. • You press the panic button on the remote entry transmitter (if equipped). • Your vehicle runs out of power. Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators. Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook-up and towing procedures for your vehicle. TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE It is acceptable to have your front-wheel drive vehicle towed from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground. When towing in this manner, the rear wheels can remain on the ground. Front-wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment. This prevents damage to the transmission. Towing an all-wheel or four-wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground, such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment. This prevents damage to the transmission, all-wheel or four-wheel drive system and vehicle. E143886 203 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Website www.owner.ford.com Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer. While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service, we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction. These are some of the items that can be found online: • U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name, City/State or Zip Code. • Owner Manuals. • Maintenance Schedules. • Recalls. • Ford Extended Service Plans. • Ford Genuine Accessories. • Service specials and promotions. Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment, so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs. This means that, depending on the warranty repair needed, you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer. In Canada: A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford. Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited P.O. Box 2000 Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8 Away From Home Telephone If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer. 1-800-565-3673 (FORD) Website www.ford.ca In the United States: Twitter Mailing address @FordServiceCA (English Canada) @FordServiceQC (Quebec) Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P.O. Box 6248 Dearborn, MI 48126 Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns, or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving, follow these steps: Telephone 1-800-392-3673 (FORD) (TDD for the hearing impaired: 1-800-232-5952) 1. Additional information and resources are available online: 204 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling or servicing authorized dealer. Customer Assistance 2. If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved, contact the Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager. 3. If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies, please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center. IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY) California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d) requires that, if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer (less a reasonable allowance for consumer use). The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle. In order to help us serve you better, please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center: • Vehicle Identification Number. • Your telephone number (home and business). • The name of the authorized dealer and city where located. • The vehicle’s current odometer reading. California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if, within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever occurs first: In some states within the United States, you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state's warranty laws, and Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt. Additionally, in some states within the United States, a consumer has the option of submitting a warranty dispute to the BBB Auto Line before taking action under the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to the extent allowed by state law, before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws. This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws. 1. Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non-conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2. Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity (a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle) OR 3. The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days (not necessarily all at one time). In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address: Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE-B Dearborn, MI 48126 205 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Customer Assistance You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b). You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes. Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB. You are not bound by the decision, and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute, and decision, are admissible in the court action. Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford is then bound by the decision, and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter. BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the information provided below, please call or write to request a program application. You will be asked for your name and address, general information about your new vehicle, information about your warranty concerns, and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed, signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines. THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY) Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer. If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three-step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section, you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program. You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100, or writing to: The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts – mediation and arbitration. During mediation, a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim. If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation, and if your claim is eligible, you may participate in the arbitration process. An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person. The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing. BBB AUTO LINE 3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600 Arlington, Virginia 22201 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1-800-392-3673. Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations, modify procedures, or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation. 206 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Customer Assistance UTILIZING THE MEDIATION/ARBITRATION PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY) GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND CANADA For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers. In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory-related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation/arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country, contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate. These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper sulfur fuel for diesel engines. If you cannot find the proper fuel recommended for your vehicle, contact our Customer Relationship Center. The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed. This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings. The use of improper fuels in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage. Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States. In the CAMVAP program, impartial third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment. These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties, make decisions and, when appropriate, render awards to resolve disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair, and final as the arbitrator’s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada. If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region, Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands and/or Puerto Rico , Central America, the Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact the corresponding Ford Customer Assistance Center: CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces. For more information, without charge or obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685 or visit www.camvap.ca. FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Centers in: 207 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Customer Assistance Customer Relationship Center Phone Fax E-mail Asia Pacific N/A N/A [email protected] Caribbean and Central America +1 313 594 4857 Ford Middle East - FORD 80004443673 [email protected] 971 4 3327 266 [email protected] Lincoln 80004441067 UAE 80004441066 Saudi Arabia 8008443673 Mobily and Zain cell phone users in Saudi 800850078 Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands +1-800-841-3673 N/A [email protected] Sub-Saharan Africa +1-313-594-4857 +1 313 390 0804 [email protected] South Korea +63-2-717-6410 N/A [email protected] or [email protected] If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations, register your vehicle identification number (VIN) and new address with Ford Global Trade Services by emailing, [email protected]. Customers in the U.S. should call 1-800-392-3673. If you are in another foreign country, contact the nearest authorized dealer. In the event your inquiry is unresolved, communicate your concern with the dealership’s Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager. If you require additional assistance or clarification, please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed. To order the publications in this portfolio, contact Helm, Incorporated at: ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER'S LITERATURE HELM, INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, Michigan 48170 Attention: Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog, call toll free: 1-800-782-4356 Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST 208 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Customer Assistance If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Ford Motor Company. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue, Southeast Washington, D.C. 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. Helm, Incorporated can also be reached by their website: www.helminc.com (Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card, check or money order.) Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual French Owner’s Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm, Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section. REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY) E142557 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company. REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (CANADA ONLY) If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada and Ford of Canada. 209 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Customer Assistance Transport Canada Contact Information Website www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/safevehicles-defectinvestigationsindex-76.htm (English) Website www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/VehiculesSecuritaires-Enquetesindex-76.htm (French) Phone 1–800–333–0510 Ford of Canada Contact Information Website www.ford.ca Phone 1–800–565-3673 210 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART WARNINGS To reduce risk of electrical shock, always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs. Pre-Fuse Box Your vehicle has a pre-fuse box attached to the power distribution box. There is a second pre-fuse box attached to the 12-volt battery terminal in the rear of your vehicle. They contain high-current fuses. If you need to replace one of these fuses, see an authorized dealer. The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment. It has high-current fuses that protect your vehicle's main electrical systems from overloads. Power Distribution Box If you disconnect and reconnect the battery, you will need to reset some features. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 233). WARNINGS Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses. Lift the release lever at the rear of the cover to remove it. E162196 211 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating F1 50A Midi Cooling fan module. F2 50A Midi Electric water pump. F3 50A Midi Body control module supply 1. F4 50A Midi Body control module supply 2. F5 — Not used. F6 — Not used. F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 2 Anti-lock brake system pump. 2 Anti-lock brake system valve. 2 Vacuum pump. 2 Heater blower motor. 2 Engine management. 40A 30A 40A 40A 30A — Not used. 25A 2 Powertrain control module relay. 2 Rear wiper. 2 Body control module KL30 supply. 2 Body control module 15 feed. 2 Transmission oil pump (C-MAX Energi). 2 Front wiper motor. 20A 30A 20A 20A 20A Anti-lock brake system and electronic stability program module. 1 5A 1 15A 5A 5A Protected components Horn. 1 Stop light switch. 1 Vacuum pump monitoring. 212 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses Fuse or relay number F23 F24 F25 F26 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31 F32 F33 F34 F35 F36 Fuse amp rating 5A Engine control module 15. Powertrain control module 15. Transmission oil pump 15. 1 5A Relay coils. Light switch module. 1 1 10A 5A 5A Motor electronic cooling pump. Electronic power assist steering module 15. 1 Mass air flow sensor. 1 1 15A 1 10A 1 10A 5A Protected components Powertrain control module. Electronic air conditioning compressor. Positive temperature coefficient heater. Engine control module. Powertrain control module. Charge port light ring (C-MAX Energi). 1 20A 1 Vehicle power 2. 1 Vehicle power 4. 1 Injectors. 1 Vehicle power 3. 1 Vehicle power 1. 15A 10A 10A 20A R1 Micro relay Vacuum pump. R2 Micro relay Horn. R3 Micro relay Hybrid powertrain control. R4 Micro relay Front wiper. R5 Micro relay Vacuum pump. R6 Micro relay Front and rear wiper high-low. R7 — Not used. 213 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components R8 Power relay R9 — Not used. R10 — Not used. Not used. Ignition feed. R11 — R12 Power relay R13 Mini relay Heater blower. R14 Mini relay Engine control relay. Cooling fan. 1 Mini fuse. 2 Cartridge fuse. Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is located on the right-hand side below the glove box. You may need to remove a trim panel to access it. 214 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses E129926 Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating F56 20A Protected components F57 — Not used. F58 5A Not used (spare). Fuel pump supply. F59 5A Passive anti-theft system. F60 10A Interior light. Driver door switch pack. Glove box illumination. Overhead console switch bank. 215 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F61 20A F62 5A Autowiper module. Autodimming rear view mirror. F63 10A Not used (spare). F64 — Cigar lighter. Second row power point. Not used. F65 10A Liftgate release. F66 20A Driver door unlock supply. F67 7.5A Cell phone passport (C-MAX Energi). Multi-function display. GPS module. Sync. F68 15A Not used (spare). F69 5A Instrument cluster. F70 20A Central lock and unlock supply. F71 7.5A Climate control module. F72 7.5A Steering wheel module. F73 7.5A Data link connector. OBD II supply. F74 15A Headlamp supply. F75 15A Fog lamp supply. F76 10A Reversing lamp supply. F77 20A F78 5A Ignition switch, Start button. Washer pump. F79 15A Radio. Hazard light switch. F80 20A Not used (spare). F81 5A F82 20A Power sun shade. Remote receiver antenna. Washer pump ground. 216 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F83 20A Central locking ground. F84 20A Drive door unlock ground. F85 7.5A Electronic 15 feed. F86 10A Restraints control module. Passenger air bag deactivation indicator. F87 15A Not used (spare). F88 25A Not used (spare). F89 — Not used. Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is located in the luggage compartment behind the left side wheel well. Remove the fuse panel cover to gain access to the fuses. E129927 Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F1 5A Hands-free liftgate entry module. F2 10A Keyless vehicle module. F3 5A Keyless vehicle door handles. F4 25A Door control unit front left. 217 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating F5 25A Door control unit front right. F6 25A Door control unit rear left. F7 25A Door control unit rear right. F8 25A Passenger seat motor. F9 25A Driver seat motor. F10 25A Heated rear window. F11 5A Ignition relay. F12 15A F13 — F14 10A F15 — Protected components Battery electronics control module. Not used. Charger (C-MAX Energi). Not used. F16 — F17 10A Battery electronics control module. Not used. F18 15A Battery electronics control module — fan. F19 15A Charger fan (C-MAX Energi). F20 — F21 15A Not used. Smart datalink connector. F22 10A Active noise cancellation. F23 — F24 30A DC/AC power converter. F25 25A Power liftgate. F26 40A AC/DC charger (C-MAX Energi). F27 20A Luggage compartment outlet. F28 — Not used. Not used. F29 5A Blind spot detection. F30 5A Parking aid module. F31 5A Rear view camera. 218 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components F32 5A DC/AC power converter. F33 — Not used. F34 20A Driver seat heater. Passenger seat heater. F35 20A F36 — F37 20A F38 — Not used. Not used. Power sun shade. F39 — Not used. F40 — Not used. F41 — Not used. F42 — Not used. F43 — Not used. F44 — Not used. F45 - Not used. F46 10A Fuel system. Rear 15 relay. R1 Power relay R2 Mini relay R3 Micro relay R4 — Not used. R5 — Not used. R6 Micro relay Heated rear window. Fuel door (C-MAX Energi). Rear wiper. 219 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating. Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire. E217331 If electrical components in the vehicle are not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components. Fuse Types E207206 Callout Fuse Type A Micro 2 B Micro 3 C Maxi D Mini 220 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fuses Callout Fuse Type E M Case F J Case G J Case Low Profile 221 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Working with the Engine On GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value. There is a large network of authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise. We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly. They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle. To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and/or personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running. 1. Set the parking brake and shift to park (P). 2. Block the wheels. If your vehicle requires professional service, an authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service. Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered. OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD Opening the Hood Use only recommended fuels, lubricants, fluids and service parts conforming to specifications. Motorcraft® parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle. Precautions • • • • Do not work on a hot engine. Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts. Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space, unless you are sure you have enough ventilation. Keep all open flames and other burning material (such as cigarettes) away from the battery and all fuel related parts. E142457 1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release handle located under the left-hand side of the instrument panel. 2. Slightly lift the hood. 3. Release the hood latch by pushing the secondary release lever to your left-hand side. Working with the Engine Off 1. Set the parking brake and shift to park (P). 2. Switch off the engine. 3. Block the wheels. 222 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance 2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop under its own weight for the last 8-12 in (20-30 cm). Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly closed. UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV) WARNING The inverter system controller contains various high-voltage components that can cause serious bodily harm or death. The inverter system controller is not serviceable and should never be touched, probed, or tampered with. E87786 4. Open the hood. Support the hood with the strut. Closing the Hood 1. Remove the hood strut from the catch and secure it correctly after use. Note: Do not attempt to service any of the high-voltage components or wiring. For easier identification, the high-voltage wiring insulation is color coated orange. 223 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance A B C D E F G I H E162485 A Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 228). B Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 226). C Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 226). D Engine air filter cover. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 244). E Inverter system controller. F Brake fluid reservoir cap. See Brake Fluid Check (page 232). G Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 211). H Inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap. I Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap. See Washer Fluid Check (page 232). 224 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Note: Do not attempt to service any of the high-voltage components or wiring. For easier identification, the high-voltage wiring insulation is color coded orange. UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW PLUG-IN HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE (PHEV) WARNING The inverter system controller contains high-voltage components and is not serviceable. Do not touch, probe, or tamper with it. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. E190353 A Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 228). B Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 226). C Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 226). D Engine air filter cover. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 244). E Inverter system controller. 225 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance F Brake fluid reservoir cap. See Brake Fluid Check (page 232). G Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 211). H Inverter system controller coolant reservoir cap. I Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap. See Washer Fluid Check (page 232). Adding Engine Oil ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK A Note: Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running. Note: Do not add oil further than the MAX mark. Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage. B E169062 A MIN B MAX E142732 Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute (API). An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council (ILSAC), comprised of U.S. and Japanese automobile manufacturers. ENGINE OIL CHECK Check the level before starting the engine and make sure that the level is between the MIN and the MAX marks. 1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground. 2. Switch the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan. 3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth. Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level. 1. Remove the filler cap. 2. Add engine oil that meets the Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 282). 3. Wipe off any spilled oil. 4. Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you feel a strong resistance. If the oil level is at the minimum mark, add oil immediately. 226 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Low Engine Use (If Equipped) We recommend frequent oil changes. Follow severe duty cycle in the maintenance guide. This helps remove the moisture contaminated oil from the engine. The low engine use mode is equipped on Energi models only. The low engine use mode keeps the engine oil quality in good condition when you drive your vehicle with limited engine use. If your vehicle is in low engine use mode when you start the vehicle, a message appears in the information display. When your vehicle is in low engine use mode, your vehicle runs the engine as necessary. Cold Weather Operation To determine if the shortened oil change interval or warming of the engine is sufficient, clean and check the oil fill cap on a regular basis. This will confirm that the thick milky substance is not returning. When extreme cold weather and sub-zero conditions exist, fuel may be found in the engine oil. This is caused by the engine not reaching its full engine temperature. Selecting EV Now mode when your vehicle is in the low engine use mode suspends the low engine use mode for as long as you continue driving your vehicle. The low engine use mode resumes the next time you start your vehicle. In this situation, carry out the above steps to prevent engine damage. Changing the engine oil and resetting the oil life monitoring system suspends the low engine use mode. OIL CHANGE INDICATOR RESET (If Equipped) Operating in Cold Climates and Short Driving Cycles Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring System Some gasoline engines may experience a buildup of moisture in the engine oil if repeatedly operated in cold weather and short driving cycles that do not fully warm the engine. Only reset the oil life monitoring system after changing the engine oil and oil filter. 1. When you see a thick milky substance under the oil cap, this indicates moisture is present. 2. This condition can be more prevalent in gas electric hybrid vehicles that run the gas engine for very short driving cycles. 3. To prevent engine damage under these conditions customers should follow these steps: • • • 4. Drive your vehicle at full engine temperature for 15 to 30 minutes. Drive your vehicle at highway speeds. Drive your vehicle with the defroster (hybrid vehicles) at full. 5. 6. 227 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Switch the ignition on. Do not start the engine. For vehicles with push-button start, press and hold the start button for two seconds without pressing the brake pedal. Do not start the engine. Press the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time. Keep the accelerator and brake pedals fully pressed. After three seconds, a message confirming that the reset is in progress will be displayed. After 25 seconds, a message confirming that the reset is complete will be displayed. Release the accelerator and brake pedals. Maintenance Note: Make sure that the coolant level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir. 7. The message confirming that the reset is complete will no longer be displayed. 8. Switch the ignition off. For vehicles with push-button start, press the start button to switch the ignition off. Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The level may extend beyond the MAX mark. Maintain coolant concentration within 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F (-37°C). Coolant concentration should be checked using a refractometer. We do not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentration. ENGINE COOLANT CHECK WARNINGS To reduce the risk of personal injury, make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap. The cooling system is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when you loosen the cap slightly. Adding Coolant WARNING Do not put coolant in the windshield washer fluid reservoir. If sprayed on the windshield, coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield. Never remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is running or hot. To reduce the risk of personal injury, make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap. The cooling system is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when you loosen the cap slightly. Note: Automotive fluids are not interchangeable. Do not use coolant or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location. Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling system sealants, or non-specified additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark. Your vehicle has two separate cooling systems. One for cooling the engine and a separate system for cooling the inverter system controller that is specific to the hybrid operating system. The two systems operate similarly, with the inverter system controller cooling system generally operating at a lower temperature and pressure. It is very important to use prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification in order to avoid plugging the small passageways in the engine cooling system. See Capacities and Specifications (page 286). Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using an incorrect coolant may harm the engine or cooling system components and may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. When the engine is cold, check the concentration and level of the coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 441). 228 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Note: If prediluted coolant is not available, use the approved concentrated coolant diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See Capacities and Specifications (page 282). Using water that has not been deionised may contribute to deposit formation, corrosion and plugging of the small cooling system passageways. Note: During normal vehicle operation, the coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red. As long as the coolant is clear and uncontaminated, this color change does not indicate the coolant has degraded nor does it require the coolant to be drained, the system to be flushed, or the coolant to be replaced. Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and models may not be approved to Ford specifications and may cause damage to the cooling system. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Note: In case of emergency, you can add a large amount of water without coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location. Water alone, without coolant, can cause engine damage from corrosion, overheating or freezing. When you reach a service location, you must have the cooling system drained and refilled with prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 282). If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately. To top up the coolant level do the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Do not use the following as a coolant substitute: • Alcohol. • Methanol. • Brine. • Any coolant mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure escapes as you unscrew the cap. Add prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 282). Add enough prediluted coolant to reach the correct level. Replace the coolant reservoir cap, turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance. Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir the next few times you drive your vehicle. If necessary, add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the correct level. Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing. Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant. These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the coolant. Recycled Coolant We do not recommend the use of recycled coolant as an approved recycling process is not yet available. If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of engine coolant per month, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage. Dispose of used engine coolant in an appropriate manner. Follow your community’s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids. 229 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Severe Climates A warning lamp illuminates and a message may appear in the information display. If you drive in extremely cold climates: • It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration above 50%. • A coolant concentration of 60% provides improved freeze point protection. Coolant concentrations above 60% decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage. If the engine reaches a preset over-temperature condition, the engine automatically switches to alternating cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine. When this occurs, your vehicle still operates, however: • Engine power is limited. • The air conditioning system turns off. If you drive in extremely hot climates: • You can decrease the coolant concentration to 40%. • Coolant concentrations below 40% decrease the freeze and corrosion protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage. Continued operation increases the engine temperature, causing the engine to completely shut down. Your steering and braking effort increases in this situation. When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible to minimize engine damage. Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme climates should use prediluted coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection. When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated Coolant Change WARNINGS Fail-safe mode is for use during emergencies only. Operate your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will have limited power, will not be able to maintain high-speed operation, and may completely shut down without warning, potentially losing engine power, power steering assist, and power brake assist, which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury. At specific mileage intervals, as listed in the scheduled maintenance information, the coolant should be changed. Add prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 282). Fail-Safe Cooling Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily drive your vehicle before any incremental component damage occurs. The fail-safe distance depends on ambient temperature, vehicle load and terrain. Never remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is running or hot. How Fail-Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat, the coolant temperature gauge moves toward the red zone: 230 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance At this time, you may notice the coolant temperature gauge moves toward the red zone and a message may appear in the information display. Your vehicle has limited engine power when in the fail-safe mode, drive your vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not maintain high-speed operation and the engine may operate poorly. You may notice a reduction in vehicle speed caused by reduced engine power. In order to manage the engine coolant temperature. Your vehicle may enter this mode if certain high-temperature and high-load conditions take place. The amount of speed reduction depends on vehicle loading, grade and ambient temperature. If this occurs, there is no need to pull off the road. You can continue to drive your vehicle. Remember that the engine is capable of automatically shutting down to prevent engine damage. In this situation: 1. Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and switch the engine off. 2. If you are a member of a roadside assistance program, we recommend that you contact your roadside assistance service provider. 3. If this is not possible, wait a short period for the engine to cool. 4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately. 5. When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible to minimize engine damage. Note: Driving your vehicle without repair increases the chance of engine damage. The air conditioning may automatically turn on and off during severe operating conditions to protect the engine from overheating. When the coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, the air conditioning turns on. If the coolant temperature gauge moves fully into the red zone, or if the coolant temperature warning or service engine soon messages appear in your information display, do the following: Engine Coolant Temperature Management (If Equipped) 1. WARNING 2. To reduce the risk of crash and injury, be prepared that the vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle may not be able to accelerate with full power until the coolant temperature reduces. 3. If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the engine may temporarily reach a higher temperature during severe operating conditions, for example ascending a long or steep grade in high ambient temperatures. 4. 5. 231 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and shift the transmission into park (P). Leave the engine running until the coolant temperature gauge needle returns to the normal position. After several minutes, if the temperature does not drop, follow the remaining steps. Switch the engine off and wait for it to cool. Check the coolant level. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately. If the coolant level is normal, restart the engine and continue. Maintenance AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK WARNINGS A fluid level between the MAX and MIN lines is within the normal operating range and there is no need to add fluid. A fluid level not in the normal operating range could compromise the performance of the system. Have your vehicle checked immediately. If required, have an authorized dealer check and change the transmission fluid at the correct service interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 441). The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick. Your transmission does not consume fluid. To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir cap must remain in place and fully tight, unless you are adding fluid. An authorized dealer should check the fluid: • If the transmission is not working properly. • If you notice signs of fluid leakage. Only use fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 282). Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives, treatments or cleaning agents. The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components. POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering (EPS) system. There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill. BRAKE FLUID CHECK WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNINGS Do not use any fluid other than the recommended brake fluid as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use of incorrect fluid could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death. WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40°F (5°C), use washer fluid with antifreeze protection. Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident. Only use brake fluid from a sealed container. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death. Note: The front and rear washer systems are supplied from the same reservoir. Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low. Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 282). Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and contact your physician. 232 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol, a common windshield washer antifreeze additive. Washer fluids containing non-methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or washer system. WARNINGS Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately. FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed. Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling. CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY Your vehicle has a Motorcraft® maintenance-free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service. WARNINGS Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide correct ventilation. Note: If your vehicle's battery has a cover or shield, make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced. Note: See an authorized dealer for low voltage battery access, testing, or replacement. When a low voltage battery replacement is necessary, see an authorized dealer to replace the low voltage battery with a Ford recommended replacement low voltage battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle. When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps, resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. To ensure proper operation of the battery management system (BMS), do not allow a technician to connect any electrical device ground connection directly to the low voltage battery negative post. A connection at the low voltage battery negative post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation. 233 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Note: If a person adds electrical or electronic accessories or components to the vehicle, the accessories or components may adversely affect the low voltage battery performance and durability and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle. 5. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature. While the engine is warming up, complete the following: Reset the clock. See Audio System (page 289). Reset the power windows bounce-back feature. See Windows and Mirrors (page 78). Reset the radio station presets. See Audio System (page 289). 6. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute. If the engine turns off, press the accelerator pedal to start the engine. 7. While the engine is running, press the brake pedal and shift into neutral (N). 8. Allow the engine to run for at least one minute by pressing on the accelerator pedal. 9. Drive the vehicle at least 12 mi (20 km) to completely relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy. Note: If you do not allow the engine to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy, the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the engine computer eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel trim strategy. For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the top of the battery clean and dry. Also, make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals. If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals, remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush. You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water. When a battery replacement is required, the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle. Because your vehicle’s engine is electronically-controlled by a computer, some engine control settings are maintained by power from the low voltage battery. Some engine computer settings, like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy, optimize the driveability and performance of the engine. Some other computer settings, like the clock and radio station presets, are also maintained in memory by power from the low voltage battery. When a technician disconnects and connects the low voltage battery, these settings are erased. Complete the following procedure in order to restore the settings: Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in an environmentally friendly way. Seek advice from your local authority about recycling old batteries. CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES 1. With the vehicle at a complete stop, set the parking brake. 2. Shift into park (P). 3. Switch off all accessories. 4. Fully press the brake pedal and start the vehicle. E142463 234 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness. Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth. CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES A Replace the wiper blades at least annually for optimum performance. E129986 You can improve poor wiper quality by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield. 3. Press and hold the wiper lever in position A within three seconds. Note: The windshield wiper blades are different in length. If you install wiper blades of the wrong length, the wiper blades can clash damaging the wiper system. Service Position Set the windshield wipers in the service position to change the wiper blades. Note: You can use the service position to provide easier access to the wiper blades for freeing them from snow and ice. E162532 Note: Make sure the windshield is free from snow and ice before you switch the ignition on. 4. Release the wiper lever when the windshield wipers reach the service position. Note: The wipers remain in the service position when you switch the ignition on. Press and release the wiper lever to return them to the park position. 1. Switch the ignition on. 2. Switch the ignition off. Changing the Windshield Wiper Blades Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when lifting the wiper arm. Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached. 235 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Note: Make sure the windshield is clean before using new wiper blades. 1 3 1 E129990 2 1. Lift the wiper arm and then press the wiper blade locking buttons together. 2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade. 3. Remove the wiper blade. 4. Install in the reverse order. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place. E130060 2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade. 3. Disengage the wiper blade from the wiper arm. 4. Remove the wiper blade. 5. Install in the reverse order. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place. Changing the Rear Window Wiper Blade ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when lifting the wiper arm. Vertical Aim Adjustment Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached. 1. 2 The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant. If your vehicle has been in an accident, the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer. Lift the wiper arm. 236 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance E142592 E142465 A 8 feet (2.4 meters) B Center height of lamp to ground C 25 feet (7.6 meters) D Horizontal reference line 4. On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern. If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line, the headlamp will need to be adjusted. 1. Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface, approximately 25 feet (7.6 meters) away. Note: To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting, you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other. 2. Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot (2.4 meter) horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height. 3. Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood. E142467 5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to aim the headlamp. The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line. 6. Close the hood and turn off the lamps. Horizontal Aim Adjustment Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is non-adjustable. 237 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Locating the headlamp bulbs: REMOVING A HEADLAMP 2 2 E162549 E142468 1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition off. 2. Remove the screws that secure the lamp assembly. 3. Pull the headlamp toward the front of your vehicle to disengage it from its locating points and then lift the headlamp up. 4. Disconnect the electrical connector. A Direction indicator lamp. B Low beam headlamp. C High beam headlamp. Replacing the High Beam Headlamp Bulb: CHANGING A BULB Replacing Headlamp Bulbs WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children’s reach. Grasp the bulb by only its plastic base and do not touch the glass. The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated. E162550 1. 2. 3. 4. Note: If the bulb is accidentally touched, it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used. Remove the headlamp assembly. Remove service cap. Disconnect the electrical connector. Remove bulb from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise, then pull it straight out. Replacing the Low Beam Headlamp Bulb: 238 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Replacing Fog, Park and Direction Indicator Bulbs E162551 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the headlamp assembly. Remove service cap. Disconnect the electrical connector. Remove bulb from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise, then pull it straight out. E162553 Note: You cannot separate the fog lamp bulb from the bulb holder. 1. Remove the fog lamp cover. 2. Remove the 2 screws. 3. Remove the lamp. Install the new bulbs in reverse order. Replacing Side Marker Bulbs: E162552 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the headlamp assembly. Remove service cap. Remove the bulb holder. Remove bulb from the headlamp assembly. Install the new bulb in reverse order. 239 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance 1. Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position. 2. Open the liftgate. 3. Remove the trim panel cover. 5 E162556 4. Disconnect the electrical connector. 5. Remove the wing nut. 6. Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle. 4 E162554 4. Disconnect the electrical connector. 5. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it. 6. Install the new bulb in reverse order. Replacing Tail, Brake and Direction Indicator Bulbs E162557 7. Remove the bulb holder. 8. Gently press the bulb into the bulb holder, then turn the bulb counterclockwise and remove the bulb. (A) Taillamp and brake lamp. (B) Direction indicator lamp. Install the new bulb in reverse order. E162555 240 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Replacing Reverse Lamp and Tail Lamp Bulbs E162560 6. Disconnect the electrical connector. 7. Remove the bulb holder. 8. Gently press the bulb into the bulb holder, turn the bulb counterclockwise, and remove the bulb. (A) Reverse lamp. (B) Tail lamp. 9. Install the new bulb in reverse order. E162558 1. Make sure the lighting control is in the off position. 2. Open the liftgate. 3. Remove the trim panel cover. Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb 2 3 E162559 4. Remove the wing nut. 5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle. E72789 1. Carefully release the spring clip. 2. Remove the lamp. 3. Remove the bulb. Reverse steps to reinstall bulb. 241 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing 1 Maintenance Replacing the Center High Mounted Brake Lamp Bulbs 4. Carefully pull the lamp towards the front of the vehicle in order to release the spring clips. E162562 E162564 1. Open the liftgate. 2. Detach the clips above the inboard side of the rear window. 5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle. 6. Remove the bulb holder. 7. Remove the bulb. BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized “D.O.T.” for North America to ensure lamp performance, light brightness and pattern and safe visibility. The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time. E162563 3. Insert a suitable tool into the holes. Function Trade number Headlamps high beam (Halogen) 9005LL Headlamp low beam (Halogen) H11LL Sidemarker - front 168 Park lamp - front 194 Turn lamp - front W21W Fog lamps H10 (9145) 242 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Function Trade number Tail/brake lamp 3157K Turn lamp - rear T20 Backup lamp 921 License plate lamp W5W * High-mount brake lamp W5W * Interior lamps LED * To replace these lamps - see your authorized dealer. To replace all instrument panel lights - see your authorized dealer 243 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Note: When changing the air filter element, use only the air filter element listed. See Capacities and Specifications (page 282). CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running. Note: Failure to re-install the air cleaner assembly properly by fully seating on the mounting studs in five places and securing with the two bolts may result in air cleaner assembly dislodgement from engine and damage to the air cleaner assembly and other engine components. Therefore we recommend that the air filter be serviced at a Ford dealer. Change the air filter element at the correct interval. Air Cleaner Assembly Components A E162533 B C E 244 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing D Maintenance A Air cleaner assembly. B Air cleaner cover. C Air cleaner outlet tube. D Positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) tube. E Air cleaner intake tube. 4. Remove the bolts from each side of the air cleaner assembly (A) as shown with arrows. Removing the Engine Air Filter Element E162536 E162534 5. Lift the air cleaner assembly (A) from the mounting studs, then rotate and pull it toward the front of the vehicle. 1. Loosen the hose clamps for air cleaner outlet tube (C). Disconnect the tube from the air cleaner assembly (A). 2. Release the tabs and disconnect the PCV tube (D) from the air cleaner outlet tube (C) and remove the tube. 3. Disconnect the air cleaner intake tube (E) from the air cleaner assembly (A). E162537 6. Remove the 5 bolts from the air cleaner cover (B). 7. Remove the air cleaner cover (B) from the air cleaner assembly (A). E162535 245 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Maintenance Installing the Engine Air Filter Element Note: Clean the inside of the air cleaner assembly before installing a new air filter element. E162540 4. Install and tighten the bolts to each side of the air cleaner assembly (A) as shown with arrows. 5. Attach the air cleaner intake tube (E) to the air cleaner assembly (A). E162538 1. Install the new air filter element into the engine air cleaner assembly. 2. Install the air cleaner cover (B) and tighten the 5 bolts. E162541 6. Connect the PCV tube (D) to the air cleaner outlet tube (C). 7. Connect the air cleaner intake tube (E) to the air cleaner assembly (A). E162539 3. Position the air cleaner assembly (A) onto the engine and make sure the assembly is aligned with the studs. 246 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION CLEANING PRODUCTS Your dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes. Materials For best results, use the following products or products of equivalent quality: Name Specification Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada) Motorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada) Motorcraft® Detail Wash ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada) ESR-M14P4-A Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser ZC-20 (U.S.) Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo CXC-66-A (Canada) Motorcraft® Leather and Vinyl Cleaner ZC-56 (U.S. & Canada) Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner CXC-101 (Canada) Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant ZC-32-B2 (U.S.) WSS-M14P19-A Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada) WSS-M14P19-A Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada) Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover ZC-14 (U.S.) Motorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC-23 (U.S.) ESR-M14P5-A Motorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner CXC-100 (Canada) ESR-M14P5-A Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada) Motorcraft® Dusting Cloth (ZC-24) Note: Some car washes use water at high pressure. Due to this, water droplets may enter inside your vehicle and could also damage certain parts of your vehicle. CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing cycle, make sure that you remove the wax from the windshield and the wiper blades. Note: Remove the aerial before using an automatic car wash. Note: Switch the heater blower off to prevent contamination of the fresh air filter. Note: Prior to using a car wash facility check the suitability of it for your vehicle. 247 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Vehicle Care • We recommend that you wash your vehicle with a sponge and lukewarm water containing a car shampoo. • Cleaning the Headlamps Note: Do not scrape the headlamp lenses or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean them. Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle at an angle to the vehicle's surface may damage graphics and cause the edges to peel away from the vehicle's surface. Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when they are dry. Body Paintwork Preservation Cleaning the Rear Window We recommend that you wax the paintwork once or twice a year. Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear window or use abrasives or chemical solvents to clean it. Note: Do not polish your vehicle in strong sunshine. Use a clean, lint free cloth or a damp chamois leather to clean the inside of the rear window. Note: Do not allow polish to touch plastic surfaces. It could be difficult to remove. Note: Do not apply polish to the windshield or rear window. This could cause the wipers to become noisy and they may not clear the window properly. Cleaning the Chrome Trim Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical solvents. Use soapy water. Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces for a period of time exceeding that which is recommended. WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car's paint from the elements. We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year. Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause damage over a period of time. When washing and waxing, park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before applying wax. Cleaning Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped) • Hand washing your vehicle is preferred however, pressure washing may be used under the following conditions: • • Use a spray with a 40° wide spray angle pattern. Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm) distance and 90° angle to your vehicle's surface. • Do not use water pressure higher than 2,000 psi (14,000 kPa). Do not use water hotter than 179°F (82°C). • 248 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions to apply and remove the wax. Apply a small amount of wax in a back-and-forth motion, not in circles. Vehicle Care • • • Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non-body (low-gloss black) colored trim. The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time. • Roof racks. • Bumpers. • Grained door handles. • Side moldings. • Mirror housings. • Windshield cowl area. Do not apply wax to glass areas. After waxing, your car's paint should feel smooth, and be free of streaks and smudges. • • Never wash or rinse any ignition coil, spark plug wire or spark plug well, or the area in and around these locations. Cover the battery, power distribution box, and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine. CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination. Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance. CLEANING THE ENGINE To clean the windshield and wiper blades: • Clean the windshield with a non-abrasive glass cleaner. When cleaning the interior of the windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe any glass cleaner off these surfaces immediately. • For windshields contaminated with tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean the entire windshield using steel wool (no greater than 0000 grade) in a circular motion and rinse with water. • Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer concentrate. Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal. When washing: • Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine. The high-pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage. • Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components. • Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In Canada, use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo. • Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running; water in the running engine may cause internal damage. Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines. 249 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Vehicle Care CLEANING THE INTERIOR Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical solvents to clean them. Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage may not be covered by your warranty. Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate the seatbelt retractor mechanism. Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. Let them dry naturally, away from artificial heat. Note: Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials. Leather Interior (If Equipped) Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. Note: We recommend distilled water when cleaning. Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats, Headliners and Floor Mats Suede Micro Fiber Fabric (If Equipped) Note: Avoid soaking any surface. Note: Do not steam clean. Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean the entire surface. Note: To avoid spots or discoloration, clean the entire surface. To clean: • Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner or brush. • Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately, but do not soak or the ring will set. Do not use the following products: • Leather care products. • Household cleaners. • Alcoholic solutions. • Spot removers. • Shoe polish. To clean: • Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner. • Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately, but do not soak or the ring will set. Seatbelts WARNINGS Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle’s seatbelts, as these actions may weaken the belt webbing. On vehicles equipped with seat-mounted airbags, do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents. Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a crash. 250 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Vehicle Care Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens and Radio Screens Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats (page 252). Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean the instrument cluster screens, LCD screens or radio screens. These cleaning products can damage the screens. Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas. Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas. • Rear Windows Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to clean the interior of the rear windows. • Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the interior of the rear windows. Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection. Do not use any household cleaning products or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel, interior trim and cluster lens. Wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces. Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Your warranty may not cover these damages. Storage Compartments, Cup Holders and Ashtrays • To clean: • Take out any removable inserts. • Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. • CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces: 1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean, soft cloth as quickly as possible. 2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area. 3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system. 251 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Vehicle Care 4. If necessary, apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the soiled area. Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes. 5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing motion for 60 seconds on the soiled area. 6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. • • Alcohol solutions. Solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber, vinyl and plastics. REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE You should repair paintwork damage caused by stones from the road or minor scratches as soon as possible. A choice of products are available from an authorized dealer. CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If Equipped) Remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips. Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. Always read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions before using the products. For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. CLEANING THE WHEELS Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers. For cleaning and removing stains such as dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear away the clear coat finish over a period of time. Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area. Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergent. You should: • Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner. • Clean and treat spills and stains as soon as possible. Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and linings. Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather: • Oil and petroleum or silicone-based leather conditioners. • Household cleaners. Note: Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers. 252 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Vehicle Care Body Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain their condition we recommend that you: • Clean them weekly with the recommended wheel and tire cleaner. • Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation. • Rinse them thoroughly with a pressurized stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process. • • • • We recommend that you use Ford service wheel cleaner. Make sure that you read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions. • Using other non-recommended cleaning products can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage. • • VEHICLE STORAGE Engine If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30 days or more, read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition. • We engineer and test all motor vehicles and their components for reliable, regular driving. Under various conditions, long-term storage may lead to degraded engine performance or failure unless you use specific precautions to preserve engine components. • • General • • • Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing and the underside of front fenders. Periodically wash your vehicle if you store it in exposed locations. Touch-up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust. Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration. Re-wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle. Lubricate all hood, door and luggage compartment hinges and latches with a light grade oil. Cover interior trim to prevent fading. Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents. • Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated place. Protect from sunlight, if possible. If you store vehicles outside, they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage. Change the engine oil and filter prior to storage because used engine oil contains contaminates which may cause engine damage. Start the engine every 15 days for a minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle with the climate controls set to defrost until the engine reaches normal operating temperature. With your foot on the brake, shift through all the gears while the engine is running. We recommend that you change the engine oil before you use your vehicle again. Fuel System • 253 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle. Vehicle Care Cooling System Miscellaneous • • • Protect against freezing temperatures. When removing your vehicle from storage, check coolant fluid level. Confirm that there are no cooling system leaks and that fluid is at the recommended level. • Make sure you cover all linkages, cables, levers and pins under your vehicle with grease to prevent rust. Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion. 12V Battery Removing Vehicle From Storage • When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage, do the following: • Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build-up on window surfaces. • Check windshield wipers for any deterioration. • Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage such as mice or squirrel nests. • Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage. • Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label. • Check brake pedal operation. Drive your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and forth to remove rust build-up. • Check fluid levels (including coolant and gas) to make sure there are no leaks, and fluids are at recommended levels. • If you remove the 12-volt battery, clean the cable ends and inspect. • Check and recharge as necessary. Keep connections clean. If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery, we recommend that you disconnect the battery cables to maintain battery charge for quick starting. Note: It is necessary to reset memory features if you disconnect the battery cables. We recommend the following options for your plug-in vehicle: • Leave your vehicle plugged in. The 12V battery maintains power if left plugged in. However, this periodically uses electricity from the household outlet. • Connect a battery charger to your 12V battery and leave it on a continuous, slow charge. • Disconnect the 12V battery. If your 12V battery is located in the luggage compartment, do not fully shut the luggage compartment after disconnecting the 12V battery. Only leave the luggage compartment open if your vehicle is stored in a locked location. Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues. Brakes • BODY STYLING KITS Make sure the brakes and parking brake release fully. The distance between the underside of your vehicle and the ground is less than that of other models. Drive with extreme care to avoid damage to your vehicle. Tires • Maintain recommended air pressure. 254 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR KIT Note: The temporary mobility kit contains enough sealant compound in the canister for one tire repair only. See an authorized Ford dealer for replacement sealant canisters. The kit is located under the front-row passenger seat. Loosen the Velcro strap to access the kit. The kit consists of an air compressor to reinflate the tire and a canister of sealing compound that will effectively seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects. This kit provides a temporary tire repair, allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 mi (200 km) at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) to reach a tire service location. E175977 255 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing A Air compressor (inside). B Selector switch. C On and off button. D Air pressure gauge. E Sealant bottle and canister. F Dual purpose hose: air and repair. G Tire valve connector. H Accessory power plug. I Casing and housing. J Bike/raft/sports ball adapters. Wheels and Tires General Information • WARNING • Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death. • Note: Do not use the kit if you have severely damaged a tire. Only seal punctures located within the tire tread with the kit. Do not attempt to repair punctures larger than ¼ inch (6 millimeters) or damage to the tire's sidewall. The tire may not completely seal. • • Loss of air pressure may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason: Note: Do not drive the vehicle above 50 mph (80 km/h). • • Note: Do not drive further than 120 mi (200 km). Drive only to the closest authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to have your tire inspected. • • • • Drive carefully and avoid abrupt steering maneuvers. Periodically monitor tire inflation pressure in the affected tire; if the tire is losing pressure, have the vehicle towed. Read the information in the Tips for Use of the Kit section to make sure safe operation of the kit and your vehicle. • Tips for Use of the Kit • To ensure safe operation of the kit: • • • Read all instructions and cautions fully. Before operating the kit, make sure your vehicle is safely off the road and away from moving traffic. Switch on the hazard lights. Always set the parking brake to make sure the vehicle does not move unexpectedly. • 256 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Do not remove any foreign objects, such as nails or screws, from the tire. When using the kit, leave the engine running (only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well-ventilated area) so the compressor does not drain the vehicle's battery. Do not allow the compressor to operate continuously for more than 15 minutes. This will help prevent the compressor from overheating. Never leave the kit unattended during operation. Sealant compound contains latex. Those with latex sensitivities should use appropriate precautions to avoid an allergic reaction. Keep the kit away from children. Only use the kit when the ambient temperature is between -22°F (-30°C) and 158°F (70°C). Only use the sealing compound before the use-by date. The use-by date is on a label on the sealant canister, which you can see through the rectangular viewing window on the bottom of the compressor. Check the use-by date regularly and replace the canister after four years of non-use. Do not store the kit unsecured inside the passenger compartment of the vehicle as it may cause injury during a sudden stop or crash. Always store the kit in its original location. After sealant use, an authorized Ford dealer must replace the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel. Operating the kit could cause an electrical disturbance in radio, CD and DVD player operation. Wheels and Tires Sealant compound contains latex. Use appropriate precautions to avoid any allergic reactions. * When inflation only is required for a tire or other objects, the selector must be in the Air E175978 position. Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire. If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall, stop and call roadside assistance. What to Do When a Tire Is Punctured 1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve. 2. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black tube) from the back of the compressor housing. 3. Fasten the hose to the tire valve by turning the connector clockwise. Tighten the connection securely. Repair a tire puncture within the tire's tread area in two stages with the kit. • • In the first stage, inflate the tire with a sealing compound and air. After you inflate the tire, you will need to drive the vehicle a short distance (about 4 miles [6 kilometers]) to distribute the sealant in the tire. In the second stage, check the tire pressure and adjust, if necessary, to the vehicle's specified tire inflation pressure. First Stage: Inflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air WARNINGS Do not stand directly over the kit while inflating the tire. If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations in the tire's sidewall during inflation, stop and call roadside assistance. If the tire does not inflate to the recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes, stop and call roadside assistance. Do not run the engine during kit operation unless the vehicle is outdoors or in a well-ventilated area. Preparation: Park the vehicle in a safe, level and secure area, away from moving traffic. E175979 Switch the hazard lights on. Apply the parking brake and switch the engine off. Inspect the flat tire for visible damage. 4. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt power point in the vehicle. 257 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires gauge reading will indicate the tire inflation pressure after about 30 seconds of operation. You should check the final tire pressure with the compressor turned OFF in order to get an accurate pressure reading. 5. Remove the warning sticker found on the canister and place it on the top of the instrument panel or the center of the dash. 6. Start the vehicle and leave the engine running so the compressor does not drain the vehicle’s battery. E175982 E175981 9. When the tire reaches the recommended tire pressure, switch off the kit, unplug the power cable, and disconnect the hose from the tire valve. Re-install the valve cap on the tire valve and return the kit to the stowage area. 10. Immediately and cautiously, drive the vehicle 4 miles (6 kilometers) to distribute the sealant evenly inside the tire. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). 7. Turn dial (A) clockwise to the sealant position. Switch the kit on by pressing the on/off button (B). 8. Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on the tire label located on the driver door or the door jamb area. The initial air pressure gauge reading may indicate a value higher than the label pressure while you pump the sealing compound into the tire. This is normal and should be no reason for concern. The pressure 258 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires 2. Firmly screw the air compressor hose onto the valve stem by turning clockwise. 3. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the air position. 4. If required, switch on the compressor and adjust the tire to the recommended inflation pressure shown on the tire label located on the driver's door or door jamb area. You should check the tire pressure with the compressor turned OFF in order to get an accurate pressure reading. 5. Unplug the hoses, re-install the valve cap on the tire and return the kit to the stowage area. 11. After 4 miles (6 kilometers), stop and check the tire pressure. See Second Stage: Checking Tire Pressure. Note: If you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise while driving, reduce your speed until you can safely pull off to the side of the road to call for roadside assistance. Note: Do not proceed to the second stage of this operation. Second Stage: Checking Tire Pressure WARNINGS If you are proceeding from the First stage: Re–inflating the tire with sealing compound and air section and have injected sealant in the tire and the pressure is below 20 psi (1.4 bar), stop and call roadside assistance. If tire pressure is above 20 psi (1.4 bar), continue to the next step. What to Do After the Tire has Been Sealed After using the kit to seal your tire, replace the sealant canister and clear tube (hose). Obtain and replace the sealing compound and spare parts at an authorized Ford Motor Company dealership or tire dealer. You can dispose empty sealant bottles at home. However, return the liquid residue from the sealing compound to an authorized dealer or tire dealer for disposal, or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations. The power plug may get hot after use and should be handled carefully while unplugging. Check the air pressure of your tires as follows: Note: After you use the sealing compound, the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/h) and the maximum driving distance is 120 mi (200 km). Inspect the sealed tire immediately. Check the tire pressure any time within the 120 mi (200 km) by performing the steps listed previously in the Second Stage: Checking Tire Pressure procedure. E175983 1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve. 259 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires Removal of the Sealant Canister from the Kit E175987 4. Rotate the sealant canister up 90 degrees and pull away from casing/housing to remove. E175984 1. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black tube) from the compressor housing. Installation of the Sealant Canister to the Kit 1. With the canister held perpendicular to the housing, insert the canister nozzle into the connector and push until seated. 2. Rotate the canister 90 degrees down into the housing/casing. E175985 2. Unwrap the power cord. E175988 3. Snap the back cover back into place. E175986 3. Remove the back cover. 260 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires TIRE CARE Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading E175989 4. Wrap the dual purpose hose (black tube) around the channel on the bottom of the housing/casing. E142542 Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires. The Tire Quality Grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A. These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set. Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires. They do not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires, light truck or LT type tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2). E175990 5. Wrap the power cord around the housing and stow the accessory power plug into its storage area. Note: If you experience any difficulties when you remove or install the sealant canister, contact your authorized Ford dealer for assistance. Make sure you check the sealant compound’s use-by date regularly. The use-by date is on a label located on the sealant canister, which you can see through the rectangular viewing window on the bottom of the kit. Replace the sealant canister after four years of non-use. 261 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires U.S. Department of Transportation Tire quality grades: The U.S. Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it. The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear 1 ½ times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices, and differences in road characteristics and climate. Temperature A B C WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Traction AA A B C WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics. 262 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires *kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air pressure. *PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard unit of air pressure. *Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile (1.6 kilometers). *Recommended inflation pressure: The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position) or Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. * B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door *Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire next to the rim. * Sidewall of the tire: Area between the bead area and the tread. *Tread area of the tire: Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle. *Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 139. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. Glossary of Tire Terminology *Tire label: A label showing the original equipment tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry. *Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size and date of manufacture. Also referred to as DOT code. *Inflation pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire. *Standard load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at set pressure. For example: for P-metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) and for Metric tires 36 psi (2.5 bar). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire’s load-carrying capability. *Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 42 psi (2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire’s load-carrying capability. 263 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires A. P: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that may be used for service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks. Note: If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association. B. 215: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire. C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire's ratio of height to width. D. R: Indicates a radial type tire. E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter. F. 95: Indicates the tire's load index. It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry. You may find this information in your owner’s manual. If not, contact a local tire dealer. Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law. Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall. Information on P Type Tires C D B E F G H A I J M L K E142543 P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size, load index and speed rating. The definitions of these items are listed below. (Note that the tire size, load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example.) 264 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires G. Indicates the tire's speed rating. The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure. The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure. These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions. The ratings range from 81 mph (130 km/h) to 186 mph (299 km/h). These ratings are listed in the following chart. Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law. Letter rating Speed rating M 81 mph (130 km/h) N 87 mph (140 km/h) Q 99 mph (159 km/h) R 106 mph (171 km/h) S 112 mph (180 km/h) T 118 mph (190 km/h) U 124 mph (200 km/h) H 130 mph (210 km/h) V 149 mph (240 km/h) Letter rating Speed rating W 168 mph (270 km/h) Y 186 mph (299 km/h) Note: For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR. H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN): This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall. I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or AT: All Terrain, or AS: All Season. 265 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires J. Tire Ply Composition and Material Used: Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. K. Maximum Load: Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. See the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle. L. Treadwear, Traction and Temperature Grades: *Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. *Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. *Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. M. Maximum Inflation Pressure: Indicates the tire manufacturer's maximum permissible pressure, or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure, which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label. 266 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual, defined as four tires on the rear axle (a total of six or more tires on the vehicle). D. Maximum Load Single lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single, defined as two tires (total) on the rear axle. The tire suppliers may have additional markings, notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless. Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire. B C Information on T Type Tires A T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size. Note: The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example. Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire. D E142544 B LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires. These differences are described below. A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for service on light trucks. B. Load Range and Load Inflation Limits: Indicates the tire's load-carrying capabilities and its inflation limits. 267 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires B A C C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio, which gives the tire's ratio of height to width. Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall. D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire. R: Indicates a radial type tire. E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter. D E Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. Inflating Your Tires Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated. Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat. Every day before you drive, check your tires. If one looks lower than the others, use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required. At least once a month and before long trips, inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge (including spare, if equipped). Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company. E142545 T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires. These differences are described below. A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for temporary service on cars, sport-utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks. B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire. 268 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer's maximum permissible pressure and the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer’s recommended cold inflation pressure, which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label. You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge, as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate. Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial-type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick-type tire pressure gauge. Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear. Under-inflation or over-inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns WARNING Under-inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking, tread separation or blowout, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle control and accidents. A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat! Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire. The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label 269 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires When weather temperature changes occur, tire inflation pressures also change. A 10°F (6°C) temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure. Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label. To check the pressure in your tire(s): 1. Make sure the tires are cool, meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile. Note: If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot, (for example, driven more than 1 mile [1.6 kilometers], never bleed or reduce air pressure. The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures. A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under-inflated. Note: If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire(s), check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump. It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive. 2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire, then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure. 3. Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure. Note: If you overfill the tire, release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge. 4. Replace the valve cap. 5. Repeat this procedure for each tire, including the spare. Note: Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires. For T type mini-spare tires, see the Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly section. Store and maintain at 60 psi (4.15 bar). For full-size and dissimilar spare tires, see the Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information section. Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label. 6. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak. 7. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts or bulges. 270 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Tire Wear Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones, nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves. Check the tire and valve stems for holes, cracks, or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem. Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking, cuts, bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear. If internal damage to the tire is suspected, have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced. For your safety, tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail. Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Inspect all your tires, including the spare, frequently, and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist: E142546 When the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 millimeters), tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear indicators, or wear bars, which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 millimeters) When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars, the tire is worn out and must be replaced. Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage (such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall). If damage is observed 271 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional. Tires can be damaged during off-road use, so inspection after off-road use is also recommended. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall. This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall. Age WARNINGS Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather, storage conditions, and conditions of use (load, speed, inflation pressure) the tires experience throughout their lives. In general, tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear or even if they have not been used. However, heat caused by hot climates or frequent high-load conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require you to replace tires more frequently. You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used. Tire Replacement Requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability. 272 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires WARNINGS Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size, load index, speed rating and type (such as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season versus all-terrain) as those originally provided by Ford. The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or the Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the driver's door. If this information is not found on these labels, then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. To reduce the risk of serious injury, when mounting replacement tires and wheels, you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below. If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated, re-lubricate and try again. WARNINGS When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall, the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire: 1. Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size. 2. Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again. 3. Stand at a minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away from the wheel and tire assembly. 4. Use both eye and ear protection. For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure, a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting. Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away from the wheel and tire assembly. Important: Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle The two front tires or two rear tires should generally be replaced as a pair. 273 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires *Avoid potholes and objects on the road *Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels (originally installed on your vehicle) are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels. The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system. If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing, the system is malfunctioning. Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system, or some component of the system may be damaged. Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there’s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway. Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic. This may further damage the flat tire, but your safety is more important. If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving, or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tires for damage. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected. Safety Practices WARNINGS If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud or sand, do not rapidly spin the tires; spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion. A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds. Do not spin the wheels at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander. Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires. If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you’re driving, the wheels may be out of alignment. Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically. Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. *Observe posted speed limits *Avoid fast starts, stops and turns 274 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer. Front-wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension may require alignment of all four wheels. The tires should also be balanced periodically. An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear. Rotating your tires at the recommended interval (as indicated in the scheduled maintenance information) will help your tires wear more evenly, providing better tire performance and longer tire life. Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires. Tire Rotation Note: If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment, tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation. Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly. A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels. If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation. Note: After having your tires rotated, inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements. E142547 USING SUMMER TIRES Summer tires provide superior performance on wet and dry roads. Summer tires do not have the Mud and Snow (M+S or M/S) tire traction rating on the tire side wall. Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as All-season or Snow tires, we do not recommend using summer tires when temperatures drop to about 45°F (7°C) or below (depending on tire wear and environmental conditions) or in snow and ice conditions. Like any tire, summer tire performance is affected by tire wear and environmental conditions. If you must drive in those conditions, we recommend using Mud and Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or Snow tires. 275 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires Always store your summer tires indoors at temperatures above 19°F (-7°C). The rubber compounds used in these tires lose flexibility and may develop surface cracks in the tread area at temperatures below 19°F (-7°C). If the tires have been subjected to 19°F (-7°C) or less, warm them in a heated space to at least 41°F (5°C) for at least 24 hours before installing them on a vehicle, or moving the vehicle with the tires installed, or checking tire inflation. Do not place tires near heaters or heating devices used to warm the room where the tires are stored. Do not apply heat or blow heated air directly on the tires. Always inspect the tires after storage periods and before use. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressures. You should periodically check tire pressures using a pressure gauge. Failure to correctly maintain tire pressures could increase the risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle rollover and personal injury. Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) USING SNOW CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size, load index, speed rating as those originally provided by Ford. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Additionally, the use of non-recommended tires and wheels could cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure. As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. The tires on your vehicle have all-weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow. Snow chains have not been approved for use on your vehicle. Consult your authorized dealer for information on other Ford Motor Company approved methods of traction control. 276 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. E142549 Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem. The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed. Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer. Check the tire pressure periodically (at least monthly) using an accurate tire gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter. Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: • This device may not cause harmful interference. • This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle. The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low. Once the light is illuminated, your tires are under-inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer’s recommended tire pressure. Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off, your tire pressure still needs to be checked. 277 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare, the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle. The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air. It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended. See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system: To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system, have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle. 278 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires Low tire pressure warning light Possible cause Customer action required Solid warning light Tire(s) under-inflated Make sure tires are at the proper pressure. See Inflating your tires in this chapter. After inflating your tires to the manufacturer’s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label (located on the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar), the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off. Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section. TPMS malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section. TPMS malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Flashing warning light It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure When Inflating Your Tires When putting air into your tires (such as at a gas station or in your garage), the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires. 279 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure. If the low tire pressure warning light is on, visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure. The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire. While driving in a normal manner, a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2–4 psi (14–28 kPa) from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature, the tire pressure may decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of 30°F (17°C) in ambient temperature. This TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of control. Bolt size Ib-ft (Nm) M12 x 1.5 100 (135) * * Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners. Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal). 280 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Wheels and Tires 1 4 3 5 2 E75442 Tighten lug nuts in the order shown. E145950 A Wheel pilot bore Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation. Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles. 281 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Capacities and Specifications ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Engine 2.0L ATK iVCT Engine Cubic inches 122 Required fuel Minimum 87 octane Firing order 1-3-4-2 Ignition system Coil on plug (COP) Compression ratio 12.3:1 Spark plug gap 0.051 in. ± 0.002 in. (1.3 mm ± 0.05 mm) 282 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Capacities and Specifications MOTORCRAFT PARTS Component 2.0L ATK iVCT engine Air filter element FA-1911 Oil filter FL-910-S Low-Voltage Battery BXT-67R Spark plugs SP-530 Cabin air filter FP70 Windshield wiper blade WW-29 (driver side) WW-25 (passenger side) Rear wiper blade WW-12 We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Company’s specifications and are engineered for your vehicle. Use of other parts may impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any damage related to use of other parts. If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36. For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals. 283 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The vehicle identification number is located on the left-hand side of the instrument panel. E142477 E142476 Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number. The Vehicle Identification Number contains the following information: 284 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing A World manufacturer identifier B Brake system, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, Restraint Devices and their locations C Make, vehicle line, series, body type D Engine type E Check digit F Model year G Assembly plant H Production sequence number Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION E167469 The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located. The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, the door latch post, or the edge of the door near the door latch, next to the driver's seating position. E142806 The transmission code is on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The following table shows the transmission code along with the transmission description. Description Code Electronic continuously variable transmission (HF35 eCVT) J 285 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Capacities and Specifications CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS Capacities WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure. Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury. Item Capacity Engine oil 4.5 qt (4.3 L) Engine coolant 8.2 qt (7.8 L) Engine coolant (Energi vehicles) 8.8 qt (8.3 L) Inverter system controller coolant 1.1 qt (1 L) Brake fluid Between MIN and MAX on brake fluid reservoir Automatic transmission fluid* 4.8 qt (4.5 L) Windshield washer fluid Fill as required Fuel tank 14 gal (53 L) A/C Refrigerant 1.63 lb (0.74 kg) A/C Refrigerant Compressor Oil 5.2 fl oz (153.8 ml) *Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes. Specifications Materials Name Specification Motor oil: Motorcraft® SAE 0W-20 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil XO-0W20-QSP WSS-M2C947-A Engine coolant (U.S.): Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant VC-3DIL-B WSS-M97B44-D2 Engine coolant (Canada): Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant WSS-M97B44-D2 286 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Capacities and Specifications Name Specification CVC-3DIL-B Brake fluid: WSS-M6C65-A2 Motorcraft® DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid PM-20 Automatic transmission fluid (U.S.): WSS-M2C938-A Motorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV XT-10-QLVC Automatic transmission fluid (Canada): WSS-M2C938-A Motorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV CXT-10-LV12 Windshield washer fluid (U.S.): Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant ZC-32-B2 WSS-M14P19-A Windshield washer fluid (Canada): Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid CXC-37-(A, B, D, F) WSS-M14P19-A A/C refrigerant (U.S.): Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant YN-19 WSH-M17B19-A A/C refrigerant (Canada): Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant CYN-16-R WSH-M17B19-A A/C refrigerant compressor oil: Motorcraft® Electric A/C Compressor Oil YN-32 — Multi-purpose grease: Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray XL-5 ESB-M1C93-B Lock cylinders (U.S.): Penetrating and Lock Lubricant XL-1 -- Lock cylinders (Canada): Penetrating Fluid CXC-51-A -- 287 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Capacities and Specifications Note: Ford recommends using DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford performance standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possible failure. If you use oil and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade, this may lead to: • Component damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty. • Longer engine cranking periods. • Increased emission levels. • Reduced engine performance. • Reduced fuel economy. • Degraded brake performance. Note: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid may cause transmission damage. We recommend Motorcraft motor oil for your vehicle. If Motorcraft oil is not available, use motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that meet API SN requirements and display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines. Do not use oil labeled with API SN service category unless the label also displays the API certification mark. E142732 An oil that displays this symbol conforms to current engine, emission system and fuel economy performance standards of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council (ILSAC). Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. 288 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC). Those frequencies are: • AM: 530, 540-1700, 1710 kHz • FM: 87.9-107.7, 107.9 MHz GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors Radio Reception Factors Distance and strength The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception. Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception. Station overload When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting. Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods. CD and CD Player Information Note: CD units play commercially pressed 4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact discs only. Due to technical incompatibility, certain recordable and re-recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players. MP3 and WMA Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks and folder structures work as follows: • There are two different modes for MP3 and WMA disc playback: MP3 and WMA track mode (system default) and MP3 and WMA folder mode. • MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 and WMA disc. The player numbers each MP3 and WMA track on the disc (noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension) from T001 to a maximum of T255. The maximum number of playable MP3 and WMA files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present. Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed. You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs. Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please contact an authorized dealer for further information. Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached. Always handle discs by their edges only. Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a circular motion. 289 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System • • MP3 and WMA folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders. The CD player numbers all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc (noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension) and all folders containing MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder) T001 (track) to F253 T255. Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files. AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: AM/FM/CD WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA discs, it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create. While various files may be present (files with extensions other than MP3 and WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA extension are played; other files are ignored by the system. This enables you to use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer, home computer and your in-vehicle system. Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, your system may look different from what you see here. In track mode, the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play, regardless of being in a specific folder). In folder mode, the system only plays the MP3 and WMA files in the current folder. 290 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System E184901 A VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn the control to adjust the volume. B Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode). C CD slot: Insert a CD. D Eject: Press to eject a CD. E Number block: In radio mode, you can store your favorite radio stations. To store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button until sound returns. In CD mode, select a track. In phone mode, enter a phone number. 291 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System F TUNE and Play or Pause: In radio mode, turn to search the frequency band in individual increments. Press to mute the station. In media mode, turn to select a new track. Press to either play or pause a track. This button also mutes the radio sources. G PHONE: Press to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See your SYNC information. H MENU: Press to access different audio system features. See Menu Structure later in this chapter. I CLOCK: If not in phone mode, press to display the clock. J Seek and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly, then release to stop at the next available station. In CD mode, press to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move quickly forward through the current track. K OK and Arrow buttons: Press OK to confirm menu selections. Press to scroll through the menu choices. L Seek and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly, then release to stop at the previous available station. In CD mode, press to select the previous track. Press and hold the button to move quickly backward through the current track. M SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently. N RADIO: Press this multiple times to select a radio band. Press and hold to select the autostore function. Press to return to the main screen of the active radio band. O MEDIA: Press to open the media source menu. You can press this multiple times to change to CD or to a SYNC-Media device or scroll through the media sources using the arrow buttons. Press OK to select a source. 292 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: PREMIUM AM/FM/CD WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Note: The system controls most of the audio features. See your SYNC information. E185024 A TUNE: In radio mode, press to manually search through the radio frequency band. In SIRIUS mode, press to find the previous or next available satellite radio station. B CD slot: Insert a CD. C VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. 293 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System D SOURCE: Press to access different audio modes, for example AM, FM and Media, and Satellite Radio. E Eject: Press to eject a CD. F DISP: Press to switch the display screen on and off. G SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently. H Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction. In SIRIUS mode, press to select the next or previous satellite radio station. If a specific category is selected (such as jazz, rock or news), press to find the next or previous in the selected category. In Media mode, press to select the previous or next track. Press and hold to move quickly backward or forward through the current track. Note: The CD slot is directly above the touchscreen. AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: SONY AM/FM/CD Note: The touchscreen system controls most of the audio features. See your SYNC information. WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. 294 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System E143844 A Power: Press to switch the system on and off. B SOURCE: Press to access different audio modes, for example AM, FM, Media, and Satellite Radio. C Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction. In SIRIUS mode, press to select the next or previous satellite radio station. If a specific category is selected (such as jazz, rock or news), press to find the next or previous in the selected category. In CD mode, press to select the previous or next track. Press and hold to move quickly forward or backward through the current track. D TUNE: In radio mode, press to manually search through the radio frequency band. In SIRIUS mode, press to find the previous or next available satellite radio station. E Volume: Turn to adjust the volume. F SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently. G Eject: Press to eject a CD. 295 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System Menu Structure Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the options. Note: Depending on your system, some options may appear slightly different. Press the right arrow to enter a menu. Press the left arrow to exit a menu. Press MENU. Press OK to confirm a selection. Radio Manual Tune Use the left and right arrows to go up or down the frequency band. Scan Select for a brief sampling of all available channels. AST Select to store the six strongest local stations on the AMAST and FM-AST frequency bands. Set Category for Seek/Scan Select to have the system search by certain music categories (such as Rock, Pop or Country). RDS Text Display Select to view additional broadcast data, if available. This feature defaults to off. RBDS must be on for you to set a category. SIRIUS Scan Select for a brief sampling of all available channels. Electronic Serial Number (ESN) Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number (ESN). You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS to activate, modify or track your account. Check Channel Guide Select to view available satellite radio channels. Press OK to open a list of the following options for this channel. Once you skip or lock a channel, you can only access it by pressing Direct Tune and entering the channel number. Locking or unlocking a channel requires your PIN. Set Category for Seek/Scan Select to view channel categories (such as Pop, Rock or News). If you select a category, seek and scan functions only stop on channels in that category. Alerts Select to switch alerts on or off for songs, artists or teams. The system alerts you when the selection is playing on another channel. Save up to 20 alerts. 296 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System SIRIUS Unlock All Stations Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations. Skip No Stations Use to restore any channels you previously skipped. Parental Lockout Select to create a PIN, which allows you to lock or unlock channels. Your initial PIN is 1234. Audio Settings Speed Compensated Volume Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for speed and wind noise. You can set the system between 0 and +7. Sound Select to adjust settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance. Occupancy Mode Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating position. DSP Choose between the stereo modes. CD Settings Scan All Select to scan all disc selections. Scan Folder Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder. CD Compression Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more consistent listening level. Clock Settings Set Date and Time Select to set the time and calendar date. 24 Hour Select to view clock time in a 12-hour mode or 24-hour mode. 297 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System Display Settings Brightness Select to change display brightness. Language Select to display the language in English, French or Spanish. Temp. Setting Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius. Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, your system may look different from what you see here. AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: AM/FM/CD/SATELLITE RADIO Note: Some features, such as Sirius satellite radio, may not be available in your location. Check with an authorized dealer. WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. 298 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System E184902 A VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn the control to adjust the volume. B Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode). C CD slot: Insert a CD. D Eject: Press to eject a CD. E Number block: In radio mode, store and recall your favorite radio stations. To store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button until sound returns. In CD mode, select a track. In phone mode, enter a phone number. 299 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System F TUNE and Play or Pause: In radio mode, turn to search the frequency band in individual increments or jump to the next station of the station list. Press to mute the station. In media mode, turn to select a new track. Press to either play or pause a track. This button also mutes the radio sources. G CLOCK: If not in phone mode, press to display the clock. H PHONE: Press to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See your SYNC information. I MENU: Press to access different audio system features. See Menu Structure later in this section. J SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently. K Seek and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly, then release to stop at the next available station. In CD mode, press to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move quickly forward through the current track. L OK and Arrow buttons: Press OK to confirm menu selections. Press to scroll through the menu choices. M Seek and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly, then release to stop at the previous available station. In CD mode, press to select the previous track. Press and hold the button to move quickly backward through the current track. N SIRIUS: Press to listen to Sirius satellite radio. O RADIO: Press this multiple times to select a radio band. Press and hold to select the autostore function. Press to return to the main screen of the active radio band. P MEDIA: Press to open the media source menu. You can press this multiple times to change to CD or to a SYNC-Media device or scroll through the media sources using the arrow buttons. Press OK to select a source. HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts (where available) in addition to the analog broadcasts, it already receives. Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality DIGITAL RADIO Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets. 300 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System than analog broadcasts with free, crystal-clear audio and no static or distortion. For more information, and a guide to available stations and programming, please visit www.hdradio.com. When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions: • Memory presets allow you to save an active channel as a memory preset. Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound returns when finished. When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital signal. When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology, you may notice the HD Radio logo on your screen. When this logo is available, you may also see Title and Artist fields on-screen. Note: As with any saved radio station, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station’s reception area. The multicast indicator appears in FM mode (only) if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts. The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available. HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts. Other multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are only available digitally. HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to weak signal strength. If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again. Station blending When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound. 301 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System In order to provide the best possible experience, use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology. Independent entities own and operate each station. These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate. Potential station issues Issues Echo, stutter, skip or repeat in audio. Increase or decrease in audio volume. Cause Action This is poor time alignment No action required. This is a by the radio broadcaster. broadcast issue. Sound fading or blending in The radio is shifting between No action required. The and out. analog and digital audio. reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive. There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3, multicast preset or Direct Tune. The digital multicast is not No action required. This is available until the HD Radio normal behavior. Wait until broadcast is decoded. Once the audio is available. decoded, the audio is available. Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or from a direct tune. The previously stored No action required. The multicast preset or direct station is not available in tune is not available in your your current location. current reception area. Text information does not match currently playing audio. Data service issue by the radio broadcaster. below. There is no text information Data service issue by the shown for currently selected radio broadcaster. frequency. * Fill out the station issue form at website listed * Fill out the station issue form at website listed below. * http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences 302 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology. Content may be changed, added or deleted at any time at the station owner's discretion. SATELLITE RADIO (If Equipped) SIRIUS® broadcasts a variety of music, news, sports, weather, traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels. For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474. Note: This receiver includes the eCos real-time operating system. eCos is published under the eCos License. Satellite Radio Reception Factors Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible. Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception. Station overload When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute. Satellite radio signal interfer- Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the ence interference and the audio system may mute. SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change, rearrange, add or delete programming including canceling, moving or adding particular channels, and its prices, at any time, with or without notice to you. Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes. E208625 303 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription-based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music, sports, news, weather, traffic and entertainment programming. Your factory-installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term, which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for availability. For more information on extended subscription terms (a service fee is required), the online media player and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, and other features, please visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474. Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number (ESN) You need your ESN to activate, modify or track your satellite radio account. When in satellite radio mode, tune to channel 0. Troubleshooting Message Condition Action Acquiring… Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel. Satellite antenna fault There is an internal module If this message does not clear shortly, or with an ignior system failure present. tion key cycle, your receiver may have a fault. See an authorized dealer for service. SIRIUS system failure No action required. This message should disappear shortly. Invalid Channel The channel is no longer available. Tune to another channel or choose another preset. Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not include this channel. Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to subscribe to the channel, or tune to another channel. No Signal The signal is lost from the SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS tower to your vehicle antenna. The signal is blocked. When you move into an open area, the signal should return. Updating… Update of channel programming in progress. No action required. The process may take up to three minutes. 304 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Audio System Message Questions? Call 1-888-539-7474 None found Check Channel Guide Subscription Updated Condition Your satellite service is no longer available. Action Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to resolve subscription issues. All the channels in the Use the channel guide to selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip skipped or locked. function on that station. SIRIUS has updated the channels available for your vehicle. No action required. The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices, memory sticks and charge devices (if supported). See your SYNC information. USB PORT (If Equipped) WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. MEDIA HUB (If Equipped) You can locate the media hub inside the center console or on the instrument panel. E211463 See your SYNC information. E205592 305 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ GENERAL INFORMATION E198355 • SYNC is an in-vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and portable media player. This allows you to: • Make and receive calls. • Access and play music from your portable music player. • Use 911 Assist and applications, such as Spotify and Glympse, via SYNC * AppLink. • • • • Use the advanced voice recognition system. Charge your USB device (if your device supports this). * These features are not available in all markets and may require activation. Available AppLink enabled apps vary by market. Make sure that you review your device's manual before using it with SYNC. Access phonebook contacts and music using voice commands. Stream music from your connected phone. Text message. Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own. Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST. 306 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST. When using SYNC: • Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken, split or damaged. Place cords and cables out of the way, so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals, seats, compartments or safe driving abilities. • Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage. See your device's manual for further information. • Do not attempt to service or repair the system. See an authorized dealer. In the United States, call 1-800-392-3673. In Canada, call 1-800-565-3673. Times are subject to change due to holidays. SYNC Owner Account Why do I need a SYNC owner account? • Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC. • Access to customer support for any questions you may have. Privacy Information Driving Restrictions When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC, the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone. This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently. Among other things, this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book, text messages (read and unread), and call history, including history of calls when your cellular phone was not connected to the system. In addition, if you connect a media device, the system creates and retains an index of supported media content. The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur. For your safety, certain features are speed-dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mi (5 km). Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. The cellular profile, media device index, and development log will remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected. If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle, we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information. 307 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada will not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent, a court order, or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities, or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada. For further privacy information, see the section on 911 Assist. See SYNC™ Applications and Services (page 322). USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands. This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is around you. Initiating a Voice Session E142599 Press the voice button. A list of available voice commands appears in the display. Global Voice Commands These voice commands are always available. You can say them at any time. Global voice commands (cancel | exit) This command ends the voice session. You can also cancel a session by holding the voice button for two or more seconds. help This command provides you with hints, examples and instructions. (main menu | start again) This command restarts the voice session from the initial starting point. You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that are separated by |. For example, where; (cancel | exit) appears you say; cancel or exit. • Helpful Hints • • Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible. Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands. Before giving a voice command, wait for the system announcement to finish, followed by a single tone. Any command spoken before this does not register with the system. • 308 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Speak naturally, without long pauses between words. You can interrupt the system at any time while it is speaking by pressing the voice button. You can cancel a voice session by pressing and holding the voice button. SYNC™ System Interaction and Feedback The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system. You can change these settings at any time. The system provides feedback through audible tones, prompts, questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction. You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback. Adjusting the Interaction Level Press the voice button. When prompted, say: E142599 Voice Command Action and Description voice settings Then either of the following: interaction mode novice Provides more detailed interaction and guidance. (Recommended for first time users.) interaction mode advanced Provides less audible interaction and guidance. Confirmation Prompts Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there is more than one possible response to your request. To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say: Voice Command Action and Description voice settings Then either of the following: confirmation prompts off Make a best guess from the command; you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings. confirmation prompts on Clarify your voice command with a short question. Phone Confirmation Using phone confirmations the system asks you to verify before placing any calls. 309 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say: Voice Command Action and Description voice settings Then any of the following: phone confirmation on When enabled, this feature will prompt you to confirm any voice initiated call command prior to the call being placed. phone confirmation off The system will make a best guess; you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings. To disable this automatic fan speed reduction feature during voice sessions, press and hold the climate control AC and Recirculated air buttons simultaneously, release and then increase fan speed within 2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat the above sequence. Changing the Voice Settings In addition to using voice commands to change the voice settings, you can also use the menu in the audio display. To change the voice settings press the Menu button then select: USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR PHONE Menu Item SYNC-Settings Hands-free calling is one of the main features of SYNC. While the system supports a variety of features, many are dependent on your cellular phone's functionality. At a minimum, most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions: • Answering an incoming call. • Ending a call. • Using privacy mode. • Dialing a number. • Redialing. • Call waiting notification. • Caller ID. Voice settings Note: Depending on the current climate control settings, the fan speed may automatically go down while issuing voice commands or while making and receiving phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount of background noise in the vehicle. The fan speed will automatically return to normal operation once the voice session ends. Fan speed can also be adjusted normally during a voice session, simply press fan buttons (or turn fan knob) to increase or decrease fan speed to desired setting. 310 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 4. When prompted on your cell phone’s display, confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cell phone. Your phone is now paired and the display indicates that the pairing was successful. If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device, enter the PIN displayed on the screen. The display indicates when the pairing is successful. Other features, such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download, are phone-dependent features. To check your phone's compatibility, see your phone's manual and visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca. Pairing a Phone for the First Time Depending on your phone's capability and your market, the system may prompt you with questions, such as setting the current phone as the primary phone (the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start-up) and downloading your phonebook. Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands-free calls. Note: SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 4000 entries per Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone. Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio. Shift the transmission into park (P) for automatic transmission or first gear for manual transmission. Using Voice Commands Make sure to switch on your phone's Bluetooth feature E142599 before starting the search. See your device's manual if necessary. Using the Audio System Note: To scroll through the menus, press the up and down arrows on your audio system. Press the voice and when prompted say: 1. Make sure to switch on your phone's Bluetooth feature before starting the search. See your device's manual if necessary. 2. Press the PHONE button. When the audio display indicates there is no paired phone, select the option to add. 3. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio display, search for SYNC on your phone to start the pairing process. Voice Command Action and Description (pair ([Bluetooth] device | phone | Bluetooth audio) | add phone) Follow the instructions on the audio display. You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that are separated by |. For example, where; (what's | what is) appears you say; what's or what is. The commands that have [ ] around the word means that the word is optional. 311 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ SYNC may prompt you with more cell phone options. Your cell phone may also prompt you to give SYNC permission to access information. For more information on your cell phone’s capability, see your cell phone’s manual and visit the website. Depending on your phone's capability and your market, the system may prompt you with questions, such as setting the current phone as the primary phone (the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start-up) and downloading your phonebook. Phone Voice Commands Pairing Subsequent Phones Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio. Shift the transmission into park (P) for automatic transmission or first gear for manual transmission. E142599 Voice Command Note: To scroll through the menus, press the up and down arrows on your audio system. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Press the voice button. When prompted, say any of the following: (phone | Blackberry | iPhone) Then say any of the following: Make sure to switch on your phone's Bluetooth feature before starting the search. See your device's manual if necessary. Press the PHONE button. Select the option for Bluetooth Devices. Press the OK button. Select the option to add. This starts the pairing process. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio display, search for SYNC on your device. When prompted on your cell phone’s display, confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cell phone. Your phone is now paired and the display indicates that the pairing was successful. If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device, enter the PIN displayed on the screen. The display indicates when the pairing is successful. call (___) call ___ at home call ___ ((in|at) [the] office | at work) call ___ on (cell | mobile) call ___ on other dial [[a] number] ([go to] privacy | transfer to phone | privacy on) 2 join (calls | call) 2 mute call [on] 2 (mute call off | un-mute call) 2 (turn ringer off | silent mode [on]) C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing 2 (hold call [on] | place call on hold) (turn ringer on | silent mode off) 312 1 SYNC™ Voice Command [text] (messages | message) To access text messages say: 3 Voice Command help [text] (messages | message) ___ is a dynamic listing that should be the name of a contact in your phonebook. For example you could say "Call Home". Then say any of the following: 1 forward (text | [text] message) (listen to | read) ([text] message) See Dial table below. 2 These commands are only valid while in a phone call. 3 reply to (text | [text] message) call [sender] See the text message table below. Phonebook Hints Dial Commands To hear how the SYNC system speaks a name browse phonebook, select a contact and press: Press the voice button and when prompted say any of the following commands: Voice Commands Menu Item 411 (four-one-one), 911 (nine-one-one) Hear it 700 (seven hundred) Changing Devices Using Voice Commands 800 (eight hundred) 900 (nine hundred) Using SYNC, you can easily access multiple phones, ipods, or USB devices. to switch devices say: Clear (deletes all entered digits) Delete (deletes last set of digits entered) Number <0-9> Plus Pound (#) Star (*) Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the phone button or press any button on the audio system. 313 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ on the steering wheel or select the end call option in the audio display. Voice Command (connect | device) ___ Receiving Calls You can state the name of the desired device, such as “My iPhone”,“My Galaxy” or“My iPod”. SYNC may ask you to confirm the type of device (Phone, USB, or Bluetooth Audio). Accepting calls When receiving a call, you can answer the call by pressing the accept call button on the steering wheel or use the screen. To use the screen to accept a call select: Making Calls Menu Item Accept E142599 Press the voice button. When prompted, say: Rejecting Calls When receiving a call, you can reject the call by pressing the reject call button on the steering wheel or use the screen. Voice Command call [[a] name] dial [[a] number] To use the screen to reject a call select: SYNC prompts you to say the numbers that you wish to dial. After you say the numbers, the system confirms it. You can then say: Menu Item Reject Ignore the call by doing nothing. Phone Options during an Active Call When the system has stated the number, you say any of the following: During an active call, you have more menu features that become available, such as putting a call on hold or joining calls. Voice Command (dial | send) This initiates the call. (delete | correct) To access this menu, choose one of the options available at the bottom of the audio display or select More to choose from the following options: This erases the spoken digits. To end the call, press the end call button 314 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Menu Item Description and action Mic. off Switch your vehicle's microphone off. To switch the microphone on, select the option again. Privacy Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation. When selected, the audio display indicates the call is private. Hold Put an active call on hold. When selected, the audio display indicates the call is on hold. Dial a number Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad (for example, numbers for passwords). Join calls Join two separate calls. The system supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty or conference call. 1. Select the More option. 2. Access the desired contact through the system or use voice commands to place the second call. Once actively in the second call, select the More option. 3. Scroll to the option to join calls and press the OK button. Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts. 1. Select the More option. 2. Scroll to the option for phonebook and press the OK button. 3. Scroll through your phonebook contacts. 4. Press the OK button again when the desired contact appears in the audio display. 5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection. Call History Access your call history log. 1. Select the More option. 2. Scroll to the option for call history and press the OK button. 3. Scroll through your call history options (incoming, outgoing or missed). 4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection appears in the audio display. 5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection. 1. Press the PHONE button to enter the phone menu. 2. Select one of the options available. Accessing Features through the Phone Menu You can access your call history, phonebook, sent text messages, as well as access phone and system settings. 315 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Display Description and action Dial a number Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad. Phonebook Access your downloaded phonebook. 1. Press the OK button to confirm and enter. You can use the options at the bottom of the screen to access an alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the audio system's numeric keypad to jump in the list. 2. Scroll through your phonebook contacts. 3. Press the OK button again when the desired selection appears in the audio display. 4. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection. Call History Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls. 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select incoming, outgoing or missed calls. Press the OK button to make your selection. 3. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection. Speed Dial Select 1 of 10 speed dial entries. To set a speed dial entry, go to the phonebook and then press and hold one of the numbers on the audio system's numeric keypad. Text messaging Send, download and delete text messages. BT Devices Access the option for Bluetooth Device menu listings (add, connect, set as primary, on or off, delete). Phone settings View various settings and features on your phone. Note: This is a speed-dependent feature and is only available when your vehicle is traveling at 3.1 mph (5 km/h) or less. Text Messaging Note: This is a phone-dependent feature. When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the audio display indicates you have a new message. SYNC allows you to receive, send, download and delete text messages. The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road. To hear the message you can say: Voice command Receiving a Text Message Note: This is a phone-dependent feature. Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages. (listen to | read) ([text] message) 316 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Description and action Select this option to have the system read the message to you. SYNC™ Using the screen you also have the following options: Menu Item Description and action Ignore Select this option, or do nothing, and the message goes into your text message inbox. View Select the view option to open the text message. Once selected, you have the ability to have the message read to you, to view other messages. For additional options select: More... If you select this option, use the arrow button to scroll through the following options: Reply to sender Press the OK button to access, and then scroll through a list of pre-defined messages to send. Call sender Press the OK button to call the sender of the message. Forward msg. Press the OK button to forward the message to anyone in your phonebook or call history. You can also choose to enter a number. 2. Select the text messaging option, and then press the OK button. Sending, Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages 1. Press the PHONE button. Choose from the following options: Menu Item Description and action New Allows you to send a new text message based on a pre-defined set of 15 messages. View Allows you to read the full message and, in addition, provides the option to have the system read the message to you. To go to the next message, select the More option. This allows you to reply to the sender, call the sender or forward the message. Delete Allows you to delete current text messages from the system (not your cellular phone). The audio display indicates when the system has deleted all your text messages. More... Allows you to delete all messages or manually trigger a download of all unread messages from your cellular phone. 317 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Sending a Text Message Note: You can send text messages either by choosing a contact from the phonebook and selecting the text option from the audio display or by replying to a received message in the inbox. Note: You can only send a text message to one recipient at a time. 1. Select the send option when the desired selection highlights in the audio display. 2. Select the confirmation option when the contact appears. 3. Press the OK button again to confirm when the system asks if you want to send the message. A pre-defined signature appears on each text message. Accessing Your Phone Settings These are phone-dependent features. Your phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone and text message notification, modify your phonebook, and set up automatic download. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Scroll until the phone settings option appears, and then press the OK button. Scroll to select from the following options: Menu Item Description and action Set as master If this option is checked, the system uses the cellular phone as the master when there is more than one cellular phone paired to the system. This option can be changed for all cellular phones (not only the active phone) using the Bluetooth Devices menu. Phone status See the cellular phone name, provider name, cellular phone number, and signal level. When done, press the left arrow buttons to return to the phone status menu. Set ringtone Select which ringtone sounds during an incoming call (one of the system's tones or your cellular phone's). If your phone supports in-band ringing, your phone's ringtone sounds when you choose the cellular phone ringtone option. 1. Press the OK button to select and scroll to hear each ringtone. 2. Press the OK button to select a ringtone. Text msg notify Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives. Press the OK button to switch the audible tone off or on. Phonebook pref. Modify the contents of your phonebook (such as add, delete or download). Press the OK button to select and scroll between the choices in the phonebook preferences table below. 318 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Menu Item Phonebook preferences Add contacts Push the desired contacts on your cellular phone. See your device's manual on how to push contacts. Press the OK button to add more contacts from your phonebook. Delete When a message asking you to delete appears, select the option to confirm. Press the OK button to delete the current phonebook and call history. The system takes you back to the menu for phone settings. Download now Press the OK button to select and download your phonebook to the system. Auto-download When automatic download is on, the system deletes any changes (additions or deletions) saved in the system since your last download. When automatic download is off, the system does not download your phonebook when your cellular phone connects to SYNC. You can only access your phonebook, call history and text messages when your paired cellular phone connects to the system. Check or uncheck this option to download your phonebook automatically each time your phone connects to the system. Download times are phonedependent and quantity-dependent. Sorting Pref. Enabling this feature allows you to select how your contacts are displayed. You can select: First/Last name Last/First name 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears, and then press the OK button. Bluetooth Devices The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add, connect and delete devices as well as set a phone as primary. Select from the following options: Menu Item Add Description and action Pair additional phones to the system. 1. Select the option to add to start the pairing process. 319 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Menu Item Description and action 2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio display, search for SYNC on your phone. See your phone's manual if necessary. 3. When prompted on your cell phone’s display, confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cell phone. Skip the next step. If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device, it does not support Secure Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN displayed on the screen. The display indicates when the pairing is successful. 4. When the option to set the phone as primary appears, select either yes or no. 5. SYNC may prompt you with more cell phone options. Your cell phone may also prompt you to give SYNC permission to access information. For more information on your cell phone’s capability, see your cell phone’s manual and visit the website. Delete Select the delete option and confirm when the system asks to delete the selected device. After deleting a phone from the list, you have to repeat the pairing process to pair it again. Master The system attempts to connect with the primary cellular phone each time you switch on the ignition. When you select a cellular phone as primary, it appears first in the list, marked with an asterisk. Set a previously paired phone as master by selecting the master option and confirming it as the primary. Conn. Connect a previously connected phone. You can only have one phone connected at a time to use the phone's functionality. When you connect another phone, the previous phone disconnects from the telephone services. The system allows you to use different Bluetooth devices for the cellular phone functionality and the Bluetooth audio music playback feature at the same time. Discon. Disconnects the selected cellular phone. Select this option and confirm when asked. After disconnecting a phone, you can reconnect it again without repeating the full pairing process. 2. Select the SYNC settings option, and then press the OK button. System Settings 1. Press the MENU button. 320 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Scroll to select from the following options: Display Description and action Bluetooth on Check or uncheck this option to switch the system's Bluetooth interface off or on. Select this option, and then press the OK button to change the option's status. Set defaults Return to the factory default settings without erasing your indexed information (such as phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices). Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio display. Master reset Completely erase all information stored in the system (such as phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices) and return to factory default settings. Install on SYNC Install downloaded applications or software updates. Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio display. There must be a valid SYNC application or update available on the USB drive in order to finish an installation successfully. System info Display the system's version numbers as well as its serial number. Press the OK button to select. Voice settings The voice settings submenu contains various options. See Using Voice Recognition (page 308). Browse USB Browse the actual menu structure of the connected USB device. Press the OK button and use the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the folders and files. Use the left or right arrow buttons to enter or leave a folder. You can select media content for playback from this menu. 321 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident. SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES (If Equipped) Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number. In order for the following features to work, your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC. To check your phone's compatibility, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca. • 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency. • SYNC AppLink: Allows you to connect to and use certain applications such as Spotify and Glympse (if your phone is compatible). Note: Before setting this feature on, make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information. Note: If any user switches 911 Assist to on or off, that setting applies for all paired phones. If 911 Assist is switched off, either a voice message plays or a display message or an icon comes on when your vehicle is started and after a previously paired phone connects. These features may require activation. Available AppLink enabled apps vary by market. Note: Every phone operates differently. While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones, some may have trouble using this feature. 911 Assist If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca. WARNINGS Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash, the system will not dial for help which could delay response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself. Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash, the system or phone may be damaged or non-functional. See Supplementary Restraints System (page 38). Important information about airbag deployment is in this chapter. See Roadside Emergencies (page 197). Important information about the fuel pump shut-off is in this chapter. Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly. 322 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Setting 911 Assist On or Off • Press Menu then select Menu Item • Action and Description SYNC-Applications 911 Assist Select desired option, on or off. In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses its connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC searches for and tries to connect to a previously paired cell phone; SYNC then attempts to call the emergency services. If you choose not to activate this feature you will have the following options: Menu Item A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have adequate network coverage, battery power and signal strength. The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number. Action and Description Voice Provides a display and voice Reminder reminder at phone connection ON at vehicle start. Before making the call: • SYNC provides a short window of time (about 10 seconds) to cancel the call. If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC attempts to dial 911. • SYNC says the following, or a similar message: "SYNC will attempt to call 911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel". Voice Provides a display reminder Reminder only without a voice reminder OFF at phone connection. To make sure that 911 Assist works properly: • SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use. • The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident. • You must pair and connect a Bluetooth-enabled and compatible cell phone to SYNC. • A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident. If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC makes a successful call, a pre-recorded message plays for the 911 operator, and then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator. Be prepared to provide your name, phone number and location immediately, because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically. 911 Assist May Not Work If • • • 323 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash. The vehicle's battery or the SYNC system has no power. The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system. SYNC™ 911 Assist Privacy Notice Note: Make sure you have an active account for the app that you have downloaded. Some apps work automatically with no setup. Other apps want you to configure your personal settings and personalize your experience by creating stations or favorites. We recommend you do this at home or outside of your vehicle. When you switch on 911 Assist, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not switch the feature on. Note: AppLink is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFordTouch system. To Access Using the SYNC Menu Press the MENU button to access the menu on-screen. Then select: SYNC Mobile Apps Menu Item The system enables voice and steering wheel control of SYNC AppLink enabled smartphone apps. When an app is running through AppLink, you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls. Action and Description SYNC-Apps Mobile Apps Note: You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink. Scroll through the list of available applications and select a particular app or select: Find New Apps Note: iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port. Note: If you cannot find a compatible SYNC AppLink app, make sure the required app is running on the mobile device. Note: Android users need to connect the phone to SYNC using Bluetooth. Note: For information on available apps, supported smartphone devices and troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford website. Accessing an App's Menu When an app is running through SYNC, press the right arrow button on the steering wheel control to access the app menu. Availability of SYNC AppLink enabled Apps will vary by region. You can access various app features from here, for example thumbs up and thumbs down. Press the left arrow button on the steering wheel control to exit the app menu. 324 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ To Access Using Voice Commands Press the voice button then when prompted say: Menu Item Action and Description Say the name of the application after the tone. The app should start. When an app is running through SYNC, you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app, for example "Play Playlist Road Trip". mobile (apps | applications) help Use this command to discover the available voice commands. SYNC Mobile App Voice Commands The following voice commands are always available: Menu Item Action and Description mobile (apps | applications) SYNC prompts you to say the name of an app to start it on SYNC. list [mobile] (apps | applications) SYNC lists all of the currently available mobile apps. find [new] [mobile] (apps | applications) Searches your connected mobile device for SYNC-compatible mobile apps. help You can say the name of a mobile app at any time to start the mobile app on SYNC. When you launch an app using SYNC, the system may ask you to grant certain permissions, for example: • To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle information to the app such as, but not limited to: Fuel level, fuel economy, fuel consumption, engine speed, rain sensor, odometer, VIN, external temperature, gear position, tire pressure, and head lamp status. • To allow your vehicle to provide driving characteristic information such as, but not limited to: MyKey, seat belt status, engine revolutions per minute, gear position, braking events, steering wheel angle, and accelerator pedal position. App Permissions App permissions are organized by groups. You can grant these group permissions individually. You can change a permission group status any time when not driving, by using the settings menu. 325 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ • • To allow your vehicle to provide location information, including: GPS and speed. To allow the app to send push notifications using the vehicle display and voice capabilities while running in a background state. Push notifications may be particularly useful for news or location based apps. Note: You only need to grant permissions the first time you use an app with SYNC. Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for any damages or loss of privacy relating to usage of an app, or dissemination of any vehicle data that you approve Ford to provide to an app. Enabling and Disabling App Permissions Using the SYNC Menu Press the MENU button to access the SYNC menu then select: Menu Item Action and Description SYNC-Apps Mobile Apps All Apps You can also select a specific app. If the app supports push notifications, this setting is listed. Select to enable or disable the feature as required. Note: You must enable mobile apps for each connected device the first time you select a mobile app using the system. Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC requires user consent to send and receive app authorization information and updates using the data plan associated with the connected device. Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is not responsible for any additional charges you may receive from your service provider, when your vehicle sends or receives data through the connected device. This includes any additional charges incurred due to driving in areas when roaming out of a home network. Data is sent to Ford in the United States through the connected device. The information is encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous usage statistics and debugging information. Updates may take place automatically. App Status You can view the current status of an app in the settings menu. 326 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ There are three possible statuses: Menu Item Action and Description Update Needed The system has detected a new app requiring authorization or a general permissions update is required. Up-To-Date No update is required. Updating... The system is trying to receive an update. Update settings Menu Item Action and Description Request Update Select this option from the settings menu to manually preform a needed update. Disable Updates Select this option from the settings menu to disable automatic updates. Doing so also disables the use of Mobile Apps on SYNC. Confirm that the USB device has been formatted correctly and has the following specifications: • USB 2.0. • File format must be FAT16/32. USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER You can access and play music from your digital music player over your vehicle's speaker system using the system's media menu or voice commands. You can also sort and play your music by specific categories, such as artist and album. The format of the audio files on the USB device must be: • MP3. • Non DRM protected WMA. • WAV. • AAC. Note: The system is capable of indexing up to 15,000 songs. SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including: iPod, Zune, plays from device players, and most USB drives. SYNC also supports audio formats, such as MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC. Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the USB Port Note: If your digital media player has a power switch, make sure you switch it on before plugging it in. 327 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ To Connect Using Voice Commands To Connect Using the System Menu Plug the device into one of the vehicle's USB ports. 1. Plug the device into one of the vehicle's USB ports. 2. Press the MEDIA button and select either USB 1 or USB 2 from the media source list in the audio display. Press the voice button and when prompted, say: Voice Command Action and Description (USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 [player]) You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands. See the media voice commands. Words in brackets [ ] are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to understand the command. For example, for where (USB [stick] | iPOD | MP3 [player]) appears, you can say USB or USB stick. To view USB content select: Message Browse USB Description and Action Depending on how many media files are on your connected device, an indexing message may appear in the display. When indexing is complete, the selected source starts to playback audio automatically. Message You can browse the files on the USB device in categories. Select BROWSE from the buttons at the bottom of the audio display and choose from the following: Albums Genres Browse USB Message Reset USB Play all Media Voice Commands Playlists Press the voice button and when prompted say: Songs E142599 Artists 328 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Voice Command Description and Action (USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate [player]) voice commands. You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that are separated by |. For example, where; (what's | what is) appears you say; what's or what is. You must say any of the voice commands that appear outside of open and close brackets. For example, where; (what's | what is) playing, you must say either "what's playing" or "what is playing". Command Description and Action pause Pauses device playback. play Resumes device playback. play [album] ___ play all Play all media on the device from the first track to the last. play [artist] ___ play [genre] ___ play [playlist] ___ next [track | title | song | file | podcast | chapter | episode] Plays the next track on the current media. previous [track | title | song | file | podcast | chapter | episode] Plays the previous track on current media. [play] (similar music | more like this) Creates a playlist with a similar genre to the one currently playing. play [song | track | title | file] ___ repeat off repeat (one | track) [on] Repeats the current track. 329 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Command Description and Action shuffle [all] [on] Plays the current playlist in a random order. (Not all devices support this command.) shuffle off ((who's | who is) this | who plays this | (what's | what is) playing [now] | (what | which) (song | track | artist) is this | (who's | who is) playing | (what's | what is) this) At any time during playback, you can press the voice button and ask the system what is playing. The system reads the metadata tags (if populated) of the current track. • • ___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the name of anything, such as a group, artist or song. For example you could say "Play artist The Beatles". Bluetooth Audio The system is also capable of playing music from your cellular phone through Bluetooth. Examples of USB Commands SYNC provides the user with many intuitive ways to find and play a song using voice. For example, if we have a song called "Penny Lane" from the album "Magical Mystery Tour" we can say the following to play this song: • • Play album "Magical Mystery Tour". Play "Magical Mystery Tour". To switch the Bluetooth Audio on, press the MEDIA button and select: Menu Item BT audio Play song "Penny Lane". Play "Penny Lane". Then any of the following: If we wanted to play the entire album, we can say: Voice Command pause play next [track | title | song | file | podcast | chapter | episode] previous [track | title | song | file | podcast | chapter | episode] Press the MEDIA button and select either USB 1 or USB 2 from the media source list in the audio display to start USB playback. Media Menu Features The media menu allows you to select how to play your music (such as by artist, genre, shuffle or repeat), find similar music or reset the index of your USB devices. 330 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Message Options Description and Action This will enter the media menu. Then any of the following: Message Description and Action Shuffle Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your choice, it remains on until you switch it off. Repeat track Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your choice, it remains on until you switch it off. Similar music You can play similar types of music to the current playlist from the USB port. The system uses the metadata information of each track to compile a playlist. The system then creates a new list of similar tracks and then begins playing. Each track must have the metadata tags populated for this feature. With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags are not populated, the tracks will not be available in voice recognition, the play menu or this option. However, if you place these tracks onto your playing device in mass storage device mode they are available in voice recognition, the play menu or this option. The system places unknowns into any unpopulated metadata tag. Reset USB Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete you can choose what to play from the USB song library. 2. Press the MEDIA button (next to the audio display) to select USB playback. Accessing Your USB Song Library 1. Plug the device into your vehicle's USB port. Message Browse USB Description and Action This menu allows you to select and play your media files by artist, album, genre, playlist or track. If there are no media files to access, the display indicates there is no media. 331 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ If there are media files, you have the following options: Display Play all Description and Action Play all indexed media files from your device one at a time * in numerical order. Press the OK button to select. The first track title appears in the display. Playlists Access your playlists (from formats like ASX, M3U, WPL, * or MTP). 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired playlist, and then press the OK button. Songs Search for and play a specific indexed track. 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired track, and then press the OK button. Artists Sort all indexed media files by artist. The system then lists * * and plays all artists and tracks alphabetically. 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired artist, and then press the OK button. Albums Sort all indexed media files by album. 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired album, and then press the OK button. Genres Sort all indexed media files by genre (category) type. 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired genre, and then press the OK button. Browse USB Browse all supported media files on your media player connected to the USB port. You can only view media files that are compatible with SYNC. (Other files are not visible.) 1. Press the OK button to select. * * 332 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Display Description and Action 2. Scroll to browse indexed media files on the device, and then press the OK button. Reset USB Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete, you can choose what to play from the USB song library. * You can use the buttons at the bottom of the audio display to jump to a certain alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the audio system's numeric keypad to jump in the list. USB 2 (If Equipped) Using Voice Commands Your vehicle may come equipped with an additional USB port. If so, USB 1 is located at the front of the vehicle at the bottom of the instrument panel. USB 2 is located inside the storage compartment of the vehicle's center console. You can access and view your USB songs using voice commands. Plug the device into your vehicle's USB port. Press the voice button and when prompted, say any of the following commands: You can plug in an additional USB device into the second USB port. You can access both USB devices by using voice commands. Accessing and Viewing USB Media (browse | search | show) all (album | albums) To access a USB device press the voice button and when prompted say: (browse | search | show) all (artist | artists) Voice command USB 1 (browse | search | show) all (genre | genres) USB 2 (browse | search | show) all (playlist | playlists) Note: SYNC only supports one connected iOS (Apple) devices at a time (whichever one you plug in first). When you connect a second iOS device, the systems charges it, but does not support playback from it. (browse | search | show) all (song | songs | title | titles | file | files | track | tracks) (browse | search | show) album ___ Bluetooth Devices and System Settings (browse | search | show) artist ___ (browse | search | show) genre ___ You can access these menus using the audio display. See Using SYNC™ With Your Phone (page 310). (browse | search | show) playlist ___ 333 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Voice Commands for Audio Sources Voice Command ((who's | who is) this | who plays this | (what's | what is) playing [now] | (what | which) (song | track | artist) is this | (who's | who is) playing | (what's | what is) this) Your voice system allows you to change audio sources with a simple voice command. help E142599 * Press the voice button and when prompted say: If equipped. Radio Voice Commands Voice Command If you are listening to the radio, press the voice button, and then E142599 say any of the commands in the following table. (music | audio | entertainment) [system] Below are a few examples of voice commands you can use. If you are not listening to the radio, press the voice button and, after the tone, say: [tune [to]] AM [tune [to]] AM1 [tune [to]] AM (autostore | AST | autoset) Voice Command Radio [tune [to]] AM 2 Bluetooth (audio | stereo) You can then say any of the following commands. (disc | CD [player]) play [tune [to]] AM [tune [to]] FM [tune [to]] AM1 [tune [to]] FM1 [tune [to]] AM (autostore | AST | autoset) [tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST | autoset) [tune [to]] AM 2 [tune [to]] FM 2 [tune [to]] (AM ___ | ___ [AM]) Radio [tune [to]] AM preset ___ tune [to] SAT * [tune [to]] AM1 preset ___ Sirius * [tune [to]] FM [tune [to]] FM1 (USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 [player]) [tune [to]] FM (autostore | AST | autoset) preset ___ 334 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Voice Command Voice Commands [tune [to]] FM 2 [tune [to]] SAT 2 preset ___ [tune [to]] (FM ___ | ___ [FM]) [tune [to]] SAT 3 preset ___ [tune [to]] FM preset ___ FM ___ HD ___ tune [to] [Sirius] Help * [tune [to]] Sirius [channel] ___ [tune [to]] FM 2 preset ___ HD ___ * You can say the channel number (0233) to listen to that Sirius station. [tune [to]] preset ___ CD Voice Commands Tune If you are listening to a CD, press the voice button, and then say any of the commands in the following table. help * E142599 If equipped. Sirius Satellite Radio Voice Commands (If equipped) E142599 If you are not listening to a CD, press the voice button and, after the tone, say: To listen to Sirius satellite radio, press the voice button and, after the tone, say: Voice Command (disc | CD [player]) play Voice Commands You can then say any of the following commands. Sirius pause When you are listening to Sirius satellite radio, you can press the voice button, and say any of the commands in the following table. play [play] next track [play] previous track Voice Commands tune [to] SAT [play | change to] track [number] ___ [tune [to]] SAT 1 repeat (track | song) [on] [tune [to]] SAT 2 repeat folder [on] [tune [to]] SAT 3 repeat off [tune [to]] preset ___ (shuffle | random | mix) [on | (tracks | songs) [on]] [tune [to]] SAT 1 preset ___ 335 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Use the website at any time to check your phone's compatibility, register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat (during certain hours). Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca for more information. Voice Command (shuffle | random | mix) (CD [player] | disc) [on] (shuffle | random | mix) folder [on] shuffle off SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use. However, should questions arise, see the tables below. Phone issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) There is excessive background noise during a phone call. The audio control settings on your phone may be affecting SYNC performance. Review your phone's manual about audio adjustments. During a call, I can hear the other person but they cannot hear me. This may be a possible phone malfunction. Try turning off the device, resetting the device, removing the device's battery, then trying again. Go to the website to review your phone's compatibility. This is a phone-dependent feature. SYNC is not able to download my phonebook. This may be a possible phone malfunction. Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again. Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature. Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website. The system says Phonebook Try pushing your phonebook Downloaded but the This may be a limitation on contacts to SYNC by using phonebook in SYNC is your phone's capability. the Add Contacts feature. empty or missing contacts. 336 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Phone issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card, try moving them to the device memory. Remove any pictures or special ring tones associated with the missing contact. Depending upon your phone, you may have to grant SYNC permission to access your phonebook contacts. Make sure to confirm when prompted by your phone during the phonebook download. Go to the website to review your phone's compatibility. This is a phone-dependent feature. Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again. Try deleting your device from SYNC, deleting SYNC from your device and trying again. I am having trouble connecting my phone to SYNC. This may be a possible phone malfunction. Check the security and auto accept and prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone. Update your device's firmware. 337 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Phone issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting. Text messaging is not working on SYNC. This is a phone-dependent feature. Go to the website to review your phone's compatibility. This may be a possible phone malfunction. Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again. USB and media issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Try turning off the device, resetting the device, removing the device's battery, then trying again. I am having trouble connecting my device. This may be a possible device malfunction. Make sure you are using the manufacturer's cable. Make sure you insert the USB cable correctly into the device and the USB port. Make sure that the device does not have an autoinstall program or active security settings. SYNC does not recognize my device when I turn on the car. Bluetooth audio does not stream. This is a device limitation. Make sure you are not leaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or cold temperatures. Review the device compatibility chart on the SYNC This is a phone-dependent website to confirm your feature. phone supports the Bluetooth audio streaming function. 338 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ USB and media issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) The device is not connected. Make sure you correctly connect the device to SYNC, and that you have pressed play on your device. Your music files may not contain the correct artist, song title, album or genre information. SYNC does not recognize music that is on my device. Make sure that all song details are populated. The file may be corrupted. The song may have copyright protection, which does not allow it to play. Some devices require you to change the USB settings from mass storage to MTP class. Voice command issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Review the phone voice commands and the media You may be using the wrong voice commands at the voice commands. beginning of their respective sections. SYNC does not understand what I am saying. You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time. After pressing the voice icon, wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command. Any command spoken before this does not register with the system. Review the media voice SYNC does not understand You may be using the wrong commands at the beginning the name of a song or artist. voice commands. of the media section. 339 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Voice command issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) You may be saying the name differently than the way you saved it. Say the song or artist exactly as listed. If you say "Play Artist Prince", the system does not play music by Prince and the Revolution or Prince and the New Power Generation. Make sure you are saying the complete title, such as "California remix featuring Jennifer Nettles". If the song titles are in all CAPS, you have to spell them. LOLA requires you to The system may not be say "L-O-L-A". reading the name the same way you are saying it. Do not use special characters in the title. The system does not recognize them. Review the Phone voice commands at the beginning of the phone section. You may be using the wrong Make sure you are saying the contacts exactly as they are voice commands. listed. For example, if you save a contact as Joe SYNC does not understand Wilson, say "Call Joe or is calling the wrong Wilson". contact when I want to Using the SYNC phone make a call. menu, open the phonebook and scroll to the name You may be saying the SYNC is having trouble name differently than the understanding. SYNC will way you saved it. read the name to you, giving you some idea of the pronunciation SYNC is expecting. 340 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ Voice command issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) The system may not be reading the name the same way you are saying it. The system works better if you list full names, such as "Joe Wilson" rather than "Joe". Contacts in your phonebook Do not use special characters, such as 123 or ICE, as may be very short and similar, or they may contain the system does not recognize them. special characters. Your phonebook contacts may be in CAPS. If a contact is in CAPS, you have to spell it. JAKE requires you to say "Call JA-K-E". AppLink issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Ensure you have a compatible smartphone; an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or an iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or higher. AdditionAppLink Mobile Applicaally, ensure your phone is tions: When I select "Find An AppLink capable phone paired and connected to New Apps," SYNC does not is not connected to SYNC. SYNC in order to find find any applications. AppLink-capable apps on your device. iPhone users must also connect to SYNC's USB port with an Apple USB cable. Ensure you have downloaded and installed the AppLink-enabled apps are latest version of the app My phone is connected, but not installed and running on from your phone's app store. I still cannot find any apps. your mobile device. Ensure the app is running on your phone. Some apps require you to register or 341 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ AppLink issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) login on the app on the phone before using them with AppLink. Also, some may have a "Ford SYNC" setting, so check the app's settings menu on the phone. Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC find the application if you cannot discover it inside the vehicle. On an Android device, if apps have an "Exit' or 'Quit' option, select that then restart the app. If the app does not have that option, you can also manually "Force Close" the app by going to the phone's settings Sometime apps do not menu, selecting 'Apps.' then My phone is connected, my properly close and re-open finding the particular app app(s) are running, but I still their connection to SYNC, and choosing 'Force stop.' over ignition cycles, for cannot find any apps. Don't forget to restart the example. app afterwards, then select "Find New Apps" on SYNC. On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an app, double tab the home button then swipe up on the app to close it. Tab the home button again, then select the app again to restart it. After a few seconds, the app should then appear in SYNC's Mobile App's Menu. My Android phone is connected, my app(s) are running, I restarted them, but I still cannot find any apps. There is a Bluetooth bug on some order versions of the Android operating system that may cause apps that were found on your previous vehicle drive to not be found again if you have not turned off Bluetooth. 342 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Reset the Bluetooth on your phone by turning it off and then turning Bluetooth back on. If you are in your vehicle, SYNC should be able to automatically re-connect to your phone if you press the "Phone" button. SYNC™ AppLink issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait a moment, and plug the USB cable My iPhone phone is back in to the phone. After a connected, my app is The USB connection to few seconds, the app should running, I restarted the app SYNC may need to be reset. appear in SYNC's Mobile but I still cannot find it on Apps Menu. If not, "Force SYNC. Close" the application and restart it. I have an Android phone. I found and started my media app on SYNC, but there is no sound or the sound is very low. The bluetooth volume on the phone may be low. Some Android devices have a limited number of bluetooth ports apps can I can only see some of the use to connect. If you have AppLink apps running on my more AppLink apps on your phone than the number of phone listed in SYNC's available Bluetooth ports, Mobile Apps Menu. you will not see all of your apps listed in SYNC's mobile apps menu. Try increasing the Bluetooth volume of the device by using the device's volume control buttons which are most often found on the side of the device. Force close or uninstall the apps you do not want SYNC to find. If the app has a "Ford SYNC" setting, disable that setting in the app's settings menu on the phone. SYNC System Reset The SYNC system in your vehicle has System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any information previously stored in the system (Such as paired devices, phonebook, call history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold the Seek Up (>>) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. Release both buttons after 2-3 seconds. Please allow a few minutes for the reset to complete. After a few minutes has passed you can resume using the SYNC system. 343 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Getting to Know Your System GENERAL INFORMATION The SYNC 3 system allows you to interact with a variety of features using the touchscreen and voice commands. By integrating with your Bluetooth-enabled phone, the touchscreen provides easy interaction with audio, multimedia, climate control, navigation, and your phone's SYNC 3 compatible apps. WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Using the Touchscreen To operate the touchscreen, you can simply touch the item or option that you want to select. The button changes color when you select it. The SYNC 3 layout allows you to quickly select the feature you wish to use. E207614 344 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Item Menu Item Action and Description A Status Bar This bar displays icons and messages pertaining to current system activities including climate settings, voice commands and phone functions such as text messages. B Home This button is available on the main screens. Pressing it takes you to the home screen view. C Clock This shows the current time. You can set the clock manually or have it controlled by the vehicle's GPS location. See Settings (page 412). D Outside Temperature This displays the current outside temperature. E Feature Bar You can touch any of the buttons on this bar to select a feature. The Status Bar The touchscreen allows you quick access to all of your comfort, navigation, communication and entertainment options. Using the status and feature bar you can quickly select the feature you want to use. Additional icons also display in the status bar depending on market, vehicle options and current operation. If a feature is not active, the icon does not display. Certain icons may move to the left or right depending on what options are active. Note: Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off (and no doors open). 345 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 E223058 Item Description A Callout Microphone Mute This icon displays when your phone's microphone is muted. A caller cannot hear you. B Mute This icon displays when the audio system is muted. C Download This icon displays when SYNC 3 has received a software update. Pressing the icon will show more details about the new software. D Wi-Fi This icon appears if a Wi-Fi network is connected. E Wi-Fi in Range This icon displays when an available Wi-Fi network is within range. F Roaming This icon displays when your cell phone is roaming. G Text Message This icon displays when you receive a text message on your phone. 346 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Callout Item Description H 911 Assist Off This icon displays when 911 Assist is set to off and your phone is connected to SYNC. I Bluetooth Alert This icon displays when there is an active Bluetooth alert. J Bluetooth This icon displays to show an active Bluetooth connection. Messages may also appear in the status bar to provide you with notifications. You can select the message to view the associated feature. Feature Bar Feature Bar Item Functions Audio Allows you to control the media playing in your vehicle. You can control all audio features including AM, FM and satellite radio, CDs, and media streaming over a Bluetooth device or through a USB connection. Phone Allows you to make calls, receive calls, and access the phonebook of your connected device. Navigation Allows you to see your vehicle's location on a virtual road map, get driving directions to your destination and find points of interest along your route. (If equipped) Apps Connect and control SYNC 3 compatible apps running on your iphone or android device. Also, access built-in additional features such as SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (if equipped). This is where you find the Hybrid vehicle Power Flow information. Settings You can customize your system with various settings for the touchscreen display, feature preferences, and how you want to interact with your vehicle. 347 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Feature Bar Item Functions For plug-in vehicles, this is where you find the Charge Settings information. The system also asks short questions (confirmation prompts) when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request. Cleaning the Touchscreen You can remove fingerprints with a dry, clean, soft cloth. When using voice commands, words and icons may appear in the status bar indicating the status of the voice command session. See Using Voice Recognition (page 358). If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen, apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth and try to clean it again. Note: Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the touchscreen. Accessing and Adjusting Modes Through Your Vehicle Information Display (If Equipped) Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the touchscreen. Using Voice Recognition Depending on your vehicle and options you select, you may be able to control some of the SYNC 3 features on your information display. The features are visible in the right-hand display (A) . Using voice commands allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you. The system provides feedback through audible tones, prompts, questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction (voice settings). 348 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 E208626 You can make the following adjustments using the information display SYNC 3 screen: Option Audio Information Information for current audio playing. Select source. Navigation View current road and speed limit (if information is available). View current route, next turn, time to your destination (depending on cluster level), distance to destination (depending on cluster level) and ability to cancel route. If you do not have an active navigation route programed, the compass is shown. Phone If you are not on a call, a call can be made by selecting: * 349 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Option Information Quick dial All calls Incoming calls Outgoing calls Missed calls If you are on a call, the call information displays on the information display. If you receive a call, you can accept it by selecting OK on the right-hand steering wheel controls. * Depending on your vehicle options, all of these choices may not display. Voice: Press to start a voice session. Press again to stop the voice prompt and immediately begin speaking. Press and hold to end a voice session. Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right side of your steering wheel to scroll through the available modes. The selection menu expands and different options appear. • Press the up and down arrows to scroll through the modes. • Press the right arrow to enter the mode, use the left arrow to exit the mode. • Press the up and down arrows to make adjustments within the chosen mode. • Press OK to confirm your selection. SEEK NEXT: • While in radio mode, press to seek between memory presets. • While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD mode, press to seek between songs or press and hold to fast seek. SEEK PREVIOUS: • While in radio mode, press to seek between memory presets. • While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD mode, press to seek between songs or press and hold to fast seek. Note: If your vehicle does not have navigation, compass appears in the display instead of navigation. If you press the right arrow to go into the compass menu, you can see the compass graphic. The compass displays the direction in which the vehicle is traveling, not true direction (for example, if the vehicle is traveling west, the middle of the compass graphic displays west; north displays to the left of west, though its true direction is to the right of west). PHONE ACCEPT: Press to answer a call or switch between calls. PHONE REJECT: Press to end a call or reject an incoming call. Note: On some models, SEEK NEXT may be combined with PHONE REJECT and SEEK PREVIOUS may be combined with PHONE ACCEPT. Using the Steering Wheel Controls Depending on your vehicle and option package, you can use different controls on your steering wheel to interact with the touchscreen system in different ways. M:Touch the control repeatedly to switch between media sources (modes). VOL: Control the volume of audio output. Using Your Bezel Controls Mute: Mute the audio output. Depending on your vehicle and option package, you may also have these controls on your instrument panel: See Steering Wheel (page 68). 350 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 • • • • • • • • • Power: Switch the audio system on and off. VOL: Control the volume of playing audio. Seek and Tune: se as you normally would in audio modes. Eject: Eject a CD from the audio system. SOURCE or MEDIA: Press repeatedly to advance through available media modes. SOUND: Press to access the Sound menu where you can adjust sound and other audio settings. 1-6: Press and hold to store or press to select an AM, FM or SIRIUS memory preset. See Audio System (page 289). DISP: Switch the display on or off. You can also touch the screen to switch the display back on. Temperature, fan and climate control buttons: Control the temperature, fan speed or settings of the climate control system. See Climate Control (page 109). WARNINGS Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself. Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash, the system or phone may be damaged or non-functional. Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly. Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident. Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number. Note: Before setting this feature on, make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information. 911 Assist Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off, that setting applies for all paired phones. If 911 Assist is switched off and the phone is connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the status bar. WARNINGS Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash, the system will not dial for help which could delay response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. setting is set on before a crash, the system will not dial for help which could delay response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. Note: Every phone operates differently. While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones, some may have trouble using this feature. 351 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature, by visiting: In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses its connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC will search for and try to connect to a previously paired cell phone; SYNC will then attempt to call the emergency services. Website Before making the call: • SYNC provides a short window of time (about 10 seconds) to cancel the call. If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC attempts to dial 911. • SYNC says the following, or a similar message: "SYNC will attempt to call 911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel." www.owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca www.syncmaroute.ca For important information about airbag deployment and the fuel pump shut-off please see the Supplementary Restrains and Roadside Emergencies sections of your owner manual. To switch 911 Assist on and off please view the settings information. See Settings (page 412). If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC makes a successful call, a pre-recorded message plays for the 911 operator, and then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator. Be prepared to provide your name, phone number and location immediately, because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically. To make sure that 911 Assist works correctly: • SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use. • The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident. • You must pair and connect a Bluetooth-enabled and compatible cell phone to SYNC. • A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident. • A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have adequate network coverage, battery power and signal strength. • The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number. 911 Assist May Not Work If • • • 352 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash. The vehicle's battery or the SYNC system has no power. The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system. SYNC™ 3 • 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you switch on 911 Assist, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not switch the feature on. • Speed-restricted Features Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while your vehicle is moving so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary. Safety Information WARNING • Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. • • Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage. See your device's user guide for further information. For your safety, some SYNC 3 functions are speed-dependent. Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h). Make sure that you review your device's manual before using it with SYNC 3. • • Screens crowded with information, such as Point of Interest reviews and ratings, SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link sports scores, movie times or ski conditions. Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted, such as entering a navigation destination or editing information. All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries (such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries). See the following chart for more specific examples. Do not attempt to service or repair the system. Have an authorized dealer check your vehicle. Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken, split or damaged. Place cords and cables out of the way, so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals, seats, compartments or safe driving abilities. 353 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Restricted features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone. Browsing of list entries is limited for phone contacts and recent phone calls. System Functionality Editing the keypad code. Enabling Valet Mode. Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park assist are active. Wi-Fi Editing Wi-Fi settings. Editing the list of wireless networks. Connecting to a new Wi-Fi network. Text Messages Viewing received text messages. Navigation Using the keyboard to enter a destination. Adding or editing Navigation Favorites entries or Avoid Areas. Website Creating a SYNC Owner Account www.syncmaroute.ca Why do I need a SYNC owner account? • • • Essential for keeping up with the latest software and connected features. Access to customer support for any questions you may have. Maintain account permissions. MyFord Mobile™ with Embedded Modem (If Equipped) Connect to your vehicle using the MyFord Mobile app on your smartphone. The embedded modem in your vehicle communicates with the app and allows you to start, lock, unlock and locate your vehicle remotely. The app also connects you with other vehicle resources like a parking locator, roadside assistance, dealer locations and Ford Support. MyFord Mobile is supported by Android and iPhone and it is available through the App Store and Google Play. The MyFord mobile app is available through a free download. Services included for four years. Text and data rates apply to usage. Visit the website to sign up and register. Website www.owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca 354 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Updating Your System Updating Over Wi-Fi You can choose to download the update onto a USB drive or use Wi-Fi to deliver automatic updates. To update your System over Wi-Fi your vehicle must be within the range of a Wi-Fi access point. Data rates may apply. USB Updates To connect your system to Wi-Fi, select: To use the USB update you need to log into your owner account and visit the SYNC software update page. Menu Item Settings Website Wi-Fi www.owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca www.syncmaroute.ca Available Wi-Fi Networks The website notifies you if an update is available. You can then select to download the update. You will need an empty USB drive. Please check the website for minimum requirements. Once you have inserted the USB drive into your computer, choose to start the download. Follow the instructions provided to download the files to the USB drive. You can then select your Wi-Fi network. You may have to enter the security code if the network is secured. The system confirms when it has connected to the network. You must also give the system permission to update automatically. Upon vehicle delivery, the System asks you if you would like to use the automatic update feature. If you agree to automatic updates, you can press OK to confirm. If this selection does not appear upon vehicle delivery you can access it through the General Settings. See Settings (page 412). You can also perform a master reset. See SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting (page 425). The installation of most files occurs in the background, and does not interrupt your use of the system. Navigation updates cannot be installed in the background, because the files are too large. To install the update in your vehicle, remove anything that is plugged in the USB ports on the media hub and plug in the USB drive containing the update. When the USB drive is plugged in, the installation should begin immediately. After a successful installation, the update is available the next time the vehicle is started. Please refer to the website for any further actions. 355 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Support If you would like to switch this feature on later, select: The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you are not able to answer on your own. Menu Item Settings Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-8:00pm EST. General United States: 1-800-392-3673. Automatic System Updates Canada: 1-800-565-3673. From this menu, you can enable automatic updates. If you have not done so already, the system prompts you to set up a Wi-Fi connection when you enable this feature. Times are subject to change due to holidays. Privacy Information When you connect a cellular phone to SYNC 3, the system creates a profile within your vehicle that links to that cellular phone. This profile helps in offering you more cellular features and operating more efficiently. Among other things, this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book, text messages (read and unread), and call history, including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system. In addition, if you connect a media device, the system creates and retains an index of supported media content. The system also records a short diagnostic log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur. When Wi-Fi and automatic updates are enabled, your system checks for software updates periodically. If a new version is available, it downloads at that time. Software downloads can take place for up to 30 minutes after you have switched your vehicle off. The updates do not interrupt the normal use of your SYNC 3 system. If a download does not complete for any reason, the download continues where it left off at the next Wi-Fi connected opportunity. Upon activation of an update, a banner displays on the touchscreen indicating the system update. Select the icon to see more detail. This icon displays for two ignition cycles. The cellular profile, media device index, and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected. To switch this feature off: Menu Item Settings General Automatic System Updates If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle, we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information. You can find more information about the Master Reset in General Settings. See Settings (page 412). System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle's In this menu selection, you can change the selection for automatic updates to OFF. 356 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 SYNC 3 module. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent, a court order, or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities, or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada. HOME SCREEN E207616 Item A Tile Audio Home screen display Shows the active media source. 357 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Item Tile Home screen display If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the compass. * B Phone C Navigation The name of the connected phone appears on the screen. The status of the phone features also appear. This includes signal strength, battery charge, 911 assist setting state (On or Off), text messaging and roaming. * This map displays your current location or current route in real time. When you have navigation active, you also see the next turn and the length of time and distance to your destination. If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the audio information. If equipped. You can access each feature controlled by SYNC 3 through a variety of commands. You can touch any of the feature displays to access that feature. To activate the SYNC 3 voice commands push the voice E142599 button on the steering wheel and wait for the prompt. Anytime you select the home button, the system returns you to this screen. USING VOICE RECOGNITION ___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it can be the name of anything, such as artist, the name of contact or number. The context and the description of the command tell you what to say for this dynamic option. The SYNC 3 system allows you to use voice commands, to control features like audio and climate controls. By using voice commands, you can keep your hands on the wheel and your eyes on the road. Voice Command There are some commands that work for every feature, these commands are: Action and Description Main Menu Brings you to the main menu. Go back Returns you to the previous screen. Cancel Ends the voice session. List of Commands Gives you a list of possible voice commands. ___ List of Commands You can name any feature and the system gives a list of commands available for the feature. For example, you could say: Phone List of Commands 358 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Voice Command Action and Description Navigation List of Commands Next Page You can use this command to view the next page of options on any screen where multiple pages of choices are given. Previous Page You can use this command to view the previous page of options on any screen where multiple pages of choices are given. Help Gives you available commands you can use on the current screen. Audio Voice Commands Included here are some of the most popular commands for each SYNC 3 feature. ___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for audio voice commands it can be the name of a Sirius channel or a channel number, a radio frequency number, or the name of a artist, album, song or a genre. To control the media features, press the voice button and when prompted, say: Voice command Sirius Channel ___ Description * You can say the Sirius channel name or number such as "Sirius channel 16". You can also turn to a Sirius channel by saying the channel's name, such as "The Pulse". AM ___ Allows you to tune to a specific FM or AM frequency such as "88.7 FM" or "1580 AM". FM ___ FM ___ HD ___ * Allows you to tune to a specific HD frequency such as “88.7 FM HD 1”. Bluetooth Audio Allows you to listen to music on your Bluetoothconnected device. USB Allows you to listen to music on your USB connected device. Play Genre ___ For USB audio only, you can say the name of an artist, album, song or a genre to listen to that selection. Your system must finish indexing before this option is available. For example, you could say "Play artist, The Beatles" or "Play song, Penny Lane". Play Playlist ___ Play Artist ___ Play Album ___ Play Podcast ___ 359 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Voice command Description Play Song ___ Play Audiobook ___ For USB audio only, you can say the name of an artist, album, or a genre to browse by that selection. Your system must finish indexing before this option is available. For example you can say "Browse The Beatles" or "Browse folk". Browse ___ * This option may not be available in all markets or may require a subscription. Phone Voice Commands Pairing a Phone You can use voice commands to connect your Bluetooth-enabled phone to the system. To pair your phone, press the voice button and when prompted, say: Voice command Pair Phone Description Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the pairing process. See Settings (page 412). Making Calls ___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for phone voice commands it can be the name of the contact you wish to call or the digits you want to dial. Press the voice button and say a command similar to the following: Voice command Description Call ___ Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook such as "Call Jenny". Call ___ at ___ Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook at a specific location such as "Call Jenny at Home". Dial ___ Allows you to dial a specific number such as “Dial 867-5309”. 360 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Please make sure that you are saying the contact name exactly as it appears in your contact list. Once you have provided the digits of the phone number, you can say the following commands: Voice Command Description <0-9> If the full number was not entered with the first command, you can continue saying the number. Dial Tells SYNC 3 to make the phone call. Delete Tells SYNC 3 to erase the last block of digits stated. Clear Tells SYNC 3 to erase the entire number. Text Message Voice Commands To access text message options, press the voice button and say: Voice command Description Listen to Message Listen to text message ___ You can say the number of the message you would like to hear. Reply to Message ___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for navigation voice commands it can be a POI category or an address. Navigation Voice Commands Setting a Destination You can use any of the following commands to set a destination or find a point of interest. You can find an address, a point of interest (POI), or search for points of interest by category: Voice command Description Find an Address Allows you to enter the address search functionality. Find a ___ State the name of the POI category you would like to search for such as "Find restaurants". Find POI Allows you to enter the POI search functionality. 361 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Voice command Description Find Intersection Allows you to enter the intersection search functionality. Destination Nearest ___ State the name of the POI category you would like to search for nearby such as "Destination nearest restaurants". Destination Previous Allows you to see a list of your previous destinations. Destination Destination Home Allows you to route to your home address. In addition, you can say these commands when a route is active: Voice command Description Cancel Route Cancels the current route. Detour Allows you to select an alternate route. Repeat Instruction Repeats the last guidance prompt. Show Route Repeats the last guidance prompt. Where Am I Provides current location. Zoom in Allows you to zoom in on the map. Zoom out Allows you to zoom out from the map. Mobile App Voice Commands (If Equipped) The following voice commands are always available: Voice command Description Mobile Apps SYNC 3 will prompt you to say the name of an app to start it on SYNC 3. List Mobile Apps SYNC 3 will list all of the currently available Mobile Apps. Find New Apps SYNC 3 will search and connect to compatible app(s) running on your mobile device. 362 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 There are also voice commands that you can use when app(s) are connected to SYNC 3: Voice command Description Say the name of an At any time, you can say the name of a mobile app to start the app mobile app on SYNC 3. Say the name of an SYNC 3 will list the available voice commands for the specified app, followed by app if the app is running on SYNC 3. help SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link Voice Commands (If Equipped) SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may not be available in all markets. Activation and a subscription are required. You can say the following commands to access SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link: Voice command Show Traffic Description Displays a list of traffic incidents. Show Weather Map Displays the current weather map. Show Fuel Prices Displays a list of fuel prices. Show 5 Day Forecast Displays the 5 day weather forecast. Help Voice Settings Commands You can say the following commands to access the voice settings: Voice command Description Voice Settings Allows you to enter the voice settings functionality. Interaction Mode Standard Sets standard prompting with longer prompts. Interaction Mode Advanced Sets advanced prompting with shorter prompts. Phone Confirmation On Allows the system to confirm before making a phone call. 363 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Voice command Phone Confirmation Off Description The system does not confirm before placing a call. Voice Command Lists On The system displays a short list of available commands. Voice Command Lists Off The system does not display the list of commands. To disable this automatic fan speed reduction feature during voice sessions, press and hold the climate control AC and Recirculated air buttons simultaneously, release and then increase fan speed within 2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat the above sequence. You can use the volume control to adjust the volume of the system voice prompts. While prompt is active, adjust the volume control up or down to your desired setting. Note: Depending on the current climate control settings, the fan speed may automatically go down while issuing voice commands or while making and receiving phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount of background noise in the vehicle. The fan speed will automatically return to normal operation once the voice session ends. Fan speed can also be adjusted normally during a voice session, simply press fan buttons (or turn fan knob) to increase or decrease fan speed to desired setting. 364 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 ENTERTAINMENT E207617 Message You can access these options using the touchscreen or voice commands. Message and description A Sources Sources B Direct Tune C Presets Press this button to select the source of media you want to listen to. Menu item AM FM SIRIUS * CD USB The name of the USB that is plugged in displays here. 365 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu item Bluetooth Stereo Apps If you have SYNC 3 compatible apps on your connected smart phone, they display here as individual source selections. * This feature may not be available in all markets and requires an active subscription. Once you have entered the station's call numbers, you can select: AM/FM Radio Tuning a Station Menu item You can use the tune or seek controls on the radio bezel to select a station. Action and description Enter Press to begin playing the station you have entered. Menu item Cancel Press to exit without changing the station. A pop up appears, allowing you to type in the frequency of a station. You can only enter a valid station for the source you are currently listening to. Presets To tune a station using the touchscreen, select: Direct Tune To set a new preset, tune to the station and then press and hold one of the memory preset buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the system saves the station and then returns. You can press the backspace button to delete the previously entered number. There are two preset banks available for AM and three banks for FM. To access additional presets, tap the preset button. The indicator on the preset button shows which bank of presets you are currently viewing. SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If Activated) Note: This feature may not be available in all markets and requires an active subscription. 366 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 For more information on extended subscription terms (a service fee is required), the online media player and a list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, and other features, please visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474. E234451 SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription-based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music, sports, news, weather, traffic and entertainment programming. Your factory-installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for availability. Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change, rearrange, add or delete programming. This includes canceling, moving or adding particular channels, and its prices, at any time, with or without notice to you. Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes. Note: This receiver includes the eCos real-time operating system. eCos is published under the eCos License. The following buttons are available for Sirius: Menu item Action and description Browse Touch this button to see a list of available stations. Direct Tune A pop-up appears, allowing you to type in the call numbers of a station. Once you enter the stations call numbers, you can select: Enter The system tunes to the station you select. Cancel You exit the pop-up and the current station continues to play. You can press the backspace button to delete the previous number. 367 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu item Replay Action and description Replay audio on the current channel. You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you remain tuned to the current station. Changing stations erases the previous audio. When you are in replay mode, you are not able to select a different preset until you return to live audio. Pressing this button returns you to the live broadcast. Live ALERT Save the current song, artist, or team as a favorite. The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel. Selecting this button allows you to enable and edit alerts. See Settings (page 412). There are three preset banks available for SIRIUS. To access additional presets, tap the preset button. The indicator on the preset button shows which bank of presets you are currently viewing. Memory Presets To set a preset, tune to the station then press and hold one of the memory preset buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the system saves the station and returns once the station is stored. Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number (ESN) You need your ESN to activate, modify or track your satellite radio account. See Settings (page 412). SIRIUS Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible. Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception. Station overload When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute. Satellite radio signal interference Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate the interference and the audio system may mute. 368 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting tips Message Acquiring Signal Cause Action Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel. Satellite antenna fault There is an internal module or system failure present. SIRIUS system failure Invalid Channel No action required. This message should disappear shortly. If this message does not clear shortly, or with an ignition key cycle, your receiver may have a fault. See an authorized dealer for service. The channel is no longer avail- Tune to another channel or able. choose another preset. Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not include this channel. Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-5397474 to subscribe to the channel, or tune to another channel. Satellite acquiring signal… The signal is lost from the The signal is blocked. When SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS you move into an open area, tower to your vehicle antenna. the signal should return. Updating… Update of channel programming in progress. No action required. The process may take up to three minutes. Questions? Call 1888-539-7474 Your satellite service is no longer available. Contact SIRIUS at 1-888-5397474 to resolve subscription issues. None found. Check channel guide. All the channels in the selected Use the channel guide to turn category are either skipped or off the Lock or Skip function on locked. that station. SIRIUS Subscription updated SIRIUS has updated the chan- No action required. nels available for your vehicle. HD Radio™ Information (If Available) To activate HD radio, please see the Radio Settings in the Settings Chapter. See Settings (page 412). Note: This feature may not be available in all markets. Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets. 369 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts (where available) in addition to the analog broadcasts, it already receives. Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free, crystal-clear audio and no static or distortion. For more information, and a guide to available stations and programming, please visit: The HD logo is grey when acquiring a digital station, and then changes to orange when digital audio is playing. When this logo is available, you may also see Title and Artist fields on-screen. The multicast indicator appears in FM mode (only) if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts. The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available. HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts. Other multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are only available digitally. Website www.hdradio.com Note: There is also an additional feature for stations that have more than 1 HD multicast (For example, HD1 or HD2). The HD logo and Radio text appears as a button. Pressing this button allows you to cycle through all of the HD stations on that specific frequency. For example, if you are on 101.1 and it has HD1, HD2, HD3, pressing the button repeatedly causes the radio to cycle through the HD stations in a cyclic increasing order. When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology, you may notice the following indicators on your screen: E142616 When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions: Message Presets Action and description Allows you to save an active channel as a memory preset. Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound returns when the channel saves. When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital signal. Note: As with any station you save, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station’s reception area. 370 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to weak signal strength. If you are listening to HD1, the system changes back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again. Station blending When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound. In order to provide the best possible experience, use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology. Independent entities own and operate each station. These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate. Potential station issues Issues Cause Action Echo, stutter, skip or This is poor time alignment by No action required. This is a repeat in audio. the radio broadcaster. broadcast issue. Increase or decrease in audio volume. Sound fading or blending in and out. The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio. There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3, multicast preset or Direct Tune. The digital multicast is not No action required. This is available until the HD Radio normal behavior. Wait until the broadcast is decoded. Once audio is available. decoded, the audio is available. 371 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing No action required. The reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive. SYNC™ 3 Potential station issues Issues Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or from a direct tune. Cause Action The previously stored multicast No action required. The station preset or direct tune is not is not available in your current available in your current recep- location. tion area. Text information does Data service issue by the radio Fill out the station issue form. not match currently broadcaster. * playing audio. There is no text Data service issue by the radio Fill out the station issue form. information shown for broadcaster. * currently selected frequency. HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology. Content may be changed, added or deleted at any time at the station owner's discretion. Website http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/ report_radio_station_experiences CD Once you select this option, the system returns you to the main audio screen. The current audio information appears on the screen. * You can find the form here: The following buttons are also available: Button Function Browse You can use the browse button to select a track. Repeat Select this button and a small number one displays to indicate the track is set to repeat. For MP3 CDs, this button allows you to toggle through repeat off, repeat one track (a small number one displays), and repeat current folder (a small folder displays). Shuffle Select the shuffle symbol to have the audio on the disk play in random order. You can use the forward, reverse, pause or play buttons to control the audio playback. 372 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Bluetooth Stereo or USB access media that you store on your Bluetooth device or USB device such as music, audio books or podcasts. Bluetooth Stereo and USB allow you to The following buttons are available for Bluetooth and USB: Button Function Repeat Pressing the repeat button toggles the repeat setting through three modes: repeat off (button not highlighted), repeat all (button highlighted) and repeat track (button highlighted with a small number one). Shuffle Play the tracks in random order. For some devices, SYNC 3 is able to provide 30-second skip buttons when you listen to audio books or podcasts. These buttons allow you to skip forward or backward within a track. You can use the forward, reverse, pause or play buttons to control the audio playback. To get more information about the currently playing track, press the cover art or Info button. While playing audio from a USB device you can look for certain music by selecting the following: Button Function Browse If available, displays the list of tracks in the Now Playing playlist. New Search This option, which is available under browse, allows you to play all tracks or to filter the available media into one of the below categories. Play All Playlists Artists Albums Songs Genres Podcasts Audio books 373 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Button Function Composers A-Z Jump This button allows you to choose a specific letter to view within the category you are browsing. Explore Device If available, this allows you to browse the folders and files on your USB device. Supported Media Players, Formats and Metadata Information USB Ports The system is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player, including iPod, iPhone, and most USB drives. Supported audio formats include MP3, WMA, WAV, AAC, and FLAC. Supported audio file extensions include MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and FLAC. Supported USB file systems include: FAT, exFAT, and NTFS. E211463 SYNC 3 is also able to organize the media from your USB device by metadata tags. Metadata tags, which are descriptive software identifiers embedded in the media files, provide information about the file. The USB ports are in the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel. This feature allows you to plug in USB media devices, memory sticks, flash drives or thumb drives, and charge devices if they support this feature. If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in these metadata tags, SYNC 3 may classify the empty metadata tags as unknown. Select this option to play audio from your USB device. SYNC 3 is capable of indexing up to 50,000 songs per USB device, for up to 10 devices. Apps The system supports the use of certain audio apps such as Pandora or iHeartRadio through a USB or bluetooth-enabled device. Each app gives you different on-screen options depending on the app's content. See Apps (page 409). 374 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 4. Confirm that the six-digit number appearing on your phone matches the six-digit number on the touchscreen. 5. The touchscreen indicates when the pairing is successful. 6. Your phone may prompt you to give the system permission to access information. To check your phone’s compatibility, see your phone’s manual or visit the website. PHONE WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Alternatively, to add a phone, select: Menu Item Add Phone Then select: Hands-free calling is one of the main features of the system. Once you pair your cell phone, you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands. While the system supports a variety of features, many are dependent on your cell phone’s functionality. Discover Other Bluetooth Devices 1. Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Select your phone's name when it appears on the touchscreen. 3. Confirm that the six-digit number appearing on your phone matches the six-digit number on the touchscreen. 4. The touchscreen indicates when the pairing is successful. 5. Your phone may prompt you to give the system permission to access information. To check your phone’s compatibility, see your phone’s manual or visit the website. Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First Time Pair your Bluetooth-enabled phone with the system before using the functions in hands-free mode. Switch on Bluetooth on your device to begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if necessary. At a minimum, most cell phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions: • Answering an incoming call. • Ending a call. • Dialing a number. • Call waiting notification. • Caller identification. To add a phone, select: Menu Item Add Phone 1. Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. A prompt alerts you to search for the system on your phone. 3. Select your vehicle's make and model as it displays on your phone. 375 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Other features, such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download, are phone-dependent features. Websites www.syncmyride.ca www.syncmaroute.ca To check your phone’s compatibility, see your phone’s manual or visit the website: Phone Menu This menu becomes available after pairing a phone. Websites owner.ford.com E205447 Item Menu Item A Recent Call List Action and Description Displays your recent calls. You can place a call by selecting an entry from this list. 376 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Item Menu Item Action and Description You can also sort the calls by selecting the drop down menu at the top of the screen. You can choose: All B Contacts Incoming Outgoing Missed All of your contacts from your phone display in alphabetical order. A-Z Jump Selecting this button allows you to choose a specific letter to view. C Phone Settings Displays the name of your phone and takes you to the phone settings options. From this menu, you can pair subsequent devices, set ring tones and alerts. See Settings (page 412). D Text Messages Displays all recent text messages. E Phone Keypad Use this keypad to dial in a phone number. Use the backspace button to delete numbers. Call F Do Not Disturb Press this button to begin a call. Touch this button to send all calls directly to your voicemail. New text message notifications are not displayed on the screen and all ringtones and alerts are set to silent. Users with phones having voice services may see a button to access the feature. For example, iPhone users see a Siri button. A press and hold of the voice button on the steering wheel also accesses this feature. Making Calls There are many ways to make calls from the SYNC 3 system, including using voice commands. See Using Voice Recognition (page 358). You can use the touchscreen to place calls as well. 377 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 To accept the call, select: To call a number in your contacts, select: Menu Item Contacts Menu Item Action and Description Accept You can then select the name of the contact you want to call. Any numbers stored for that contact display along with any stored contact photos. You can then select the number that you want to call. The system begins the call. Note: You can also accept the call by pressing the phone button on the steering wheel. To reject the call, select: Menu Item Reject Note: You can also reject the call by pressing the phone button on the steering wheel. To call a number from your recent calls, select: Menu Item Action and Description Recent Call List You can then select an entry that you want to call. The system begins the call. Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC 3 logs it as a missed call. During a Phone Call During a phone call, the contacts name and number display on the screen along with the call duration. To call a number that is not stored in your phone, select: Menu Item The phone status items are also visible: • • • Action and Description Phone Keypad Select the digits of the number you wish to call. Call The system begins the call. Signal Strength. Battery. 911 Assist (United States and Canada only). See Settings (page 412). You can select any of the following during an active phone call: Pressing the backspace button deletes the last digit you typed. Receiving Calls During an incoming call, an audible tone sounds. Caller information appears in the display if it is available. 378 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Item Item End Call Privacy Immediately end a phone call. You can also press the button on the steering wheel. Transfer the call to the cell phone or back to SYNC 3. Text Messaging Keypad Press this to access the phone keypad. Note: Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are cell phone-dependent features. Mute You can switch the microphone off so the caller does not hear you. Note: Certain features in text messaging are speed-dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph (5 km/h). Receiving a Text Message When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop-up with the caller name and ID, if supported by your cell phone. You can select: Menu Item Action and Description Hear It Have SYNC 3 read the message to you. View View the text on the touchscreen. Call To call the sender. Reply You can select from 15 preset messages. Press the message that you would like to use and confirm to send the message. SYNC 3 confirms when the message is sent successfully. Close To exit the screen. Smartphone Connectivity (If Equipped) Apple CarPlay and Android Auto disable some SYNC 3 features. SYNC 3 allows you to use Apple CarPlay and Android Auto to access your phone. Most Apple CarPlay and Android Auto features use mobile data. When you use Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you can: • Make calls. • Send and receive messages. • Listen to music. • Use your phone's voice assistant. Apple CarPlay Apple CarPlay requires an iPhone 5 or newer with iOS 7.1 or newer. Updating to the latest iOS version is recommended. 1. 379 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Plug your phone into a USB port. See USB Port (page 305). SYNC™ 3 2. Select Apple CarPlay on the touchscreen. To disable this feature from the Settings screen, select: To disable this feature from the Settings screen, select: Menu Item Android Auto Preferences Menu Item Your device is listed if SYNC detects Android Auto. Select the name of your device and select: Apple CarPlay Preferences Your device is listed if SYNC detects Apple CarPlay. Select the name of your device and select: Disable Disable Note: You may need to slide your Settings screen to the left to select Apple CarPlay Preferences or Android Auto Preferences. To return to SYNC 3, go to the Apple CarPlay home screen and select the SYNC app. To return to SYNC 3, select the speedometer icon in the Android Auto menu bar at the bottom of the touchscreen, and then touch the option to return to SYNC. Note: Contact Apple for Apple CarPlay support. Android Auto Note: Contact Google for Android Auto support. Android Auto is compatible with most devices with Android 5.0 or newer. NAVIGATION (If Equipped) 1. Download the Android Auto app to your device from Google Play to prepare your device (this may require mobile data usage). Note: The Android Auto App may not be available within your current market. Your navigation system is comprised of two main features, destination mode and map mode. Map Mode 2. To switch this feature on from the Settings screen, scroll left on the screen and select: Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of 2D city maps, 3D landmarks and 3D city models (when available). 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings, visible land use, landscape features, and detailed railroad infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe. Menu Item Android Auto Preferences Enable Android Auto 3D landmarks appear as clear, visible objects that are typically recognizable and have a certain tourism value. Note: Android Auto must be switched on prior to plugging your device. You can then plug your device into a USB port. See USB Port (page 305). 380 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 3D city models are complete 3D models of entire city areas including navigable roads, parks, rivers and rendered buildings. 3D landmarks and city models appear in 3D map mode only. Coverage of these varies and improves with updated map releases. E207751 Re-center the map by pressing this icon whenever you scroll the map away from your vehicle’s current location. Points of Interest (POI) grouping icon: You can choose up to three POI icons to display E207754 on the map. If the chosen POIs are located close together or are at the same location a box is used to display a single category icon instead of repeating the same icon, in order to reduce clutter. When you select the box on the map, a pop-up appears indicating how many POIs are in this location. Select the pop up to see a list of the available POIs. You can scroll through and select POIs from this list. Select the zoom in icon to see a closer view of the map. E207752 Select the zoom out icon to see a farther away view of the map. E207753 You can adjust the view in preset increments. You can also pinch to zoom in or out of the map. The information bar tells you the names of streets, cities or landmarks as you hover over them with the crosshair curser. If your vehicle is low on charge or fuel, station icons automatically display on the map. You can change your view of the map by tapping on the location indicator icon on the right hand side of the screen. You can choose from the following options: If you have subscribed to SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (where available), traffic flow will be indicated on the map by green (clear), yellow (slowing), and red (stopped) road highlights. Traffic flow is indicated where the information is available and varies across the US. E207750 Heading up (2D map) This always shows the direction of forward travel to be upward on the screen. This view is available for map scales up to 3 mi (5 km). You can choose to display traffic icons on the map representing twelve different types of incidents. See Settings (page 412). North up (2D map) always shows the northern direction to be upward on the screen. You can set a destination by hovering above a location and selecting: E207749 3D map mode provides an elevated perspective of the map. Adjust this viewing angle and rotate the map 180 degrees by E207748 touching the map twice, and then dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map. 381 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Range Rings and Charge Points (Energi Only) you may or may not be able to reach while in EV Now mode. If your destination is within this band, your vehicle may operate in Auto EV mode, running the engine as needed. The darker shaded area, beyond the rings, is not likely reachable using only the vehicle's available plug-in energy. Shaded rings appear on the map when you are driving in EV Now mode. The inner ring with no shading indicates a safe range you can travel using plug-in power only. The lightly shaded outer band reflects areas The rings represent approximate ranges. Actual route distances, road grades, vehicle speed, accessory usage and other conditions affect how far your vehicle can travel in EV Now mode before recharging. Button Start E235274 Menu Item You can select charging POI's so that you can always see them on the map when the scale is 5 mi (8 km) or lower. With the POI icons switched on, you can select: To switch this on from the settings menu select: Select POIs Travel Menu Item Charging Navigation Map Preferences You can then switch the POI Icons on. 382 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Destination Mode To set a destination, press: Menu Item Description Destination Enter a navigation destination in any of the following formats: Search Street Address (number, street, city, state) For example "12 Mainstreet Dearborn MI" Partial Address (number, street) if searching in current state (number, street and zip code (or postal code in Canada)) if searching out of state You can enter unique addresses that contain door number prefixes with or without the prefix. For example, you could enter "6N340 Fairway Lane" or "340 Fairway Lane". City (name or zip code) Point of Interest (name or category) Intersection (street 1 / street 2) (street 1 and street 2) (street 1 & street 2) (street 1 @ street 2) (street 1 at street 2) Latitude and Longitude (##.###### , ##.######) This is in a decimal degrees format, one to six decimal places are accepted. You are given autocomplete options below the address bar to select as you type. If you do not give an exact destination, a menu displays with your possible selections. Previous Destina- Collections of your last 40 navigation destinations display here. tions You can select any option from the list to select it as your destination. 383 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Description These locations cannot be deleted individually. To delete them, preform a master reset. See SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting (page 425). Home Select to navigate to your set Home destination. The time it takes to travel from your current location to Home displays. To set your Home, press: Home A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a favorite for home. Select: Yes Enter a location into the search bar and press: Save Work Select to navigate to your set Work destination. The time it takes to travel from your current location to Work displays. To set your Work: Work A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a favorite for work. Select: Yes Enter a location into the search bar and press: Save Favorites Favorites include any location you have previously saved. To add Favorites: Add a Select this button and enter a location into the destination Favorite bar. Search Select this option to have the system locate the address you have entered. Save Select this button when the address you have entered appears on the screen. The address saves as a favorite and you see the favorites screen. You can now select this address from the favorites screen. Point of Interest POI categories that may display (based on market and vehicle (POI) Categories configuration): Food Fuel Hotel ATM 384 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Description See All Press to view additional categories. Once you have selected a category, follow the menus to find what you are looking for. Inside of these categories you can search by: Nearby Along Route Near Destination In a City Once you have chosen your destination, press: Menu Item Action and Description Save This saves the destination to your favorites. Start This shows you a map of your entire route. You can then choose your route from three different options. Fastest Uses the fastest moving roads possible. Shortest Uses the shortest distance possible. Economical Route Uses the most fuel-efficient route. The time and distance for each route also displays. Cancel On the route screen, you can choose to cancel the current navigation. The system asks for confirmation then returns you to the map mode screen. Once you have chosen you destination, press: Menu Item Start Action and Description The system uses a variety of screens and prompts to guide you to your destination. During Route guidance, you can press the maneuver arrow icon on the map if you want the system to repeat route guidance instructions. When the system repeats the last guidance instruction, it updates the distance to the next guidance instruction, since it detects that the vehicle is moving. 385 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Action and Description The navigation map shows your estimated time of arrival, remaining travel time and the distance to your destination. SYNC 3 may not always announce vehicle arrival at the exact point of your destination and you may have to cancel a route manually. During active navigation, touch the bottom of the screen to view the menu and other buttons. Navigation Menu In map mode and during active navigation you can access the navigation menu. To access the Navigation menu, press: Button Menu You can then select: Screen View Full Map A full screen map displays during navigation. Highway Exit Info Highway exit information displays on the right hand side of the screen during navigation. Points of interest icons display for restaurants, hotels, fuel stations and ATMs when they are present at the exit. You can select the POI icons to receive a listing of specific locations. You can select the POI location as a waypoint or destination if desired. Turn List Only available during an active route. Displays all of the turns on the current route. You can choose to avoid any road on the turn list by selecting the road from the list. A screen then appears and you can press: Avoid The system calculates a new route and displays a new turn list. Traffic List You can find the SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link information by pressing this button. This information requires an active subscription to SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link. When a route is not active, a list of nearby traffic incidents displays (if any are present). When a route is active, you can choose to display a list of traffic nearby or on the route. 386 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Button Navigation Settings Press this button to adjust your preferences. See Settings (page 412). Where Am I? Provides your current location city and the nearest road. The following are only available on the menu during an active navigation route: Cancel Route The system asks for confirmation and then returns you to the map mode screen. Mute Guidance Selecting this option switches off the audio navigation guidance. Press the button again to un-mute guidance. View Route Press this to see a map of the full route. Detour An alternate route displays in comparison with the current route. Edit Waypoints Only available if you have an active waypoint on your route. See Waypoints later in this section for information on how to set waypoints. Use this button to re-order or remove your waypoints. You can also have the system set the order for you by pressing: Optimize Order To return to Go your route press: 1. Select the search icon (magnifying glass) while on an active route. This brings up the destination menu. 2. Set your destination using any of the given methods. Once the destination has been selected, the screen allows you to set the destination as a waypoint by selecting: Waypoints You can add a waypoint to a navigation route as a destination along your route. To add a waypoint: 387 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Add Waypoint The waypoint list then appears and you are able to re-order all of your waypoints by selecting the menu icon on the right hand side of the location. You can select up to five waypoints. You can also have the system set the order Optimize Order for you by pressing: To return to your route, press: Go For restaurants, cityseeker can provide information such as star rating, average cost, review, handicap access, hours of operation, and website address. cityseeker (If Equipped) Note: cityseeker point of interest (POI) information is limited to approximately 1100 cities (1049 in the United States, 36 in Canada and 15 in Mexico). For hotels, cityseeker can provide information such as star rating, price category, review, check-in and checkout times, hotel service icons and website address. Hotel service icons include: • • • • • • • • • • E225487 cityseeker, when available, is a service that provides more information about certain points of interest such as restaurants, hotels and attractions. When you have selected a point of interest, the location and information appear, such as address, phone number and a star rating. Restaurant Business center Handicap facilities Laundry Refrigerator 24 hour room service Fitness center Internet access Pool Wi-Fi Attractions include nearby landmarks, amusement parks, historic buildings and more. cityseeker can provide information such as star rating, reviews, hour of operation and admission price. Press More Information to see a photo, a review, a list of services and facilities, the average room or meal price and the web address. This screen displays the point of interest icons. 388 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link Website SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link is available on vehicles equipped with navigation and only in select markets. You must activate and subscribe to receive SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link information. It helps you locate the best gas prices, find movie listings, get current traffic alerts, view the weather map, get accurate ski conditions and see current sports scores. See Apps (page 409). www.navigation.com/sync You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available. HERE is the digital map provider for the navigation application. If you find map data errors, you may report them directly to HERE by going to www.here.com/mapcreator. HERE evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e-mail. The system calculates a reasonable efficient route based on available speed limits, traffic, and road conditions. You may know a local short cut that is more efficient at a given time than the route provided by SYNC 3, but you should expect a slight difference in minutes or miles with the SYNC 3 route. Map coverage includes the USA (including Puerto Rico and the US Virgin Islands), Canada and Mexico. Navigation Map Updates ELECTRIC VEHICLE INFORMATION Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership, by calling 1-866-462-8837 in the United States and Canada or 01-800-557-5539 in Mexico. You can also visit: The power flow information for your Hybrid vehicle is available through the Apps section of the touch screen. 389 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 E231145 The charge settings information for your vehicle is available through the Settings section of the touch screen. 390 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 E231146 Note: You can set up and edit these features using the MyFord Mobile internet application. For more information on visit the Ford website. Charge Settings This screen allows you to set up the charging convenience features. 391 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 To improve the charging experience, your vehicle has the following convenience features: Feature Description Value Charge Your vehicle schedules its charging time for when the utility rates are lowest. Contact your utility company to see what rates are available. Charge Now Your vehicle starts charging immediately after you connect the charging plug. Cabin Conditioning Get the most miles out of every charge by conditioning your plugged in vehicle. Set the cabin temperature when you set your GO Time in order to use energy from your home, or charging station, instead of your vehicle battery. My GO Times Setting GO Times allows you to control charging schedules and cabin conditioning settings so your vehicle is ready to drive when you are. By setting a GO Time, your vehicle can use your value charge settings to minimize your electricity costs but still prioritize getting a full charge before your GO Time. A calendar view allows you to program two GO Times per day for each day of the week. Note: Remember, you must plug in your vehicle for My GO Time to work. Note: Charging to 100% by your next GO Time will always be the priority. When Value Charge is selected, charging outside of off-peak times may be necessary in order to be fully charged by your GO Time. Charge Settings Screen Each of the four areas highlighted below show a different feature of the charge settings screen. 392 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 E231147 A My GO Time summary displays the next GO Time and cabin temperature setting. B Charging status and actual times displays charging status with the charging start time, end time, and duration. C Charge profile and mode displays the charging profile and charging mode for the vehicle's present location. D Estimated charge time limits displays the estimated minimum and maximum times to fully charge the high-voltage battery and the battery’s present state of charge as a percentage of total plug-in capacity. 393 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 My GO Time Summary E231148 394 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Item Menu Item Action and Description A My GO Times This area of the screen shows your scheduled Go Time and your cabin conditioning information. B Next GO Time This is the time and date of your next set drive time. Your vehicle automatically schedules charging and cabin conditioning to finish by this time. C Temperature This is the chosen cabin conditioning setting for this GO Time. D Edit This accesses your GO Time Schedule (see GO Time Schedule later in this section). E Skip This cancels the cabin conditioning for the present GO Time. Once you touch Skip, the GO Time and Temperature grey out, and the LED illuminates on the Skip button. Touch the button again to switch on the cabin conditioning. This feature allows you to ignore the present GO Time without having to delete it or having to switch off the entire schedule (see GO Time Schedule later in this section). After the present GO Time passes, this feature resets. Conflict Notification The system alerts you to any conflicts by highlighting areas of the screen in colored text. If your battery cannot have a full charge by the scheduled drive time, the system highlights your next GO Time and Charge Complete time and the following message appears: Menu Item Charge time not sufficient to meet scheduled GO Time settings Action and Description This is normal; the vehicle is informing you of the conflicting situation. This notification only displays when the gearshift selector lever is in position P. Note: Charging occurs as soon as you plug the vehicle in. The system limits cabin conditioning to 15 minutes before your GO Time. 395 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 To eliminate the conflict notification immediately or to prevent a conflict in the future, try the following: • Switch the present GO Time to occur later. • • Charging Status and Actual Times E231149 396 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Plug the vehicle into a 240V high current charging station instead of using the 120V low current convenience cord. Higher power charging yields shorter charge times. Plug the vehicle in sooner. SYNC™ 3 Item A B Menu Item Charge Status Complete Action and Description This is the status of the charging system, which includes the charging plug, high-voltage battery and charger. Next Charge This means the vehicle is unplugged. Charge Start and Complete information is for the present vehicle location. Waiting to charge This means you plugged the vehicle in and it is ready to charge. Typical of Value Charge mode, the vehicle may not start charging right away because it is set to charge at times with lower utility costs. Charging This means the high-voltage battery is charging. Charged This informs you that the highvoltage battery is fully charged and not currently scheduled for further charging. Fault This alerts you that a fault is present and is preventing the high-voltage battery from charging. Check the charge plug connection, charge cord, and charging station. This is the estimated time of charge completion. Charge Now Duration 397 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing When the vehicle is in Charge Now mode, and unplugged, the system displays the charging duration in hours. Once you plug in the vehicle, the value shows the estimated time to finish charging. SYNC™ 3 Item Menu Item Action and Description Scheduled Charge Complete Time C Start When the vehicle is in Value Charge mode, the system displays the estimated charge complete time. It is normal for the estimated complete time to change when charging. The vehicle keeps charging until the high-voltage battery is fully charged. This is the scheduled start time of charging. When the vehicle is in Charge Now mode, and unplugged, the message At Plug In appears, indicating the vehicle immediately starts charging once you plug it in. Once you plug it in, the system shows the actual charge start time. At Plug-In Scheduled Charge Start When the vehicle is in Value Charge mode, the system Time displays the scheduled charge start time (for example, 8:00 PM). Once charging starts, the system continues to display the actual charge start time. 398 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Value Charge Profile and Mode E231150 Item A Menu Item Value Charge Profile Action and Description This is the name of the presently detected Value Charge Profile. 399 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Item Menu Item Action and Description The system detects a customer defined value charge profile when the vehicle is within approximately 300 ft (91.4 m) of the GPS location registered for the profile. If the vehicle is close to more than one charge profile location, it chooses the closest. Default Profile Displays if you have not set up value charge profiles for specific locations through MyFord Mobile or if you are not close enough to a defined profile location. B Charge Now Touch this button if you want your vehicle to immediately charge when plugged in at this profile location. This button illuminates when Charge Now is the charge mode selected for the presently detected charge profile. C Value Charge Touch this button if you want to take advantage of offpeak electricity rates. The vehicle optimizes the charge schedule to be complete by the next GO Time. This button illuminates when Value Charge is the charge mode selected for the presently detected charge profile. D Edit Touch this button to access your Value Charge profiles settings screen (see Value Charge Profiles later in this section). 400 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Estimated Charge Time Limits E231151 Item Menu Item Action and Description A Battery This shows you the battery's current charge displayed as a percentage. A reading of 100% means the battery has a full charge. A reading of 0% indicates the battery has no plug-in energy left. B To Fully Charge 240V / High Power is the estimated minimum charging time from the present high-voltage battery level to full charge (100%). This represents the shortest amount of time you should expect the high-voltage battery to recharge under ideal conditions. Ideal conditions include a 240V charging station and a minimum 30A service and high-voltage battery at a moderate temperature. 401 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Item Menu Item Action and Description Note: Some charging stations use lower voltage (208V), which result in longer charge times. 120V / Low Power is the estimated maximum charging time from the present high-voltage battery level to full charge (100%). This represents the longest amount of time you should expect the high-voltage battery to recharge under normal conditions. Normal conditions include a 120V convenience cord and 12A service. Note: Charging may take longer when the AC line voltage is low and may indicate your electrical source is not meeting certain requirements. See Charging the High Voltage Battery (page 153). Note: These charging times are only estimates. It is normal for your actual charge duration to be longer. GO Time Schedule You can access the GO Time Schedule by selecting the edit option under MY GO Time on the Charge Setting screen. Menu Item Action and Description On This turns on the GO Time schedule. Off This turns off the GO Time schedule. This also turns off the cabin conditioning function. Use this mode to prevent using energy for cabin preconditioning when you leave your vehicle plugged in and do not plan to use it for a while, such as when on vacation. Note: If you choose to perform Value Charging with the schedule off, the vehicle schedules charging to finish at the lowest cost within 24 hours of plugging the vehicle in. GO Time 1 This displays the GO Time day-of-week and time. The blue highlighted GO Time is the present GO Time, which the vehicle is using for charge scheduling and cabin conditioning. You can schedule two GO Time events per day for each day of the week. 402 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item GO Time 2 Action and Description My GO Times Allows you to edit the GO Time and cabin conditioning temperature. --:-- Indicates that you can add a GO Time to this slot. Note: If you set GO Time 2 to occur before GO Time 1, or if you set GO Time 1 to occur after an existing GO Time 2, the GO Times will automatically sort themselves and be displayed in the correct order. Press any GO Time on the Schedule screen to enter the editing screen for that GO Time. GO Time and Cabin Conditioning This screen allows you to enter or change the GO Time and cabin conditioning temperature. Menu Item Action and Description Time (+ and -) These change the hours and minutes of your GO Time. The minutes change in increments of five. You can also switch the settings for AM and PM by touching those buttons. Cabin Conditioning (+ and -) These switch the setting for your selected cabin conditioning temperature for this GO Time event. You can select from four settings: 65°F (18.5°C) 72°F (22°C) 85°F (29.5°C) Off Note: Cabin conditioning can perform differently depending on if you plug into a 120V convenience cord or 240V charging station. The power available for conditioning is limited to the charging station power available. Note: Your vehicle may not always reach the set cabin temperature due to charging and ambient temperature conditions. This is normal operation. Clear Touching this button erases the GO Time and cabin conditioning temperature. Save Touching this button stores the GO Time and temperature settings. Note: If you select a GO Time, but choose Off for the temperature setting, the vehicle schedules charging to be complete by your GO Time and does not condition the cabin. Note: Make sure you save your settings before returning to the previous screen. If you do not touch Save, the system will not automatically store the settings. 403 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Value Charge Profiles screen by selecting the edit option in the bottom right hand corner of the Charge Settings screen. You can access the Value Charge Profile Menu Item Default Customer Defined Value Charge Profiles Action and Description This displays the charging mode and off-peak times for your Default Value Charge profile. The system displays off-peak times for weekdays; the remaining hours of the day are considered peak time. The system displays similar off-peak times for weekend days. Charge Now If you want your vehicle to immediately charge when you plug it in at this profile location. Value Charge If you want to take advantage of off-peak electricity rates. The vehicle optimizes the charge schedule to be complete by the next GO Time. Edit To access your Default Value Charge Profile settings screen (see Default Value Charge Profile later in this section). Once you create profile names, this section displays the Value Charge Profile names and current Charge Mode for specific locations. You can set up and edit these profiles using the MyFord Mobile internet application. You can program up to nine unique charge profiles. Default Value Charge Profile You can access your Default Value Charge Profile by selecting the edit option on the Value Charge Profiles screen. Menu Item Weekday Weekend Weekday Start Action and Description Set the Weekday times and Weekend times by pressing the Weekday and Weekend buttons. This displays the start and finish of off-peak charge times, which you can modify, using the following: + and - Weekend Start Allows you to switch the hours of your start and finish times. 404 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Action and Description Weekday Finish AM Allows you to switch the time of your start and finish time. This setting is viewable in 12-hour mode. Weekend Finish PM 240V and 120V These buttons represent the voltage service that the default profile is using. The system uses this selection to calculate estimated charge times. Clear Touching this button erases the Default Value Charge preferences. Save Touching this button stores your Default Value Charge preferences. If you touch the back arrow button to return to the previous screen without saving your settings, the system does not store them and you need to enter them again. Note: Make sure you save your settings before returning to the previous screen. If you do not touch Save the system does not store your settings. Power Flow E231152 405 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Callout A Item Power Flow Description This indicates which mode is active within the vehicle system. Menu Item Action and Description Status: Hybrid Drive The electric motor and gasoline engine are powering the vehicle. Status: Charging HV Battery The hybrid system is storing power in the highvoltage battery. Status: Idle The vehicle is either at rest, or sharing very little power between the electric system parts. Status: Electric Drive The vehicle is driving in electric mode (the power is coming from the electric motor). The gasoline engine is off in this mode. Status: Charge Complete The high-voltage battery charging from the charging station is complete. B Motor-to-Wheel Flow Shows the direction of power flow between the wheels and the electric motor. C Electric Motor Represents the hybrid electric motor. The higher the motor power is, the larger the circle around this node. Any time the vehicle is ready to be driven, the motor node illuminates. D Battery-toMotor Flow Shows the direction of power flow between the highvoltage battery and the electric motor. Flow toward the motor indicates the battery is providing power to accelerate the vehicle (discharging the battery). Flow toward the battery indicates the electric motor is providing power to the battery (charging the battery). E Plug 1 Appears when you plug your vehicle into the charging station. When charging the high voltage battery from the charging station, you can see flow from the plug to the battery on the screen. 406 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Callout Item Description Includes all power usage from the low voltage accessories such as the climate control fan, headlights and heated seats. The higher the power usage is from these accessories, the larger the circle around the node. This node illuminates anytime the vehicle is on since there is always some low level power in use. F Other 2 G Climate 2,3 H Battery Represents your high-voltage battery. A circle illuminates around the node when the high-voltage battery is receiving power from regenerative braking or engine charging. The higher the power going into the highvoltage battery, the larger the circle around this node. I Fuel Represents the fuel tank in the vehicle. J Fuel-to-Engine Flow Shows flow from the fuel tank to the engine when the engine is on and using fuel (there are some cases where the engine is on, but not using any fuel). When the engine is on, but not using fuel, the engine node is active, but the fuel flow path is off. An example of this is when your foot is off the accelerator pedal and the vehicle is traveling at a high speed. K Engine On due to: Provides you with the reason(s) the gasoline engine is on. When the gasoline engine is off, this display does not appear. Engine On due to reasons displayed by the system are in a chart following this list. L Motor-to-Engine Flow Shows the direction of power flow between the engine and the electric motor. The direction indicates if the engine is providing power to the high-voltage electrical system, or if the high-voltage electrical system is providing power to control or start the engine. Includes the power usage from the high-voltage climate control components such as the electric A/ C compressor and the electric heater. The higher the power usage is from these components, the larger the circle around this node. 407 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Callout Item Description M Engine Represents the gasoline engine. It illuminates only when the gasoline engine is on. The higher the engine power is, the larger the circle around this node. N Engine-to-Wheels Flow Shows the direction of the power flow between the engine and the wheels. O Drive Represents the power going to the wheels. The higher the wheel power is, the larger the circle around this node. When the engine is off, drive power displays in blue. When the engine is on, drive power displays in grey. 2 Accessories indicates electrical power demands from your vehicle’s accessory systems. Accessories use power but do not contribute to making the vehicle move. The power flow displays power usage from the climate control system and other accessories separately. 1 The battery-to-motor flow includes battery power the vehicle is using for acceleration. It does not include energy the vehicle is using for accessories (such as air conditioning, headlights and radio). This screen displays accessories and climate usage separately. 3 The climate control system may determine A/C is necessary even when you turn it off. In this case, you may see some climate power when the A/C is off. Engine On due to Heater Setting The engine is on because of the heater setting. Reduce or turn off the heater setting to return to electric mode. High Speed The engine is on because the vehicle speed exceeds the level for electric mode operation. Reduce the speed to return to electric mode. Drive Power The engine is on when applying pressure to the accelerator pedal or switching on the speed control. Reduce pressure on the accelerator pedal or switch off the speed control to return to full electric mode. Neutral Gear The engine is on because the vehicle is in neutral gear. Shift out of neutral gear to return to electric mode. Low Gear The engine is on because the vehicle is in low gear. Shift out of low gear to return to electric mode. 408 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Engine On due to Battery Charging The engine is on to charge the high-voltage battery. The vehicle returns to electric mode once the battery is charged. Low Use The engine is on to maintain engine oil quality. The vehicle returns to electric mode when low engine use mode is complete. See Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation (page 137). Battery Temperature The engine is on due to high or low high-voltage battery temperature. This is a normal operating condition. The vehicle returns to electric mode automatically when possible. Normal Operation The engine is on to optimize vehicle operation. The vehicle returns to electric mode when possible. Engine Braking Active The engine is on to provide increased powertrain braking. This can occur when you turn on the grade assist feature, when speed control is on or when driving with your foot off the accelerator pedal. Turning off grade assist or speed control may allow the vehicle to return to electric mode. It is recommended that new owners conduct a Master Reset upon taking possession of the vehicle to remove it from any existing MyFord Mobile accounts. The new owner can activate a MyFord Mobile account by completing registration process on the website. Privacy Notice for GPS Mapping with MyFord MyFord allows for GPS mapping when a vehicle is registered to a MyFord Mobile account. To remove the vehicle from the account, thereby removing GPS mapping ability, a Master Reset can be performed in the vehicle. See Settings (page 412). APPS Before transferring ownership of a vehicle, owners may choose to execute a Master Reset or Factory Reset (completed via the MyFord Mobile website). Either method removes the vehicle from all MyFord Mobile accounts. The system enables voice, steering wheel, and touch screen control of SYNC 3 AppLink enabled smartphone apps. Once an app is running through AppLink, you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls. Note: Available AppLink enabled apps will vary by market. 409 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Note: You must pair and connect your smartphone via Bluetooth to SYNC 3 to access AppLink. Menu Item Note: iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port. Connect Mobile Apps Note: For information on available apps, supported smartphone devices and troubleshooting tips please visit: Websites Action and Description SYNC 3 will search and connect to compatible app(s) running on your mobile device. Enabling SYNC 3 Mobile Apps owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca www.syncmaroute.ca In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC 3 requires user consent to send and receive app authorization information and updates using the data plan associated with the connected device. Note: Make sure you have an active account for the app that you have downloaded. Some apps will work automatically with no setup. Other apps will want you to configure your personal settings and personalize your experience by creating stations or favorites. We recommend you do this at home or outside of your vehicle. The connected device sends data to Ford in the United States. The information is encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC 3 module number, odometer, usage statistics and debugging information. We retain this data for only as long as necessary to provide this service, troubleshoot, and improve products and services and to offer you products and services that may interest you where allowed by law. Note: We encourage you to review the smartphone app’s terms of service and privacy policies because Ford is not responsible for your app or its use of data. Note: You must enable mobile apps for each connected device the first time you select a mobile app using the system. Note: AppLink is a native SYNC system feature. Accessing mobile apps through AppLink is only possible when Android Auto or Apple CarPlay are disabled. Some apps may only be accessible in the car through Applink and others only through Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. Please refer to the Smartphone Connectivity information to disable Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. Note: Ford reserves the right to limit functionality or deactivate mobile apps at any time. Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is not responsible for any additional charges you may receive from your service provider, when your vehicle sends or receives data through the connected device. This includes any additional charges incurred due to driving in areas when roaming out of a home network. Note: In order to use an app with SYNC 3, the App needs to be running in the background of your phone. If you shut down the app on your phone, it shuts down the app on SYNC 3 as well. Note: If a SYNC 3 AppLink compatible app is not shown in the Apps Domain, make sure the required app is running on the mobile device. You can enable and disable apps through settings. See Settings (page 412). 410 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 App Permissions Note: SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may not be available in all markets. The system organizes the App permissions into groups. You can grant these group permissions individually. You can change a permission group status any time when not driving, by using the settings menu. While in the settings menu, you can also see the data included in each group. Note: In order to use SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link, your vehicle must have navigation. Note: A paid subscription is required to access and use these features. Go to www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more information. When you launch an app using SYNC 3, the system may ask you to grant certain permissions, for example Vehicle information, Driving characteristics, GPS and Speed, and/or Push notifications. You can enable all groups or none of them during the initial app permissions prompts. The settings menu offers individual group permission control. Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link. Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link services or its use in vehicles. Note: You are only prompted to grant permissions the first time you use an app with SYNC 3. When you subscribe to SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link, it can help you locate the best gas prices, find movie listings, get current traffic alerts, view the current weather map, get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games. Note: If you disable group permissions, apps will still be enabled to work with SYNC 3 unless you deactivate All Apps in the settings menu. SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If Equipped) WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. 411 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Traffic on Route Traffic Nearby Action and Description Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route, near your vehicle’s current location or near any of your favorite places, if programmed. Fuel Prices Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle’s location or on an active navigation route. Movie Listings Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times, if available. Weather Touch this button to view the nearby weather, current weather, or the five-day forecast for the chosen area. Map Select to see the weather map, which can show storms, radar information, charts and winds. Area Select to choose from a listing of weather locations. Sports Info Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports. You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access. The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress. Ski Conditions Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area. Sound SETTINGS Pressing this button allows you to adjust the following: Under this menu, you can access and adjust the settings for many of the system features. To access additional settings, swipe the screen left or right. Sound Settings Reset All Returns Treble, Midrange, and Bass sound settings to factory levels. Treble Adjusts the high frequency level. Midrange Adjusts the middle frequency level. Bass Adjusts the low frequency level. Balance / Fade Adjusts the sound ratio from side to side or front to back. 412 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Sound Settings Speed Compensated Vol. Adjusts the amount the audio system volume increases with speed, or turns the feature off. Occupancy Mode Optimizes the sound based on the location of the listeners. Sound Settings Stereo Surround Your vehicle might not have all of these features. Media Player This button is available when a media device such as a Bluetooth Stereo or USB device is the active audio source. Pressing the button allows you to access the following options for active devices only. Menu Item Podcast Speed Action and Description For some Apple devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of podcasts. When a podcast is playing, you can choose: Slower Normal Faster Audiobook Speed For some Apple devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of audiobooks. When an audiobook is playing, you can choose: Cover Art Priority Gracenote® Management Slower Normal Faster Media Player Cover art displays from your device’s music files. If no cover art for the files exists on the device, then the Gracenote Database provides cover art. Gracenote® The Gracenote Database supplied cover art is used for your music files. This overrides any cover art from your device. Switches on and off Gracenote® to provide metadata information such as genre, artist, album. 413 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Action and Description Gracenote® Data- This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database. base Info Device Information This allows you to view the manufacturer and model number of your media device. Update Media Index Erase the stored in media information in order to re-index. You can adjust the following features: Clock To adjust the time, select the up and down arrows on either side of the screen. The arrows on the left adjust the hour and arrows on the right adjust the minute. You can then select AM or PM. Menu Item Action and Description Clock Format Select how time displays. Auto Time Zone Update When active, the clock adjusts to time zone changes. This feature is only available in vehicles with navigation. Reset Clock to GPS Time When selected, the vehicle clock resets to GPS satellite time. Bluetooth The system automatically saves any updates you make to the settings. Pressing this button allows you to access the following: Menu Item Bluetooth Action Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all devices and does not permit new connections. Phone You must activate Bluetooth to pair a Bluetooth-enabled device. Pair your Bluetooth-enabled phone with the system before using the functions in hands-free mode. The processes of pairing a Bluetooth device is the same as pairing a phone. See Pairing a Device in Phone settings for how to pair a device and the available options. Switch on Bluetooth on your device to begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if necessary. 414 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 1. Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Select your phone's name when it appears on the touchscreen. 3. Confirm that the six-digit number appearing on your phone matches the six-digit number on the touchscreen. 4. The touchscreen indicates when the pairing is successful. 5. Your phone may prompt you to give the system permission to access information. To check your phone’s compatibility, see your phone’s manual or visit the website. To add a phone, select: Menu Item Add Phone 1. Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. A prompt alerts you to search for the system on your phone. 3. Select your vehicle's make and model as it displays on your phone. 4. Confirm that the six-digit number appearing on your phone matches the six-digit number on the touchscreen. 5. The touchscreen indicates when the pairing is successful. 6. Your phone may prompt you to give the system permission to access information. To check your phone’s compatibility, see your phone’s manual or visit the website. Other features, such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download, are phone-dependent features. To check your phone’s compatibility, see your phone’s manual or visit the website: Website www.owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca www.syncmaroute.ca Alternatively, to add a phone, select: Menu Item Add Phone Once you have paired a device you can adjust the following options. Then select: Discover Other Bluetooth Devices Menu Item Action and Description View Devices You can then select: Add a Bluetooth Device You can add a Bluetooth-enabled device by following the steps in the previous table. You can select a phone by touching the name of the phone on the screen. You then have the following options: Connect Disconnect Depending on the status of the device, you can select either of these options to interact with the selected device. 415 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Action and Description Device Information Allows you to see phone and device information. Make Primary Allows you to select this device to be your preferred device. Delete Removes the selected device from the system. Menu Item Action and Description Manage Contacts You can then select: Auto-Download Contacts Enable this option to have SYNC 3 periodically re-download your phonebook to keep your contact list up to date. Sort By: Choose how you would like the system to display your contacts. You can choose: First Name Last Name Re-download Contacts Select this option to re-download your contact list manually. Delete Contacts Select this option to delete the in vehicle contact list. Deleting the in vehicle list does not erase the contact list on the connected phone. Menu Item Action and Description Set Phone Ringtone You can then select: No Ringtone No sound plays when a call comes to your phone. Use Phone Ring- The currently selected ringtone on your phone plays when you receive tone a call. This option may not be available for all phones. If this option is available, it is the default setting. You can also select one of the three available ringers. 416 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Action and Description Text Messaging You can then select: No Alert (Silence) No sound plays when a message comes to your phone. You can select one of the three available notification sounds. Voice Readout When enabled, a voice prompt alerts you when you receive a new message. You can enable and disable the following options as well: Menu Item Action and Description Mute Audio in Privacy When enabled, vehicle audio (such as radio or apps) is muted for the duration of the phone call even when the phone call is in privacy. Roaming Warning When enabled, an alert displays that your phone is roaming when you attempt to place a call. Low Battery Notification When enabled, a message displays when the battery on your phone is running low. Select this button to modify the on or off setting for this feature. If the mobile phone’s contacts have been downloaded, you can adjust the following option: 911 Assist Note: This service is only available in the United States and Canada. Menu Item Action and Description Set Emergency Contacts You can select up to two numbers from your mobile device's phonebook as emergency contacts for quick access at the end of the 911 Assist call process. Radio This button is available if a Radio source such as AM or FM is the active media source. Pressing the button allows you to access the following features: 417 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item FM HD Radio Action and Description Activation of this feature allows you to listen to HD radio broadcasts. AM HD Radio (Dependent on current radio source, If Available) Radio Text This feature is available when FM Radio is your active media source. Activate this feature to have the system display radio text. Autoset Presets Refresh (AST) Selecting this option stores the six strongest stations in your current location to the last preset bank of the currently tuned source. Navigation You can adjust many of the Navigation preferences by selecting the following menus. Map Preferences Menu Item Action and Description Map Preferences Then select any of the following: 3D City Model When this option is active, the system shows 3D renderings of buildings. Breadcrumbs When enabled, your vehicle’s previously traveled route displays with white dots. POI Icons Enable this feature to display up to 3 POI icons on the navigation map. Once this feature is activated you can select the icons you want displayed by selecting: Incident Map Icons Select POIs This menu allows you to choose which incident icons you would like to have displayed on the navigation map. 418 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Route Preferences Menu Item Second Level Messages, Actions and Descriptions Route Preferences Then select any of the following: Preferred Route Choose to have the system display your chosen route type. Shortest Always Use ___ Route Fastest Eco Bypass route selection in destination programming. The system only calculates one route based on your preferred route setting. When activated, the system uses your selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination. Use HOV Lanes The system selects High Occupancy Vehicle or car pool lanes when providing route guidance. Automatically Find Parking The system searches for and displays available parking locations as you approach your destination. Eco Time Penalty Select a level of cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route. Dynamic Route Enable or disable considering traffic information when planning a Guidance route. The system can find a faster route based on heavy traffic flow information or detect a Road Closed incident and find a detour route if possible. Navigation Preferences Menu Item Action and Description Navigation Preferences Guidance Prompts You can adjust how the system provides prompts. Then select any of the following: Voice and Tones Voice Only Tones Only 419 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Mobile Apps Note: Not all Mobile Apps may be compatible with the system. You can enable the control of compatible mobile apps running on your Bluetooth or USB device on SYNC 3. In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC 3 requires user consent to send and receive app authorization information and updates using the data plan associated with the connected device. Note: Standard data rates will apply. Ford is not responsible for any additional charges you may receive from your service provider, when your vehicle sends or receives data through the connected device. This includes any additional charges incurred due to driving in areas when roaming out of a home network. The connected devices sends data to Ford in the United States. The encrypted information includes your VIN, SYNC 3 module number, anonymous usage statistics and debugging information. Updates may take place automatically. Menu Item Mobile Apps Action and Description Enable or disable the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3. Disabling mobile apps in the settings menu disables automatic updates and the use of mobile apps on SYNC 3. You can view the status of mobile app permissions in the settings menu. Once Mobile Apps is enabled, you have the following options: Update Mobile Apps This provides information on the current state of available app updates. There are three possible statuses: Update Needed Up-To-Date Updating Mobile Apps… The system has No update is detected a new app required. requiring authorization or a general permissions update is required. The system is trying to receive an update. Request Update Select this button if an update is required and you want to request this update manually. For example, when your mobile device is connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot, select: 420 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item Action and Description Request Update All Apps Grant or deny permissions to all apps at once. There may also be SYNC 3 enabled apps listed under these options. Grant or deny an individual app particular permissions. App permissions are organized into groups. By pressing the info book icon, you can see which signals are included in each group. Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for any damages or loss of privacy relating to usage of an app, or dissemination of any vehicle data that you approve Ford to provide to an app. General Access and adjust the system settings, voice features, as well as phone, navigation and wireless settings. Menu Item Language Select to have the touchscreen display in English, Spanish or French. Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles. Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit. Touch Screen Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made through the touchscreen. Automatic System Updates When you activate this option, the system automatically updates when you have an available Internet connection through a Wi-Fi network or mobile connection. 421 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Menu Item About Information pertaining to the system and its software. Software Licenses Documentation of the software license for the system. Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults. This erases all personal settings and personal data. Wi-Fi You can adjust the following: Menu Item Action and Description Wi-Fi Enable this option to connect to Wi-Fi for SYNC 3 vehicle software updates. View Available Networks This provides you with a list of available Wi-Fi networks within range. Clicking on a network from the list allows you to connect or disconnect from that network. The system may require a security code to connect. When you click the information button next to a network, more information about the network displays such as the signal strength, connection status and security type. Wi-Fi Available Notifications The system alerts you when your vehicle is parked and a Wi-Fi network is within range if SYNC is not already connected. Vehicle Ambient Lighting (If Equipped) Note: You vehicle may not have all of these features. Tap a color once to active ambient lighting. This sets the color to the highest intensity. You can select the following features to update their settings. You can drag the colors up and down to increase or decrease the intensity. To switch ambient lighting off, press the active color once or drag the active color all the way down to zero intensity. 422 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Door Keypad Code enter the five-digit factory set code. You can find this code on the owner's wallet card in the glove box or from your authorized dealer. Select this button to add or erase a personal door keypad code. To add or erase a personal code, you first need to Camera Settings To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select: Message Action and Description Camera Settings Then select from the following: Rear Camera Delay You can enable or disable this option using the slider. You can find more information on the rear-view camera system in the parking aids chapter of your owner manual. Onboard Modem Serial Number (ESN) Selecting this button on the settings menu shows you the ESN number for your system. You need this number for certain registrations such as Satellite Radio. Charge Port Light (If Equipped) To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select: Menu Item Action and Description Charge Port Light You can then select: On Illuminates when plugging in, opening doors, pressing the unlock button on your remote and while charging. Off Does not illuminate. Limited Illuminates only when plugging in, opening doors, or pressing the unlock button on your remote. Note: Details on the charge port light functions are in another chapter. See High Voltage Battery (page 151). 423 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Display To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select: Menu Item Action and Description Brightness Make the screen display brighter or dimmer. Mode You can select: Auto The screen automatically switches between day and night modes based on the outside light level. Day The screen displays with a light background to enhance daytime viewing. Night The screen displays with a darker background to make nighttime viewing easier. Off The screen goes black and does not display anything. To switch the screen back on, simply tap the screen. Voice Control You can adjust the voice control settings by selecting the following options. Menu Item Advanced Mode Enable this option to remove additional voice prompts and confirmations. Phone Confirmation Enable this option to have the system confirm a contacts name with you before making a call. Voice Command List Enable this option to have the system display a list of available voice commands when the voice button is pressed. Valet Mode Valet mode allows you to lock the system. No information is accessible until the system is unlocked with the correct PIN. 424 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 When you select valet mode a pop up appears informing you that a four digit code must be entered to enable and disable valet mode. You can use any PIN you chose but you must use the same PIN to disable valet mode. The system asks you to input the code. To unlock the system, enter the same pin number. The system reconnects to your phone and all of your options are available again. Note: If the system is locked and you cannot remember the PIN, please contact the Customer Relationship Center. Your SYNC 3 system is easy to use. However, should questions arise, please refer to the tables below. United States: 1-800-392-3673 Canada: 1-800-565-3673 To check your cell phone's compatibility, visit the Ford website. SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING To enable valet mode, enter your chosen PIN. The system then asks to confirm your PIN by reentering it. The system then locks. Website owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca www.syncmaroute.ca Cell phone issues Issue Possible cause Possible solution There is background noise during a phone call. The audio control settings on your cell phone may be affecting SYNC 3 performance. Refer to your device's manual about audio adjustments. During a call, I can hear the Possible cell phone other person malfunction. but they cannot hear me. Try switching your cell phone off, resetting it or removing the battery, then try again. During a call, I cannot hear the The system may need to other person be restarted. and they cannot hear me. To restart your system, shut down the engine, open and close the door, and then lock the door and wait for 2-3 minutes. Make sure that your SYNC 3 screen is black and the lighted USB port is off. This is a cell phoneSYNC 3 is not dependent feature. able to download my phone- Possible cell phone book. malfunction. Make sure that the microphone for SYNC 3 is not set to off. Look for the microphone icon on the phone screen. Check your cell phone's compatibility. Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve contacts from your phone. Refer to your cell manual. 425 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Cell phone issues Issue Possible cause Possible solution You must switch on your cell phone and the automatic phonebook download feature on SYNC 3. Try switching your cell phone off, resetting it or removing the battery, then try again. The system says "Phonebook downloaded" but my Limitations on your cell SYNC 3 phone- phone's capability. book is empty or is missing contacts. This is a cell phonedependent feature. Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve contacts from your phone. Refer to your cell manual. If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card, move them to your cell phone's memory. You must switch on your cell phone and the automatic phonebook download feature on SYNC 3. Check your cell phone's compatibility. Try switching your cell phone off, resetting it or removing the battery, then try again. I am having trouble connecting my cell phone to SYNC 3. Possible cell phone malfunction. Try deleting your device from SYNC 3 and deleting SYNC from your device, then trying again. Always check the security and auto accept prompt settings relative to the SYNC 3 Bluetooth connection on your cell phone. Update your cell phone's firmware. Switch the auto download setting off. This is a cell phonedependent feature. Text messaging Possible cell phone is not working malfunction. on SYNC 3. iPhone Check your cell phone's compatibility. Try switching your cell phone off, resetting it or removing the battery, then try again. • • 426 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Go to your cell phone's Settings. Go to the Bluetooth Menu. SYNC™ 3 Cell phone issues Issue Possible cause Possible solution • • • Press the blue circle to the right of the device named with your vehicle make and model to enter the next menu. Turn Show Notifications on. Disconnect then reconnect your iPhone from the SYNC 3 system to activate this settings update. Your iPhone is now set up to forward incoming text messages to SYNC 3. Repeat these steps for every other SYNC 3 vehicle that you connect. Your iPhone will only forward incoming text messages to SYNC 3 if the iPhone is not unlocked in the messaging application. Replying to text messages using SYNC 3 is not supported by iPhone. Text messages from WhatsApp and Facebook Messenger are not supported. This is a cell phonedependent feature. Audible text messages do not work on my This is a cell phone limitacell phone. tion. Your cell phone must support downloading text messages through Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages. Because each cell phone is different, refer to your device's manual for the specific cell phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be differences between cell phones due to brand, model, service provider and software version. 427 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues Issue Possible cause Possible solution Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try switching your device off, resetting it or removing the battery, then reconnect it to SYNC 3. I am having trouble connecting my device. Make sure you are using the manufacturer's Possible device malfunc- cable. tion. Make sure to correctly insert the USB cable into the device and your vehicle's USB port. Make sure that the device does not have an auto-install program or active security settings. The device has a lock screen enabled. Make sure your device is unlocked before connecting it to SYNC 3. SYNC 3 does not recognize Make sure you are not leaving the device in my device when This is a device limitation. your vehicle during very hot or cold I start my temperatures. vehicle. This is a deviceBluetooth audio dependent feature. does not The device is not stream. connected. Make sure you connect the device to SYNC 3 and that you have started the media player on your device. Your music files may not contain the correct artist, Make sure that all song details are popusong title, album or genre lated. information. SYNC 3 does The file may be not recognize corrupted. music that is on The song may have my device. copyright protection that does not allow it to play. The file format is not supported by SYNC 3. Try replacing the corrupt file with a new version. Some devices require you to change the USB settings from mass storage to media transfer protocol class. Convert the file to a supported format. See Entertainment (page 365). 428 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues Issue Possible cause Possible solution The device needs to be re-indexed. Update media index. See Settings (page 412). The device has a lock screen enabled. Make sure your device is unlocked before connecting it to SYNC 3. Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try switching your device off, resetting it or removing the battery, then connect it back to SYNC 3. When I connect my device, I To listen to Apple devices through USB, sometimes do This is a device limitation. select AirPlay from the devices Control not hear any Center, then select Dock Connector. sound. To listen to Apple devices through Bluetooth Stereo, select AirPlay from the devices Control Center, then select SYNC. Wi-Fi Issues Issue Failed connection. Disconnecting after successful connection. Possible cause Possible solution Password error. Verify password. Weak signal. Check for a poor Wi-Fi signal. Multiple Access points within range with the same SSID. Use a unique name for your SSID, don’t use the default name unless it contains a unique identifier, such as part of the MAC address. Weak signal probably due to distance from the hotspot, obstruction or high interference. Position the vehicle close to the hotspot with the front of the vehicle facing the hotspot direction and remove obstacles if possible. Other Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, microwave and cordless phones may cause interference. 429 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Wi-Fi Issues Issue Possible cause Possible solution Poor signal seen by SYNC 3 There may be an obstruction If the vehicle is equipped with heated windshield, try despite being near a between SYNC 3 and the positioning the vehicle so hotspot. hotspot. that the windshield is not facing the hotspot. If you have metallic window tinting but not on the windshield, position the vehicle to face the hotspot. If all windows are tinted, you can open the windows in the direction of the hotspot if that is feasible. Try to remove other obstructions that may impact signal quality such as opening the garage door. A hotspot is not listed in the The hotspot was defined as Please set the network to list of available networks. a hidden network. visible and try again. SYNC 3 is not seen when SYNC 3 does not currently searching for Wi-Fi networks provide a hotspot. from your phone or other devices. SYNC 3 currently does not provide a hotspot Software download takes too long. Poor signal strength, too far from the hotspot, hotspot is supporting multiple connections, slow Internet connection or other problems. Check the signal quality (under network details), if SYNC 3 indicates good or excellent, test with another high-speed equipped hotspot where the environment is more predictable. SYNC 3 seems to connect with a hotspot and the signal strength is excellent but the software is not being updated. It is possible that there is no new software. The connected hotspot may be a managed one and it requires either a subscription or agreeing to the terms and conditions. Test the connection with another device, if the hotspot requires a subscription, you may contact the service provider. 430 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 AppLink issues Issue AppLink Mobile Applications: When I select "Connect Mobile Apps," SYNC 3 does not find any applications. Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) You did not connect an Applink Compatible phone to SYNC 3. Make sure you have a compatible smartphone; an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or an iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or higher. Additionally, make sure you pair and connect your phone to SYNC 3 in order to find AppLink-capable apps on your device. iPhone users must also connect to a USB port with an Apple USB cable. Make sure you have downloaded and installed the latest version of the app from your phone's app store. Make sure the app is running AppLink-enabled apps are on your phone. Some apps My phone is connected, but not installed and running on require you to register or I still cannot find any apps. your mobile device. login to the app on the phone before using them with AppLink. Also, some may have a "Ford SYNC" setting, so check the app's settings menu on the phone. Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC 3 find the application if you cannot discover it inside the vehicle. Sometimes apps do not My phone is connected, my properly close and re-open On an Android device, if app(s) are running, but I still their connection to SYNC 3, apps have an 'Exit' or 'Quit' cannot find any apps. over ignition cycles, for option, then select it and example. restart the app. If the app does not have that option, select the phone's settings menu and select 'Apps', 431 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 AppLink issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) then find the particular app and choose 'Force stop.' Do not forget to restart the app afterward, then select "Connect Mobile Apps" on SYNC 3. On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an app, double tap the home button then swipe up on the app to close it. Tap the home button again, then select the app again to restart it. After a few seconds, the app should then appear in SYNC 3's Mobile App's Menu. My Android phone is connected, my app(s) are running, I restarted them, but I still cannot find any apps. There is a Bluetooth issue on some older versions of the Android operating system that may cause apps that were found on your previous vehicle drive to not be found again if you did not switch Bluetooth off. 432 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Switch Bluetooth off and then on to reset it on your phone. If you are in your vehicle, SYNC 3 should be able to automatically reconnect to your phone if you press the "Phone" button. SYNC™ 3 AppLink issues Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait a moment, and plug the USB cable My iPhone is connected, my back in to the phone. After a app is running, I restarted You may need to reset the few seconds, the app should the app but I still cannot find USB connection to SYNC 3. appear in SYNC 3's Mobile it on SYNC 3. Apps Menu. If not, "Force Close" the application and restart it. Increase the Bluetooth volume of the device by using the device's volume control buttons which are most often found on the side of the device. I have an Android phone. I found and started my media The Bluetooth volume on app on SYNC 3, but there is the phone may be low. no sound or the sound is very low. Some Android devices have a limited number of Bluetooth ports that apps can use to connect. If you I can only see some of the AppLink apps running on my have more AppLink apps on phone listed in the SYNC 3 your phone than the number of available Bluetooth ports, Mobile Apps Menu. you will not see all of your apps listed in the SYNC 3 mobile apps menu. Force close or uninstall the apps you do not want SYNC 3 to find. If the app has a "Ford SYNC" setting, disable that setting in the app's settings menu on the phone. Voice command issues Issue Possible cause Possible solution You may be using the SYNC 3 does wrong voice commands. not understand what I am saying. You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time. Review the cell phone voice commands and the media voice commands at the beginning of their respective sections. Refer to the audio display during an active voice session to find a list of voice commands there. Wait for the system to prompt you before you state your command. 433 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Voice command issues Issue Possible cause Possible solution You may be using the Review the media voice commands at the wrong voice commands. beginning of the media section. Say the song or artist name exactly as it is displayed on your device. For example, say "Play Artist Prince" or "Play song Purple Rain". You may not be saying SYNC 3 does the name exactly as it not understand appears on your device. the name of a song or artist. SYNC 3 does not understand or is calling the wrong contact when I want to make a call. The SYNC 3 voice control system is having trouble recognizing foreign names stored on my cell phone. Make sure you are saying the complete title such as "California remix featuring Jennifer Nettles". If there are any abbreviations in the name, like ESPN or CNN, you have to spell those: "E-S-P-N" or "C-N-N". The song or artist name may have some special characters that are not being recognized by SYNC 3. Make sure that song titles, artists, album, and playlists names do not have any special characters like *, - or +. You may not be saying the name exactly as it appears on your phonebook. Make sure that you are saying the name exactly as it appears on your phone. For example, if your contact is "Joe Wilson", say "Call Joe Wilson". If your contact name is "Mom", say "Call Mom". The contact name may contain special characters. Make sure that your contact names do not have any special characters like *, - or +. SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation rules of the selected language to the contact names stored on your cell phone. You may not be saying the name exactly as it appears on your phonebook. Helpful Hint: You can select your contact manually. Press PHONE. Select the option for phonebook and then contact name. Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC 3 will read the contact name to you, giving you some idea of the pronunciation it is expecting. 434 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 Voice command issues Issue The SYNC 3 voice control system is having trouble recognizing foreign tracks, artists, albums, genres and playlist names from my media player or USB flash drive. Possible cause Possible solution You may be saying the foreign names using the currently selected language for SYNC 3. SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation rules of the selected language to the names stored on your media player or USB flash drive. It is able to make some exceptions for very popular artist names (for example, U2) such that you can always use the English pronunciation for these artists. The system generates voice prompts and SYNC 3 uses text-tothe pronuncispeech voice prompt ation of some technology. words may not be accurate for my language. SYNC 3 uses a synthetically generated voice rather than pre-recorded human voice. SYNC 3 offers several new voice control features for a wide range of languages. Dialing a contact name directly from the phonebook without pre-recording (for example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly from your media player (for example, "play artist Madonna"). 435 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing SYNC™ 3 General Issue The language selected for the instrument cluster and information and entertainment display does not match the SYNC 3 language (phone, USB, Bluetooth audio, voice control and voice prompts). Possible cause Possible solution SYNC 3 only supports four languages in a single module for text display, voice control and voice prompts. The country where you bought your vehicle dictates the four languages based on the most popular SYNC 3 does not support languages spoken. If the selected language is not available, SYNC 3 remains in the the currently selected language for the instru- current active language. ment cluster and inform- SYNC 3 offers several new voice control ation and entertainment features for a wide range of languages. display. Dialing a contact name directly from the phonebook without pre-recording (for example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly from your media player (for example, "play artist Madonna"). SYNC 3 System Reset The system has a System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC 3 feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any information previously stored in the system (such as paired devices, phonebook, call history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold the Seek Up (>>|) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. After approximately 5 seconds the screen will go black. Allow 1-2 minutes for the system reset to complete. You may then resume using the SYNC 3 system. For additional assistance with SYNC 3 troubleshooting please call or visit the Ford Website. Ford Support Customer Relation- United States: 1-800-392-3673 ship Center Canada: 1-800-565-3673 Website owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca www.syncmaroute.ca 436 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Accessories Lifestyle For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle, please contact your authorized dealer or visit the online store web site: • • • • • Web Address (United States) www.Accessories.Ford.com Peace of mind Web Address (Canada) • www.Accessories.Ford.ca • • • • • • • • Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer-installed Ford Original Accessory found to be defective in factory-supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period, as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories. Ford Motor Company warrants your vehicle's accessory through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit: • 24 months, unlimited mileage. • The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty. Contact an authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty. Exterior style • • • • Custom graphics. Hood deflector*. Side window deflectors. Splash guards. Interior style • • • • Ash cup or smoker's packages. Cargo net*. Roof racks and carriers*. Soft cargo organizers. Tablet cradle*. Accent lighting. Cargo area protector. Door sill plates. Floor mats. 437 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Bumper-mounted parking assist system*. Car covers. Charge cord storage bag*. Keyless entry keypad. Rear bumper protector. Remote start. Roadside assistance kits*. Vehicle security systems. Wheel locks. Accessories • Footnote *Ford Licensed Accessory. The accessory manufacturer designs, develops and therefore warrants Ford Licensed Accessories, and does not design or test these accessories to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements. Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the manufacturer's limited warranty details, and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer. • For maximum vehicle performance, keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle: • When adding accessories, equipment, passengers and luggage to your vehicle, do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label). Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information. • The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped with radio transmitters, for example, two-way radios, telephones and theft alarms. Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer. 438 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle, particularly if their manufacturer did not design them specifically for automotive use. If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non-Ford electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle, you may adversely affect battery performance and durability. In addition, you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle. Ford Protect PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD PROTECT EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN. That means you get: • Reliable, quality service at any Ford or Lincoln dealership. • Repairs performed by factory trained technicians, using genuine parts. Ford Protect Extended Service Plans (U.S. Only) Rental Car Reimbursement Ford Protect Extended Service Plan means peace of mind. It’s the extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company, and provides more protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage. When you visit your Ford Dealer, Insist on Ford Protect Extended Service Plans! 1st day Rental Benefit If you bring your car into your dealer for service, we’ll give you a loaner to use for the day. Extended Rental Benefits Ford Protect Can Quickly Pay for Itself If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs, you are eligible for rental car coverage, including warranty repairs, and Field Service Actions. One trip to the Service Center could easily exceed the price of your Ford Protect Extended Service Plan. With Ford Protect you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs. Roadside Assistance Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle Components Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance, including: There are four mechanical Ford Protect Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for details. • • • 1. PremiumCARE - Our most comprehensive coverage. With over 1,000 covered components, this plan is so complete it’s probably easier to list what’s not covered. 2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components, and includes many high-tech items. 3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components. 4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical components. • Towing, flat-tire change and battery jump starts. Out of fuel and lock-out assistance. Travel expense reimbursement for lodging, meals and rental car. Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car coverage or other transportation. Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Protect Extended Service plan coverage expires, you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner. Which should give you and your potential buyer a little more peace of mind. Ford Protect Extended Service Plans are honored by all authorized Ford dealers in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. 439 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Ford Protect Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your Vehicle Ford Protect Extended Service Plan (CANADA ONLY) Ford Protect Extended Service Plan also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance, and selected wear items. The coverage is prepaid, so you never have to worry about the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance. You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Protect Extended Service Plan. Ford Protect Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan you purchase, Ford Protect Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as: Covered maintenance includes: • Windshield wiper blades. • Spark plugs. • The clutch disc. • Brake pads and linings. • Shock absorbers. • Struts. • Engine Belts. • Engine coolant hoses, clamps and o-rings. • Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment. • Cabin air filter replacement every 20,000 mi (32,000 km) (electric vehicles only). • • • • Rental reimbursement. Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items. Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires. Roadside Assistance benefits. There are several Ford Protect Extended Service Plans available in various time, distance and deductible combinations. Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs, including reimbursement for towing and rental. When you purchase Ford Protect Extended Service Plan, you receive added peace-of-mind protection throughout Canada, the United States and Mexico, provided by a network of participating authorized Ford Motor Company dealers. Interest Free Finance Options Just a 10% down payment will provide you with an affordable, no interest, no fee payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford Protect Extended Service Plan has to offer while paying over time. You are pre-approved with no credit check or hassles. To learn more, call our Ford Protect Extended Service Plan specialists at 800-367-3377. Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada, the United States and Mexico are not eligible for Ford Protect Extended Service Plan coverage. This information is subject to change. For more information; visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the Ford Protect Extended Service Plan that is right for you. Ford Protect Extended Service Plan P.O. Box 321067 Detroit, MI 48232 440 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Genuine Ford and Motorcraft® Replacement Parts GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured replacement parts. These parts meet or exceed our specifications. Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer) parts and labor limited warranty. Why Maintain Your Vehicle? Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle. If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part, it could affect emissions compliance. We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing. It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times. These intervals serve two purposes; one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down. Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping. They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle, from general maintenance to collision repairs. It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner's manual. See Capacities and Specifications (page 282). Note: Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops. Please contact your dealer for details. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance. Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability, durability and resale value. To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems, make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals. Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership? Factory-Trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory-sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle. Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received. C-MAX Full Hybrid Your vehicle is equipped with an information display, which indicates the proper oil change interval. This interval may be up to one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers). 441 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the information display, it is time for an oil change. Make sure you perform the oil change within two weeks or 500 miles (800 kilometers) of the ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing. Make sure you reset the oil monitoring system after each oil change. All Vehicles If your information display resets prematurely, becomes inoperative or the vehicle battery becomes discharged or disconnected, the oil monitoring system resets to 100% oil life. You should change your engine oil one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) from the previous oil change. Never exceed one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) between oil change intervals. Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing. Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information. C-MAX Energi Plug-in Hybrid We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized re-manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle. Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple, complex, performance systems. Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features. That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor system, which displays a message in the information display at the proper oil change interval. This interval may be up to two years or 20000 miles (32000 kilometers). Additives and Chemicals This owner's manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle. We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please consult your warranty information. When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the information display, it is time for an oil change. Make sure you perform the oil change within two weeks or 500 miles (800 kilometers) of the ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing. Make sure you reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each oil change. If your information display resets prematurely or becomes inoperative, you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles (8000 kilometers) from your last oil change. Never exceed two years or 20000 miles (32000 kilometers) between oil change intervals. 442 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Oils, Fluids and Flushing Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and fluids at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub-systems during scheduled maintenance. It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford-approved flushing chemical. In many cases, fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and, by itself, does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed. However, a qualified expert, such as the factory-trained technicians at your dealership, should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately. Owner Checks and Services Make sure you perform the following basic maintenance checks and inspections every month or at six-month intervals. Check every month Engine oil level. Function of all interior and exterior lights. Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure. Windshield washer fluid level. Check every six months Battery connections. Clean if necessary. Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary. Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength. Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary. Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary. Parking brake for proper operation. Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function. Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and safety belt) for operation. Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary. 443 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Multi-point Inspection Check Every 12 Months (C-MAX Energi Plug-in Hybrid Only) In order to keep your vehicle running right, it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly. This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems. We recommend having the following multi-point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great. Inspect the engine oil filter for signs of damage such as rust, paint blistering, scratches or dents. If any of these conditions are present, replace the filter. See Normal Scheduled Maintenance (page 445). Multi-point inspection Accessory drive belt(s) Hazard warning system operation Battery performance Horn operation Engine air filter Radiator, cooler, heater and A/C hoses Exhaust system Suspension components for leaks or damage Exterior lamps operation Steering and linkage * * ** Fluid levels ; fill if necessary Tires for wear and proper pressure For oil and fluid leaks Windshield for cracks, chips or pits Half-shaft dust boots Washer spray and wiper operation Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer ** If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed. Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi-point vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle. Your checklist gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle. 444 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance waste at the same time. NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE This means you do not have to remember to change the oil on a mileage-based schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying a message in the information display. Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™ (If Equipped) Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor that determines when you should change the engine oil based on how your vehicle is used. By using several important factors in its calculations, the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduces environmental The following table provides examples of vehicle use and its impact on oil change intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil change intervals depend on several factors and generally decrease with severity of use. When to expect the message prompting you to change your oil Miles (kilometers) Vehicle use and example Normal Normal commuting with highway driving No, or moderate, load or towing Flat to moderately hilly roads No extended idling 7500-10000 (12000-16000) Severe Moderate to heavy load or towing Mountainous or off-road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation 5000-7499 (8000-11999) Extreme 3000-4999 (4000-7999) Maximum load or towing Extreme hot or cold operation Normal Maintenance Intervals At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display. 3 Change engine oil and filter. Inspect automatic transmission fluid level. Consult dealer for requirements. Inspect brake pads, rotors, hoses and parking brake. 445 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing 1, 2 Scheduled Maintenance At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display. 1, 2 Inspect engine cooling system and motor/electronics cooling system strength and hoses. Inspect exhaust system and heat shields. Inspect half-shaft boots. Inspect steering linkage, ball joints, suspension and tie-rod ends. Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag. 1 Do not exceed two years or 20000 miles (32000 kilometers) between service intervals. 2 Perform multi-point inspection (recommended). 3 Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor system after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine Oil Check (page 226). * Other maintenance items Every 20000 miles (32000 Replace cabin air filter. km) Every 30000 miles (48000 Replace engine air filter. km) At 100000 miles (160000 km) Change engine coolant and motor/electronics coolant. Every 100000 miles (160000 km) Replace spark plugs. Every 150000 miles (240000 km) Change automatic transmission fluid. ** * Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the last engine oil and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval. ** Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles (160000 kilometers), then every three years or 50000 miles (80000 kilometers). 446 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Perform the services shown in the following tables when specified or within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the message appearing in the information display prompting you to change your oil. • Example 1: The message comes on at 28,750 mi (46,270 km). Perform the 30,000 mi (48,000 km) automatic transmission fluid replacement. • Example 2: The message has not come on, but the odometer reads 30,000 mi (48,000 km) (for example, the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor was reset at 25,000 mi (40,000 km). Perform the engine air filter replacement. SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions, you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated. If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions, it is not necessary to perform the extra maintenance. For specific recommendations, see your dealership service advisor or technician. Extensive idling or low-speed driving for long distances As required Change engine oil and filter every 12 months or 10,000 mi (16,000 km) unless otherwise indicated by the information display. Perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled * Maintenance chart. Inspect frequently, service as required Replace cabin air filter. Every 60,000 mi (96,000 km) Replace spark plugs. Replace engine air filter. * Reset the oil-life monitor after each engine oil and filter change. See Oil Change Indicator Reset (page 227). Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads) Inspect frequently, service as required Replace cabin air filter. Replace engine air filter. Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag. Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth. 447 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads) Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Change engine oil and filter.* Perform multi-point inspection. * Reset the oil-life monitor after each engine oil and filter change. See Oil Change Indicator Reset (page 227). Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals Exceptions Vehicles operating in the Middle East, North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute (API) Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal oil change interval is 3,100 mi (5,000 km). There are several exceptions to the Normal Schedule: California Fuel Filter Replacement If you register your vehicle in California, the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item does not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability before the completion of your vehicle's useful life. Ford Motor Company, however, urges you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service. If the available API SM or SN oils are not available, then the oil change interval is 1,900 mi (3,000 km). Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air Filter Replacement The life of the engine air filter and cabin air filter is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter. 448 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 449 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 450 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Dealer stamp Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 Dealer stamp Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 451 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Dealer stamp Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 Dealer stamp Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 452 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Dealer stamp Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 Dealer stamp Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 453 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 454 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 455 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 456 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Dealer stamp Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 Dealer stamp Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 457 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 Repair Order #: Dealer stamp Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature: E146852 458 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices Description of Other Rights and Limitations END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT • VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA) • • You (“You” or “Your” as applicable) have acquired a vehicle having several devices, including SYNC ® and various control modules, ("DEVICES") that include software licensed or owned by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates ("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those software products of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved. The SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY. • IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT). • GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This EULA grants you the following license: • You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICES and as otherwise interfacing with systems and/or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers. 459 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Speech Recognition: If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component(s), you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process. Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system. Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation and Disassembly: You may not reverse engineer, decompile, translate, disassemble or attempt to discover any source code or underlying ideas or algorithms of the SOFTWARE nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or to the extent as may be permitted by the licensing terms governing use of any open source components included with the SOFTWARE. Limitations on Distributing, Copying, Modifying and Creating Derivative Works: You may not distribute, copy, make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or to the extent as may be permitted by the licensing terms governing use of any open source components included with the SOFTWARE. Appendices • • • • Single EULA: The end user documentation for the DEVICES and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs, such as multiple translations and/or multiple media versions (e.g., in the user documentation and in the software). Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you are licensed to use only one (1) copy of the SOFTWARE. SOFTWARE Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICES, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, and, if applicable, the Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE. Termination: Without prejudice to any other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA. Internet-Based Services Components: The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet-based services. You acknowledge and agree that FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, its affiliates and/or its designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and/or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICES. • 460 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Additional Software/Services: The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, its affiliates and/or its designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates, supplements, add-on components, or Internet-based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE ("Supplemental Components".) SOFTWARE updates may cause you to incur additional charges from your wireless service provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components, then the terms of this EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet-based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE. Appendices • • Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites. The third party sites are not under the control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent. Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its designated agent are responsible for (I) the contents of any third party sites, any links contained in third party sites, or any changes or updates to third party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites. If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites, those links are provided to you only as a convenience, and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent. Obligation to Drive Responsibly: You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road. You will read and abide with the DEVICES operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and you agree to assume any risk associated with the use of the DEVICES. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text and "applets" incorporated into the SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no rights to use such content outside its intended use. All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third party software and service providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services. If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of such electronic documentation. UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip, CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes Only" you may install one (1) copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with this EULA, including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U.S. and European Union export jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use and destination restrictions issued by U.S. and other governments. 461 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third party software and service providers. General Operation • Voice Command Control: Certain functions within the SYNC® system may be accomplished using voice commands. Using voice commands while driving helps you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel or eyes from the road. • Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. • Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident. • Navigation Features: Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination. Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully. • Distraction Hazard: Any navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations. • Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Any such feature is not a PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICES product support, such as the vehicle owner guide. Should you have any questions concerning this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason, please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICES. No Liability for Certain Damages: EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE. SYNC® Automotive Important Safety Information Read and follow instructions: • Before using your SYNC® system, read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual ("Owner Guide".) Not following precautions found in the Owner Guide can lead to an accident or other serious injuries. 462 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices • • • Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of Risk • You agree to each of the following:(a) Any use of the SOFTWARE while driving an automobile or other vehicle in violation of applicable law or otherwise driving in an unsafe manner presents a significant risk of distracted driving and should not be attempted under any circumstances;(b) Use of the SOFTWARE at excessive volume poses a significant risk of hearing damage and should not be attempted under any circumstances;(c) The SOFTWARE may not be compatible with new or different versions of an operating system, third party software, or third party services, and the SOFTWARE may potentially cause a critical failure of an operating system, third party software, or third party service.(d) Any third party service accessed by or third party software used with the SOFTWARE (I) may charge an additional fee for access, (ii) may not work correctly, on an uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii) may change streaming formats or discontinue operation, (iv) may contain adult, profane or offensive content; and (v) may contain inaccurate, false or misleading traffic, weather, financial or safety information or other content; and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may cause you to incur additional charges from your wireless service provider (WSP) and any data or minute calculators that may be included in the software program are for reference only, are not warranted in any way and should not be relied upon in anyway. • When using the SOFTWARE, you agree to be responsible for and assume the entire risk to the items set forth in Section (a) – (e) above. substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices. Route Safety: Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes. Emergency Services: Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features. 463 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices Disclaimer of Warranty CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER, SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL. YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY, OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, (b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c) THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d) OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction • 464 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing The laws of the State of Michigan govern this EULA and Your use of the SOFTWARE. Your use of the SOFTWARE may also be subject to other local, state, national, or international laws. Any litigation arising out of or related to this EULA shall be brought and maintained exclusively in a court of the State of Michigan located in Wayne County or in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby consent to submit to the personal jurisdiction of a court in the State of Michigan located in Wayne County and the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan for any dispute arising out of or relating to this EULA. Appendices the right to litigate (or participate in as a party or class member) all disputes in court before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator, whose decision will be final except for a limited right of appeal under the Federal Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce the arbitrator’s award. Binding Arbitration and Class Action Waiver (a) Application. This Section applies to any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’ INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Dispute means any dispute, action, or other controversy between You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY, other than the exceptions listed above, concerning the SOFTWARE (including its price) or this EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort, statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other legal or equitable basis. (e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings to resolve or litigate any dispute in any forum will be conducted solely on an individual basis. Neither you nor FORD MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any dispute heard as a class action, as a private attorney general action, or in any other proceeding in which any party acts or proposes to act in a representative capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will be combined with another without the prior written consent of all parties to all affected arbitrations or proceedings. (b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”, which is a written statement of the name, address, and contact information of the party giving it, the facts giving rise to the dispute, and the relief requested. You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to resolve any dispute through informal negotiation within 60 days from the date the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may commence arbitration. (f) Arbitration procedure. Any arbitration will be conducted by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration Rules. If You are an individual and use the SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or less whether or not You are an individual or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA Supplementary Procedures for Consumer-Related Disputes will also apply. To commence arbitration, submit a Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for Arbitration form to the AAA. You may request a telephonic or in-person hearing by following the AAA rules. In a dispute involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds good cause to hold an in-person hearing instead. For more information, see adr.org or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to commence arbitration only in your county of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of business. The arbitrator (c) Small claims court. You may also litigate any dispute in small claims court in your county of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of business, if the dispute meets all requirements to be heard in the small claims court. You may litigate in small claims court whether or not You negotiated informally first. (d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any dispute by informal negotiation or in small claims court, any other effort to resolve the dispute will be conducted exclusively by binding arbitration. You are giving up 465 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices may award the same damages to You individually as a court could. The arbitrator may award declaratory or injunctive relief only to You individually, and only to the extent required to satisfy Your individual claim. filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s fees or expenses from you in any arbitration. Fees and expenses are not counted in determining how much a dispute involves. (g) Arbitration fees and incentives. • • • (h) Claims or disputes must be filed within one year. To the extent permitted by law, any claim or dispute under this EULA to which this Section applies must be filed within one year in small claims court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section d). The one-year period begins when the claim or dispute first could be filed. If such a claim or dispute is not filed within one year, it is permanently barred. I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less. FORD MOTOR COMPANY will promptly reimburse your filing fees and pay the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S last written settlement offer made before the arbitrator was appointed (“last written offer”), your dispute goes all the way to an arbitrator’s decision (called an “award”), and the arbitrator awards you more than the last written offer, FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you three incentives: (1) pay the greater of the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and (3) reimburse any expenses (including expert witness fees and costs) that your attorney reasonably accrues for investigating, preparing, and pursuing your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator will determine the amounts. ii. Disputes involving more than $75,000. The AAA rules will govern payment of filing fees and the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and expenses. iii. Disputes involving any amount. In any arbitration you commence, FORD MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous or brought for an improper purpose. In any arbitration FORD MOTOR COMPANY commences, it will pay all (I) Severability. If the class action waiver (Section e) is found to be illegal or unenforceable as to all or some parts of a dispute, then that portion of Section e will not apply to those parts. Instead, those parts will be severed and proceed in a court of law, with the remaining parts proceeding in arbitration. If any other provision of that portion Section e is found to be illegal or unenforceable, that provision will be severed with the remainder of Section e remaining in full force and effect. Telenav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav Software. Your use of the TeleNav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions. If you do not accept these terms and conditions, do not break the seal of the package, launch, or otherwise use the TeleNav Software. TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time, with or without notice to you. You agree to visit http://www.telenav.com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy. 466 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices 1. Safe and Lawful Use 2. Account Information You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention, and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software: You agree: (a) when registering the TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with true, accurate, current, and complete information about yourself, and (b) to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information, and to keep it true, accurate, current and complete. (a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely; 3. Software License • (b) use your own personal judgment while driving. If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver, places you in an unsafe situation, or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c) do not input destinations, or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d) do not use the TeleNav Software for any illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement; (e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device (such as an airbag). Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement, TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal, non-exclusive, non-transferable license (except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software license), without the right to sublicense, to use the TeleNav Software (in object code form only) in order to access and use the TeleNav Software. This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement. You agree that you will use the TeleNav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes, and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties. 3.1 License Limitations • You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle, including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above. 467 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing (a) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, translate, modify, alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive the source code, audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav; (c) remove from the TeleNav Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or its suppliers' trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or copyright notices, or other notices or markings; (d) Appendices distribute, sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others, except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software; or (e) use the TeleNav Software in any manner that • I. infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party, ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation, including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming, privacy, consumer and child protection, obscenity or defamation, or iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the TeleNav Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav. • 4. Disclaimers • is dependent on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps or functionality of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications, especially in more remote geographical areas. TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties, so this limitation may not apply to you. 5. Limitation of Liability To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law, in no event will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers, or agents or employees of any of the foregoing, be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav Software. TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software. Such data may not always reflect reality due to, among other things, road closures, construction, weather, new roads and other changing conditions. You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the TeleNav Software. For example but without limitation, you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well-being or survival of you or others • 468 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY Appendices REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara, California. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply. 7. Assignment • 6. Arbitration and Governing Law • You agree that any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara, California. The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties. You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial. This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its conflict of law provisions. To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration, both TeleNav and you agree to submit You may not resell, assign, or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations, except in totality, in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software, and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement, without liability to TeleNav, in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TeleNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice, provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement. 8. Miscellaneous 8.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof. 8.2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains all right, title and interest in and to the TeleNav Software, including without limitation all related intellectual property rights. No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to, or shall be, granted or 469 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices 8.6 conferred by implication, statute, inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the words "include" and "including" and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation". 8.3 By using the TeleNav Software, you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications, including notices, agreements, legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices") electronically. TeleNav may provide such Notices by posting them on TeleNav's Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device. If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically, you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software. 9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions • 8.4 TeleNav's or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party's right to require performance at any time thereafter, nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself. The Telenav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users. This Agreement includes end-user terms applicable to these companies (included at the end of this Agreement), and thus your use of the Telenav Software is also subject to such terms. You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions, which are applicable to Telenav’s third party vendor licensors:: 9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE North America, LLC The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. 8.5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable, then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. © 2013 HERE. All rights reserved. The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of Natural Resources Canada. 470 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions. Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by Telenav, and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not use this Data (a) with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs. ©United States Postal Service® 2014. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4 The Data for Mexico includes certain data from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía. 9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., Ltd The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. 20xx. All rights reserved Warning. The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results. No Warranty. This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free. Terms and Conditions Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data together with the Telenav Software solely for the internal business and personal purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble, create any derivative works of, or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws. Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A 471 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you. export laws, rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you. Entire Agreement. These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between Telenav (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter. Governing Law. The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands” where European HERE Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands” where European HERE Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder. Government End Users. If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with these End-User Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice: Export Control. You shall not export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce. To the extent that any such 472 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices B. Canada Data. The following provisions apply to the Data for Canada, which may include or reflect data from third party licensors (“Third Party Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”) and the Department of Natural Resources of Canada (“NRCan”): NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to these End-User Terms under which this Data was provided. 1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client agrees that its use of the Third Party Data is subject to the following provisions: © 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved. a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors of such data, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose. If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data. I. US/Canada Territory A. United States Data. The End-User Terms for any Application containing Data for the United States shall contain the following notices: b. Limitation on Liability: The Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable: (i) in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of such Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the Data. “HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.” “©United States Postal Service® 20XX. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.” 473 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices 2. Copyright Notice: In connection with each copy of all or any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada, Client shall affix in a conspicuous manner the following copyright notice on at least one of: (i) the label for the storage media of the copy; (ii) the packaging for the copy; or (iii) other materials packaged with the copy, such as user manuals or end user license agreements: “This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The Department of Natural Resources Canada. All rights reserved.” either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of the data or the Data. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the data or the Data. End User shall indemnify and save harmless the licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, and their officers, employees and agents from and against any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action, alleging loss, costs, expenses, damages or injuries (including injuries resulting in death) arising out of the use or possession of the data or the Data. 3. End-User Terms: Except as otherwise agreed by the parties, in connection with the provision of any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada to End-Users as may be authorized under the Agreement, Client shall provide such End-Users, in a reasonably conspicuous manner, with terms (set forth with other end user terms required to be provided under the Agreement, or as otherwise may be provided, by Client) which shall include the following provisions on behalf of the Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan: 4. Additional Provisions: The terms contained in this Section are in addition to all of the rights and obligations of the parties under the Agreement. To the extent that any of the provisions of this Section are inconsistent with, or conflict with, any other provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall prevail. The Data may include or reflect data of licensors, including Her Majesty the Queen in the Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”) and the Department of Natural Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, 474 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: II. Mexico. The following provision applies to the Data for Mexico, which includes certain data from the Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”): A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging containing Data for Mexico shall contain the following notice: “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía)” III. Latin America Territory A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: Territory Notice Notice Jordan “© Royal Jordanian Geographic Centre”. The foregoing notice requirement for Jordan Data is a material term of the Agreement. If Client or any of its permitted sublicensees (if any) fail to meet such requirement, HERE shall have the right to terminate Client’s license with respect to the Jordan Data. B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted sublicensees (if any) are restricted from licensing and/or otherwise distributing HERE’s database for the country of Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enterprise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian entities for use of the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers. In addition, Client, its permitted sublicensees (if any) and End-Users are restricted from using the Jordan Data in Enterprise Applications if such party is (i) a non-Jordanian entity using the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a Jordan-based customer. For purposes of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applications” shall mean Geomarketing applications, GIS applications, mobile business asset management applications, call center applications, telematics applications, public organization Internet applications or for providing geocoding services. Ecuador “INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO MILITAR DEL ECUADOR AUTORIZACION N° IGM2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE ENERO DE 2011” “source: © IGN 2009 - BD TOPO ®” Guadeloupe, French Guiana and Martinique Mexico Country “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía)” IV. Middle East Territory 475 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior written consent from Kartografie a.s.; (c) such license for selling or distributing with respect to Data for the Territory of Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d) Client is restricted from using Data for the Territory of France to create paper maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and 1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted from using any Data to create, sell or distribute paper maps that are the same or substantially similar, in terms of data content and specific use of color, symbols and scale, to paper maps published by the European national mapping agencies, including without limitation, Landervermessungämter of Germany, Topografische Dienst of the Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für Landestopografie of Switzerland, Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessungswesen of Austria, and the National Land Survey of Sweden. V. Europe Territory A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe 1. General Restrictions Applicable to Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges and agrees that in certain countries of the Europe Territory, Client will need to obtain rights directly from third party RDS-TMC code providers to receive and use the Traffic Codes in the Data and to deliver to End-Users Transactions in any way derived from or based on such Traffic Codes. For such countries, HERE shall deliver the Data incorporating Traffic Codes to Client only after receiving certification from Client of its having obtained such rights. 2. Display of Third Party Rights Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for each Transaction that uses Traffic Codes for Belgium, provide the following notice to the End-User: “Traffic Codes for Belgium are provided by the Ministerie van de Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des Transports.” C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting Section IV(B) above, with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain, Client acknowledges and agrees that the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring a direct action against Client to enforce compliance with the OS copyright notice (see Section IV(D) below) and paper map requirements (see Section IV(B) above) contained in this Agreement. B. Paper Maps. With respect to any license granted to Client relating to making, selling or distributing paper maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or paper-like medium): (a) such license with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s entering into and complying with a separate written agreement with the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the OS any and all applicable paper map royalties, and Client’s complying with the OS copyright notice requirements; (b) such license for selling or otherwise distributing for charge with respect to Data for the Territory of Czech Republic D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: Country(ies) Notice 476 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices Austria Croatia Cyprus, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Moldova, Poland, Slovenia and/or Ukraine “© Bundesamt für Eichund Vermessungswesen” “Información geográfica propiedad del CNIG” Sweden “Based upon electronic data © National Land Survey Sweden.” Switzerland “Topografische Grundlage: © Bundesamt für Landestopographie. E. Respective Country Distribution. Client acknowledges that HERE has not received approvals to distribute map data for the following countries in such respective countries: Albania, Belarus, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan. HERE may update such list from time to time. The license rights granted to Client under this TL with respect to the Data for such countries are contingent upon Client’s compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, any required licenses or approvals to distribute the Application incorporating such Data in such respective countries. “© EuroGeographics” France “source: © IGN 2009 – BD TOPO ®” Germany “Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit Genehmigung der zuständigen Behörden entnommen” Great Britain “Contains Ordnance Survey data © Crown copyright and database right 2010 Contains Royal Mail data © Royal Mail copyright and database right 2010” Greece Spain VI. Australia Territory “Copyright Geomatics Ltd.” Hungary “Copyright © 2003; TopMap Ltd.” Italy “La Banca Dati Italiana è stata prodotta usando quale riferimento anche cartografia numerica ed al tratto prodotta e fornita dalla Regione Toscana.” Norway “Copyright © 2000; Norwegian Mapping Authority” Portugal “Source: IgeoE – Portugal” A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: Copyright. Based on data provided under license from PSMA Australia Limited (www.psma.com.au). 477 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease using this Data if you fail to comply with these terms and conditions. Product incorporates data which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd. B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In addition to the foregoing, the End-User Terms for any Application containing RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia shall contain the following notice: “Product incorporates traffic location codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited and its licensors.” Limited Warranty NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of receipt, and (b) any support services provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as described in applicable written materials provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s support engineers will make commercially reasonable efforts to solve any problem issues. VII. China Territory Personal Use Only You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of Client Application] for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your personal use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws. rigCustomer Remedies NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s sole discretion, either (a) return of the price paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited Warranty and that are returned to NAV2 with a copy of your receipt. This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the Data has resulted from accident, abuse, or misapplication. Any replacement Data will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. Neither these remedies nor any product support services offered by NAV2 are available without proof of purchase from an authorized international source. Restrictions Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) 478 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices No Other Warranty: Export Control EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty exclusions may not be permitted under applicable law, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you. You agree not to export to anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations. IP Protection The Data are owned by NAV2 or its suppliers and are protected by applicable copyright and other intellectual property law and treaties. The Data are provided solely on the basis of a license to use, not sale. Limited Liability: Entire Agreement TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability exclusions may not be permitted under applicable law, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you. These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NAV2(and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter. Governing Law. The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China, without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder shall be submitted to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration. Gracenote® Copyright CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 479 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices 2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and service may practice one or more of the following U.S. Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773; 6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459; 6,330,593 and other patents issued or pending. Some services supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S. Patent 6,304,523. or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag associated with a music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN. You agree that your non-exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your licenses terminate, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of Gracenote. Gracenote® End User License Agreement (EULA) Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide, including any copyrighted material or music file information. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights, collectively or separately, under this agreement against you, directly in each company's own name. This device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville, California 94608 ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote (the "Gracenote Software") enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information ("Gracenote Data") from online servers ("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device. This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote. You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal, non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page at www.gracenote.com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy. THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE 480 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007. (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS AND CONDITIONS By activating, using and/or accessing the SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or other content or material provided by Intelematics (together, SUNA Products and/or Services), you must accept certain terms and conditions. The following is a brief summary of the terms and conditions that apply to you. To view the full terms and conditions relevant to your use of the SUNA Products and/or Services, please consult: Website www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandconditions/ 1. Acceptance By using SUNA Products and/or Services, you will be deemed to have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions fully detailed at: Radio Frequency Statement FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 481 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices We will use reasonable endeavours to provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic Channel may occasionally be unavailable for technical reasons or for planned maintenance. We will try to perform maintenance at times when congestion is light. We reserve the right to withdraw SUNA Products and/or Services at any time. Website www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandconditions/ 2. Intellectual Property SUNA Products and/or Services are for your personal use. You may not record, or retransmit the content, nor use the content in association with any other traffic information or route guidance service or device not approved by Intelematics. You obtain no right of ownership in any Intellectual Property Rights (including copyright) in the data that is used to provide SUNA Products and/or Services. Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel RDS-TMC signal at any particular location. 6. Limitation of Liability Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or the manufacturer of your device (the “Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to any third party for any damages either direct, indirect, incidental, consequential or otherwise arising out of the use of or inability to use SUNA Products and/or Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier has been advised of the possibility of such damages. You also acknowledge that the neither Intelematics nor any Supplier guarantees nor make any warranties that relate to the availability, accuracy or completeness of SUNA Products and/or Services, and to the extent which it is lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each Supplier excludes any warranties which might otherwise be implied by any State or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA Products and/or Services. 3. Appropriate Use SUNA Products and/or Services are intended as an aid to personal motoring and travel planning, and do not provide comprehensive or accurate information on all occasions. On occasions, you may experience additional delay as a result of using SUNA Products and/or Services. You acknowledge that it is not intended, or suitable, for use in applications where time of arrival or driving directions may impact the safety of the public or yourself. 4. Use of SUNA Products and Services while driving You, and other authorised drivers of the vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or Services are available or installed and active, remain at all times responsible for observing all relevant laws and codes of safe driving. In particular, you agree to only actively operate SUNA Products and/or Services when the Vehicle is at a complete stop and it is safe to do so. 7. Please Note Great care has been taken in preparing this manual. Constant product development may mean that some information is not entirely up-to-date. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. 5. Service Continuity and Reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel 482 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Appendices WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. 483 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing 484 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Index A Headlamps On Warning Chime.......................91 Key in Ignition Warning Chime.........................91 Keyless Warning Alert .........................................91 Parking Brake On Warning Chime...................91 A/C See: Climate Control.........................................109 Audio Control..................................................68 About This Manual...........................................7 ABS Seek, Next or Previous.......................................69 Audio System................................................289 See: Brakes............................................................162 General Information.........................................289 ABS driving hints Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/ Satellite Radio...........................................298 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/ CD..................................................................290 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Premium AM/FM/CD..................................................293 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/ FM/CD...........................................................294 See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes................................................................163 Accessories....................................................437 Exterior style........................................................437 Interior style..........................................................437 Lifestyle..................................................................437 Peace of mind.....................................................437 Accessories Menu Structure..................................................296 See: Replacement Parts Recommendation............................................12 Autolamps.........................................................74 Active Park Assist.........................................170 Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps.........................................................75 Automatic Steering into Parking Space...................................................................171 Deactivating the Park Assist Feature...........172 Troubleshooting the System..........................173 Using Active Park Assist...................................170 Automatic Climate Control......................109 Dual Zone Temperature Control.....................111 Single Zone Temperature Control.................110 Smart Zone.............................................................111 Temperature Control..........................................110 Adjusting the Headlamps.........................236 Horizontal Aim Adjustment............................237 Vertical Aim Adjustment.................................236 Automatic Engine Shutdown...................133 Automatic Transmission...........................159 Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................68 Airbag Disposal..............................................46 Air Conditioning Brake-Shift Interlock.........................................160 If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow...................................................................161 Understanding the Shift Positions of your Automatic Transmission.............................159 See: Climate Control.........................................109 Air Filter Automatic Transmission Fluid Check.............................................................232 Autowipers.........................................................71 Auxiliary Power Points................................126 See: Changing the Engine Air Filter.............244 Alarm See: Anti-Theft Alarm.........................................67 Ambient Lighting.............................................77 Anti-Theft Alarm............................................67 110 Volt AC Power Point...................................126 12 Volt DC Power Point.....................................126 Locations...............................................................126 Arming the Alarm.................................................67 Disarming the Alarm...........................................67 Appendices....................................................459 Apps.................................................................409 B .................................................................................409 SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.....................411 Battery See: Changing the 12V Battery......................233 At a Glance........................................................16 Audible Warnings and Indicators..............91 Blind Spot Information System...............179 Automatic Transmission Warning Chime...................................................................91 Engine On Warning Chime.................................91 Switching the System Off and On................181 System Errors......................................................180 Using the System................................................179 485 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Index Body Styling Kits..........................................254 Bonnet Lock Charging.................................................................156 Charging Equipment..........................................153 Disconnecting the Charging Coupler..........158 Locking the Charging Coupler........................157 Waiting to Charge...............................................157 See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........222 Booster Seats..................................................25 Types of Booster Seats......................................26 Checking MyKey System Status...............55 Brake Fluid Check........................................232 Brakes...............................................................162 MyKey Distance....................................................55 Number of Admin Keys......................................55 Number of MyKeys..............................................55 General Information..........................................162 Breaking-In.....................................................194 Bulb Specification Chart...........................242 Checking the Wiper Blades......................234 Child Restraint and Seatbelt Maintenance.................................................36 Child Restraint Positioning..........................27 Child Safety.......................................................18 C Cabin Air Filter.................................................113 California Proposition 65..............................11 Capacities and Specifications...............286 General Information.............................................18 Child Safety Locks.........................................28 Specifications.....................................................286 Left-Hand Side......................................................29 Right-Hand Side...................................................29 Car Wash Cleaning Leather Seats.............................252 Cleaning Products........................................247 See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................247 Center Console..............................................128 Changing a Bulb...........................................238 Materials................................................................247 Replacing Fog, Park and Direction Indicator Bulbs..................................................................239 Replacing Headlamp Bulbs...........................238 Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb............241 Replacing Reverse Lamp and Tail Lamp Bulbs...................................................................241 Replacing Tail, Brake and Direction Indicator Bulbs..............................................240 Replacing the Center High Mounted Brake Lamp Bulbs.....................................................242 Cleaning the Engine....................................249 Cleaning the Exterior...................................247 Changing a Fuse..........................................220 Changing the Wiper Blades.....................235 Fabric, Carpets, Cloth Seats, Headliners and Floor Mats...............................................250 Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens and Radio Screens........................................251 Leather Interior...................................................250 Rear Windows......................................................251 Seatbelts..............................................................250 Storage Compartments, Cup Holders and Ashtrays.............................................................251 Suede Micro Fiber Fabric................................250 Changing the Rear Window Wiper Blade.................................................................236 Changing the Windshield Wiper Blades...............................................................235 Service Position..................................................235 Cleaning the Wheels..................................252 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades...........................................................249 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................53 Climate Control............................................109 Body Paintwork Preservation.......................248 Cleaning Stripes or Graphics.........................248 Cleaning the Chrome Trim.............................248 Cleaning the Headlamps................................248 Cleaning the Rear Window............................248 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens..........................251 Cleaning the Interior...................................250 Fuses......................................................................220 Changing the 12V Battery.........................233 Changing the Engine Air Filter................244 Air Cleaner Assembly Components...........244 Installing the Engine Air Filter Element............................................................246 Removing the Engine Air Filter Element............................................................245 Charging the High Voltage Battery........153 Charge Port...........................................................156 486 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Index E Collision, Damage or Fire Event..............201 Guidance for Ford Motor Company Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicles Equipped With High Voltage Batteries......................201 Economical Driving......................................194 EcoSelect.........................................................139 Electric Vehicle Information....................389 Coolant Check See: Engine Coolant Check............................228 Charge Settings...................................................391 Power Flow..........................................................405 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator........45 Creating a MyKey............................................53 Emission Control System..........................149 Programming/Changing Configurable Settings...............................................................53 On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...................149 Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) Testing...................................................150 Cross Traffic Alert..........................................181 False Alerts...........................................................183 Switching the System Off and On...............184 System Errors.......................................................184 System Lights, Messages and Audible Alerts..................................................................183 System Limitations............................................183 Using the System................................................181 End User License Agreement.................459 VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA) ................................459 Engine Block Heater.....................................132 Using the Engine Block Heater......................133 Engine Coolant Check...............................228 Adding Coolant...................................................228 Coolant Change.................................................230 Engine Coolant Temperature Management...................................................231 Fail-Safe Cooling...............................................230 Recycled Coolant...............................................229 Severe Climates.................................................230 Cruise Control.................................................69 Principle of Operation........................................177 Cruise control See: Using Cruise Control.................................177 Customer Assistance.................................204 D Engine Immobilizer Data Recording..................................................9 Engine Oil Check..........................................226 Event Data Recording..........................................10 Service Data Recording........................................9 Adding Engine Oil..............................................226 Low Engine Use...................................................227 Operating in Cold Climates and Short Driving Cycles..................................................227 See: Passive Anti-Theft System....................66 Daytime Running Lamps.............................76 Digital Radio.................................................300 HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting.............................................301 Engine Oil Dipstick......................................226 Engine Specifications................................282 Entertainment..............................................365 Direction Indicators........................................76 Doors and Locks..............................................57 Driver and Passenger Airbags...................39 AM/FM Radio......................................................366 Apps........................................................................374 Bluetooth Stereo or USB.................................373 CD.............................................................................372 HD Radio™ Information (If Available)........................................................369 SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If Activated).......................................................366 Sources..................................................................365 Supported Media Players, Formats and Metadata Information.................................374 USB Ports..............................................................374 Children and Airbags..........................................39 Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment........................................................39 Driver Knee Airbag.........................................43 Driving Aids......................................................179 Driving Hints...................................................194 Driving Through Water................................195 DRL See: Daytime Running Lamps.........................76 Environment......................................................15 487 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Index G Event Data Recording See: Data Recording..............................................9 Export Unique Options..................................13 Exterior Mirrors................................................79 Garage Door Opener See: Universal Garage Door Opener.............121 Blind Spot Information System.......................81 Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors..............................80 Heated Exterior Mirrors......................................80 Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors..........................80 Power Exterior Mirrors........................................79 Puddle Lamps.......................................................80 Signal Indicator Mirrors.....................................80 Gauges...............................................................84 Left Information Display....................................84 Right Information Display.................................86 General Information on Radio Frequencies...................................................47 Intelligent Access..................................................47 General Maintenance Information........441 Multi-point Inspection.....................................444 Owner Checks and Services..........................443 Protecting Your Investment............................441 Why Maintain Your Vehicle?..........................441 Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership?......................................................441 F Fastening the Seatbelts................................31 Seatbelt Locking Modes....................................32 Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy.................31 Flat Tire Inflation Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and Canada.........................................................207 Getting the Services You Need..............204 See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................255 Floor Mats.......................................................195 Fog Lamps - Front Away From Home.............................................204 See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................76 Global Opening...............................................79 Ford Credit..........................................................11 Opening the Windows........................................79 US Only......................................................................11 H Ford Protect...................................................439 Ford Protect Extended Service Plan (CANADA ONLY)..........................................440 Ford Protect Extended Service Plans (U.S. Only)..................................................................439 Handbrake See: Parking Brake.............................................163 Hazard Warning Flashers..........................198 Headlamp Adjusting Front Fog Lamps............................................76 Front Parking Aid..........................................169 Front Passenger Sensing System............40 Fuel and Refueling.......................................142 Fuel Consumption.......................................148 See: Adjusting the Headlamps.....................236 Headlamp Exit Delay.....................................75 Headlamp Removal See: Removing a Headlamp..........................238 Calculating Fuel Economy..............................148 Filling the Fuel Tank...........................................148 Head Restraints..............................................114 Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................144 Fuel Filter........................................................233 Fuel Quality.....................................................143 Heated Seats.................................................120 Heated Windows and Mirrors....................112 Adjusting the Head Restraint..........................115 Heated Exterior Mirrors......................................113 Heated Rear Window.........................................112 Choosing the Right Fuel...................................143 Fuel Freshness Mode........................................143 Heating Fuel Shutoff...................................................198 Fuses...................................................................211 Fuse Specification Chart.............................211 See: Climate Control.........................................109 High Voltage Battery Cut-Off Switch............................................................158 High Voltage Battery....................................151 Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel.............217 Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel.........214 Power Distribution Box......................................211 Pre-Fuse Box.........................................................211 General Information...........................................151 Hill Start Assist..............................................163 Switching the System On and Off...............164 488 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Index Maintenance........................................................105 MyKey.....................................................................106 Park Aid..................................................................106 Park Brake..............................................................107 Power Steering....................................................107 Remote Start........................................................107 Tire Pressure Monitoring System..................107 Transmission........................................................108 Using Hill Start Assist.......................................164 Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate............................................................111 Cooling the Interior Quickly..............................112 Defrosting and Defogging the Windows Quickly.................................................................112 General Hints..........................................................111 Heating the Interior Quickly.............................112 Recommended Settings for Cooling ...........112 Recommended Settings for Heating............112 Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather..............................................................112 Installing Child Restraints............................19 Child Seats...............................................................19 Using Lap and Shoulder Belts.........................20 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH)............................................22 Using Tether Straps.............................................24 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes............................................................163 Home Screen.................................................357 Hood Lock Instrument Cluster........................................84 Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................75 Instrument Panel Overview........................16 Interior Lamps.................................................76 See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........222 Hybrid Vehicle Frequently Asked Questions.....................................................140 Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........................135 Front Interior Lamp..............................................76 Front Interior Lamp - With Panorama Roof.......................................................................77 Rear Interior Lamp................................................77 Battery:...................................................................136 Braking:...................................................................136 Driving:....................................................................135 Driving to Optimize Fuel Economy..............136 Engine:....................................................................136 Starting:..................................................................135 Stopping:................................................................135 Transmission Operation:..................................135 Interior Mirror....................................................81 Auto-Dimming Mirror...........................................81 Introduction.........................................................7 J Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................199 I Connecting the Jumper Cables.....................199 Jump Starting.....................................................200 Preparing Your Vehicle.....................................199 Removing the Jumper Cables......................200 Ignition Switch...............................................129 In California (U.S. Only)............................205 Information Display Control.......................70 K Multimedia Controls...........................................70 Information Displays.....................................92 Keyless Starting............................................129 General Information............................................92 Information Messages.................................101 Ignition Modes.....................................................130 AdvanceTrac®......................................................101 Alarm........................................................................101 Battery and Charging System (High Voltage)............................................................102 Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System....................................................103 Doors.......................................................................103 Fuel..........................................................................103 Hill Start Assist...................................................104 Keys and Intelligent Access............................104 Keys and Remote Controls.........................47 L Lighting Control...............................................74 Headlamp Flasher................................................74 High Beams.............................................................74 Lighting...............................................................74 Load Carrying.................................................186 489 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Index N Load Limit........................................................187 Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type Vehicles..............................................................191 Vehicle Loading - with and without a Trailer..................................................................187 Navigation......................................................380 cityseeker.............................................................388 Destination Mode..............................................383 Map Mode............................................................380 Navigation Map Updates...............................389 Navigation Menu...............................................386 SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link..................389 Waypoints.............................................................387 Locking and Unlocking.................................57 Activating Intelligent Access ..........................58 Autolock..................................................................59 Battery Saver.........................................................60 Illuminated Entry.................................................60 Illuminated Exit.....................................................60 Mechanical Key.....................................................58 Opening a Rear Door from Inside..................58 Power Door Locks.................................................57 Remote Control.....................................................57 Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead Transmitter........................................................59 Smart Unlocks For Intelligent Access Keys ................................................................................59 Normal Scheduled Maintenance..........445 Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™........................445 Normal Maintenance Intervals....................445 O Oil Change Indicator Reset.......................227 Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring System...............................................................227 Oil Check Luggage Covers.............................................186 See: Engine Oil Check......................................226 Removing the Shade........................................186 Opening and Closing the Hood..............222 Closing the Hood................................................223 Opening the Hood.............................................222 M Ordering Additional Owner's Literature.....................................................208 Maintenance..................................................222 General Information..........................................222 Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual.........209 Manual Liftgate................................................61 Overhead Console........................................128 Closing the Liftgate..............................................61 Opening the Liftgate............................................61 P Manual Seats..................................................116 Moving the Seat Backward and Forward..............................................................116 Recline Adjustment.............................................117 Parking Aids...................................................168 Principle of Operation......................................168 Parking Brake.................................................163 Passive Anti-Theft System........................66 Media Hub......................................................305 Message Center SecuriLock®...........................................................66 See: Information Displays.................................92 PATS Mirrors See: Passive Anti-Theft System....................66 See: Heated Windows and Mirrors................112 See: Windows and Mirrors................................78 Perchlorate.........................................................11 Personal Safety System™..........................37 Mobile Communications Equipment.......13 Motorcraft Parts...........................................283 MyKey Troubleshooting...............................55 MyKey™.............................................................52 How Does the Personal Safety System Work?...................................................................37 Phone...............................................................375 During a Phone Call..........................................378 Making Calls.........................................................377 Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First Time...................................................................375 Phone Menu.........................................................376 Principle of Operation.........................................52 490 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Index Remote Control...............................................47 Receiving Calls....................................................378 Smartphone Connectivity..............................379 Text Messaging...................................................379 Car Finder................................................................49 Integrated Keyhead Transmitters ..................47 Intelligent Access Key........................................48 Remote Start (If Equipped).............................50 Replacing the Battery.........................................48 Sounding a Panic Alarm....................................50 Plug-In Hybrid Vehicle Operation...........137 ECO Cruise............................................................138 EV Modes...............................................................137 Fuel Freshness.....................................................139 Low Engine Use...................................................139 Plug-in Power Mode and Hybrid Mode...................................................................137 Remote Start...................................................113 Automatic Settings.............................................113 Removing a Headlamp..............................238 Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............252 Replacement Parts Recommendation........................................12 Post-Crash Alert System..........................203 Power Door Locks See: Locking and Unlocking..............................57 Power Liftgate.................................................62 Collision Repairs....................................................12 Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs..................................................................12 Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................12 Hands-Free Feature............................................64 Obstacle Detection.............................................64 Opening and Closing the Liftgate..................62 Setting the Liftgate Open Height...................63 Stopping the Liftgate Movement...................63 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control..............................................................51 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only).............................................................209 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only).............................................................209 Roadside Assistance...................................197 Power Seats.....................................................117 Power Lumbar......................................................119 Power Steering Fluid Check.....................232 Power Windows..............................................78 Accessory Delay....................................................79 Bounce-Back.........................................................78 One-Touch Down.................................................78 One-Touch Up.......................................................78 Window Lock.........................................................78 Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside Assistance........................................................197 Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside Assistance Program Coverage.................198 Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using Roadside Assistance........................................................198 Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting Roadside Assistance....................................197 Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using Roadside Assistance....................................197 Protecting the Environment........................15 R Rear Parking Aid...........................................168 Rear Seat Armrest........................................120 Rear Seats........................................................119 Roadside Emergencies...............................197 Running-In Folding the Seatback ........................................119 Unfolding the Seatback....................................119 See: Breaking-In..................................................194 Rear Under Floor Storage.........................186 Rear View Camera........................................174 Running Out of Fuel....................................144 Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel Container..........................................................144 Filling a Portable Fuel Container..................144 Using the Rear View Camera System..........174 Rear View Camera See: Rear View Camera....................................174 S Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........73 Rear Window Washer.........................................73 Rear Window Wiper.............................................73 Safety Canopy™............................................43 Safety Precautions.......................................142 Refueling..........................................................145 Easy Fuel™ Capless System..........................145 491 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Index Satellite Radio..............................................303 Speed Control Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number (ESN)................................................................304 Satellite Radio Reception Factors..............303 SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service.................303 Troubleshooting................................................304 See: Cruise Control.............................................177 Stability Control............................................166 Principle of Operation......................................166 Starter Switch See: Ignition Switch...........................................129 Scheduled Maintenance Record...........449 Scheduled Maintenance...........................441 Seatbelt Extension........................................36 Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................33 Seatbelt Reminder........................................34 Starting a Gasoline Engine.......................130 Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes................132 Important Ventilating Information...............132 Switching Off the Vehicle When It Is Moving................................................................132 Switching Off the Vehicle When It Is Stationary..........................................................131 Vehicles with an Ignition Key.........................130 Vehicles with Keyless Start............................130 Belt-Minder™........................................................34 Seatbelts...........................................................30 Principle of Operation........................................30 Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator Chime...............................................................33 Starting and Stopping the Engine..........129 Conditions of operation.....................................34 General Information..........................................129 Seats...................................................................114 Security..............................................................66 Settings............................................................412 Steering............................................................184 Electric Power Steering....................................184 Steering Wheel...............................................68 Storage Compartments.............................128 Sun Shades......................................................82 911 Assist................................................................417 Ambient Lighting...............................................422 Bluetooth...............................................................414 Clock........................................................................414 Display...................................................................424 General...................................................................421 Media Player.........................................................413 Mobile Apps........................................................420 Navigation.............................................................418 Phone......................................................................414 Radio........................................................................417 Sound......................................................................412 Valet Mode...........................................................424 Vehicle....................................................................422 Voice Control.......................................................424 Wi-Fi........................................................................422 Bounce-Back.........................................................82 Opening and Closing the Sun Shade...........82 Sun Shade Relearning........................................82 Sun Visors.........................................................82 Illuminated Vanity Mirror...................................82 Supplementary Restraints System.........38 Principle of Operation........................................38 Symbols Glossary.............................................7 SYNC™ 3........................................................344 General Information.........................................344 SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................425 SYNC™ Applications and Services.......322 911 Assist...............................................................322 SYNC Mobile Apps............................................324 Side Airbags.....................................................42 Sitting in the Correct Position...................114 Snow Chains SYNC™...........................................................306 General Information.........................................306 SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................336 See: Using Snow Chains..................................276 T Special Notices................................................12 New Vehicle Limited Warranty.........................12 On Board Diagnostics Data Link Connector............................................................13 Special Instructions..............................................12 Tailgate See: Manual Liftgate............................................61 See: Power Liftgate.............................................62 Technical Specifications Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance...............................................447 See: Capacities and Specifications............282 Exceptions...........................................................448 492 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Index U The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program (U.S. Only)......................206 Tire Care...........................................................261 Under Hood Overview - Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV).............................................223 Under Hood Overview - Plug-In Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV)..........................225 Unique Driving Characteristics................135 Universal Garage Door Opener.................121 Glossary of Tire Terminology.........................263 Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading..............................................................261 Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall...........................................................264 Temperature A B C............................................262 Traction AA A B C...............................................262 Treadwear.............................................................262 HomeLink Wireless Control System.............121 USB Port.........................................................305 Using Cruise Control.....................................177 Tire Inflation When Punctured Switching Cruise Control Off..........................178 Switching Cruise Control On...........................177 See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................255 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........276 Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems..........................................................55 Using Snow Chains.....................................276 Using Stability Control................................167 Using Summer Tires....................................275 Using SYNC™ With Your Media Player.............................................................327 Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System........................................277 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System .......................................277 Tire Repair Kit See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................255 Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................255 Accessing Your USB Song Library................331 Bluetooth Devices and System Settings.............................................................333 Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the USB Port...........................................................327 Media Menu Features......................................330 Media Voice Commands.................................328 USB 2......................................................................333 Voice Commands for Audio Sources.........334 First Stage: Inflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air........................................257 General Information.........................................256 Second Stage: Checking Tire Pressure............................................................259 Tips for Use of the Kit......................................256 What to Do After the Tire has Been Sealed...............................................................259 What to Do When a Tire Is Punctured.........................................................257 Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............310 Accessing Features through the Phone Menu...................................................................315 Accessing Your Phone Settings....................318 Bluetooth Devices..............................................319 Making Calls.........................................................314 Pairing a Phone for the First Time.................311 Pairing Subsequent Phones...........................312 Phone Options during an Active Call..........314 Phone Voice Commands.................................312 Receiving Calls.....................................................314 System Settings.................................................320 Text Messaging....................................................316 Tires See: Wheels and Tires.....................................255 Towing a Trailer.............................................192 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels...........................................................192 Emergency Towing.............................................192 Recreational Towing..........................................192 Towing..............................................................192 Traction Control............................................165 Principle of Operation.......................................165 Transmission Code Designation............285 Transmission..................................................159 Transmission Using Traction Control................................165 Switching the System Off...............................165 System Indicator Lights and Messages..........................................................165 Using a Switch.....................................................165 See: Transmission..............................................159 Transporting the Vehicle...........................203 493 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing Index Using the Information Display Controls.............................................................165 EcoSelect................................................................88 Engine and Motor Coolant Temperature.....................................................88 Engine Oil................................................................89 EV Later...................................................................89 EV Now....................................................................89 Fasten Seatbelt....................................................89 Front Airbag...........................................................89 Front Fog Lamps..................................................89 Grade Assist...........................................................89 High Beam..............................................................89 Liftgate Ajar............................................................89 Low Battery............................................................89 Low Fuel Level......................................................89 Low Tire Pressure Warning..............................89 Parking Lamps......................................................90 Powertrain Fault...................................................90 Ready to Drive.......................................................90 Service Engine Soon...........................................90 Stability Control...................................................90 Stability Control Off.............................................91 Stop Safely..............................................................91 Vehicle Plugged in.................................................91 Using Voice Recognition...........................308 Audio Voice Commands.................................359 Initiating a Voice Session...............................308 Mobile App Voice Commands......................362 Navigation Voice Commands........................361 Phone Voice Commands...............................360 SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link Voice Commands.....................................................363 System Interaction and Feedback.............309 Voice Settings Commands............................363 Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration Program (Canada Only).........................207 V Vehicle Care...................................................247 General Information..........................................247 Vehicle Certification Label.......................285 Vehicle Identification Number................284 Vehicle Storage.............................................253 12V Battery...........................................................254 Body........................................................................253 Brakes....................................................................254 Cooling System..................................................254 Engine.....................................................................253 Fuel System.........................................................253 General..................................................................253 Miscellaneous.....................................................254 Removing Vehicle From Storage.................254 Tires........................................................................254 Washer Fluid Check....................................232 Washers See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................247 See: Wipers and Washers...................................71 Waxing.............................................................248 Wheels and Tires.........................................255 Technical Specifications................................280 Windows and Mirrors....................................78 Windshield Washers......................................72 Windshield Wipers..........................................71 Ventilation Intermittent Wipe..................................................71 Speed Dependent Wipers..................................71 See: Climate Control.........................................109 VIN Wiper Blades See: Vehicle Identification Number............284 Voice Control...................................................69 See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................234 Wipers and Washers......................................71 W Warning Lamps and Indicators.................87 Anti-Lock Braking System................................88 Battery.....................................................................88 Blind Spot Monitor..............................................88 Brake System........................................................88 Cruise Control.......................................................88 Direction Indicator...............................................88 Door Ajar.................................................................88 494 C-MAX Energi / C-MAX Hybrid (CCG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing